(All Aircraft Models) Mk-Xxii Egpws 060-4314-250 Installation Manual

Airlines & Avionics Products
Honeywell International, Inc.

15001 N.E. 36th Street
Redmond, WA 98052
MK XXII
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
(TSO C194 HTAWS)
for
PRODUCTION - Release - 01 Mar 2012 13:20:14 MST - Printed on 19 Apr 2012
Rotorwing
Aircraft
Installation Manual
060-4314-250 Rev E
Part Numbers:
965-1595-020
965-1595-021
965-1595-022
965-1595-024
965-1595-026
965-1595-028
965-1595-030
CAGE CODE: 97896 SCALE: NONE SIZE: A DWG NO: 060-4314-250 REV: E SHEET 1 OF 324
Honeywell
MK XXII EGPWS Installation Manual
This document is an unpublished work. Copyright 2003-2008, 2009, 2010, 2012 Honeywell, International, Inc.
All rights reserved.
This document and all information and expression contained herein are the property of Honeywell International
Inc., and is provided to the recipient in confidence on a “need to know” basis. Your use of this document is strictly
limited to a legitimate business purpose requiring the information contained therein. Your use of this document
constitutes acceptance of these terms.
CAGE CODE: 97896 SCALE: NONE SIZE: A DWG NO: 060-4314-250 REV: E SHEET 2
Honeywell
Typed names constitute approval signatures. Actual signatures are on file at Honeywell in Redmond, WA.
DRAWN Larry Matter 12/01/2003

CHECK Larry Matter 12/01/2003
ENGR Jim Mulkins 12/01/2003
MFG
QA
APVD Noel Paterson 12/01/2003
APVD
REVISION STATUS OF SHEETS INDEX

ADDED SHEETS ADDED SHEETS
SHEET REV SHEET REV SHEET REV SHEET REV SHEET REV SHEET REV
NUMBER LTR NUMBER LTR NUMBER LTR NUMBER LTR NUMBER LTR NUMBER LTR
ALL E
REVISIONS
SH REV DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVED
12/05/2004 Larry Matter

ALL A Updated for –021 and –022 software.
Jim Mulkins
Reason: 01 Severity: 10
06/30/2008 Larry Matter
ALL B Updated for -024 and -026 software.
N. Paterson
UPDATE PER ECO 0067930 Larry Matter

ALL C 07/20/2009
Updated to add TSO-C194 effectivity. G. Ostrom
UPDATE PER ECO 0095872 Larry Matter

ALL D 08/13/2010
Updated to add new aircraft and display type. Also revised table in G. Ostrom
CAT 17 and CAT 18, and updated miscellaneous information. L. Ngo
EFF PT: 14A
ALL E UPDATE PER ECO 0146887 2/29/2012 Larry Matter

Updated to add new aircraft, Navigation type and CAT 19, updated G. Ostrom
miscellaneous information. B. Friedrich
EFF PT: 14A
Honeywell
Honeywell
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I – GENERAL INFORMATION.................................................................................................................. 16
1.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................................... 16

1.2 APPLICABILITY .......................................................................................................................................................... 16
1.3 HOW TO USE THIS DOCUMENT .................................................................................................................................. 16
1.4 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................................................................... 17
1.5 DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT ..................................................................................................................................... 17
1.5.1 MK XXII EGPWS Computer............................................................................................................................ 18
1.5.2 MK XXII EGPWS Configuration Module ........................................................................................................ 18
1.5.3 GPS Antenna ................................................................................................................................................... 19
1.5.4 OAT Sensor ...................................................................................................................................................... 20
1.5.5 Smart Cable (PCMCIA Interface) ................................................................................................................... 20
1.6 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................................................................. 21
1.7 UNITS SUPPLIED ......................................................................................................................................................... 22
1.7.1 MK XXII EGPWS............................................................................................................................................. 22
1.7.2 Configuration Module ..................................................................................................................................... 22
1.7.3 Smart Cable (PCMCIA Interface) ................................................................................................................... 22
1.8 INSTALLATION AND ACCESSORIES KITS ..................................................................................................................... 22
1.8.1 MK XXII EGPWS Installation Kits .................................................................................................................. 23
1.8.2 RS-232 Cable ................................................................................................................................................... 23
1.8.3 Smart Cable ..................................................................................................................................................... 23
1.8.4 Terrain Database Cards .................................................................................................................................. 23
1.8.5 Flight History Card ......................................................................................................................................... 24
1.9 ACCESSORIES REQUIRED BUT NOT SUPPLIED ............................................................................................................. 24
1.9.1 ARINC 453 Terrain Display wiring ................................................................................................................. 24
1.9.2 GPS Antenna & cable ...................................................................................................................................... 24
1.9.3 Circuit Breaker ................................................................................................................................................ 25
1.9.4 Annunciators & Switch/Annunciators ............................................................................................................. 25
1.9.4.1 GPWS Warning (red) P/TEST; switch/annunciator assembly ................................................................................. 25
1.9.4.2 GPWS Caution (amber) G/S CANCLD switch/annunciator assembly. ................................................................... 25
1.9.4.3 LOW ALT / ON switch/annunciator assembly ........................................................................................................ 25
1.9.4.4 TERR INHIB / ON switch/annunciator assembly .................................................................................................... 25
1.9.4.5 AUDIO INHIBIT / ON switch/annunciator assembly ............................................................................................. 26
1.9.4.6 GPWS INOP / TERR INOP annunciator assemblies ............................................................................................... 26
1.9.4.7 TERR DISPLAY / ON switch/annunciator assemblies............................................................................................ 26
1.10 COCKPIT SPEAKER (OPTIONAL) ............................................................................................................................... 26
1.11 TEMPERATURE PROBES ............................................................................................................................................ 26
1.12 TOOLS REQUIRED..................................................................................................................................................... 26
1.12.1 Crimping Tool - P1, P2, P3 ............................................................................................................................ 26
1.12.2 Contact Positioner - P1, P2, P3 ...................................................................................................................... 27
Honeywell
1.12.3 Insertion/Removal Tool - P1, P2, P3 .............................................................................................................. 27

1.12.4 Spare Contacts - P1, P2, P3 ............................................................................................................................ 27
1.13 LICENSE REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................................................................................... 27
1.14 TSO-C194 DEVIATIONS ........................................................................................................................................... 28
1.14.1 Environmental Qualification Deviation ........................................................................................................... 28
1.14.2 Electronic Hardware Qualification Deviation................................................................................................. 28
1.15 LIMITATIONS ............................................................................................................................................................ 29
1.15.1 a. Operating instructions and equipment limitations ...................................................................................... 29
1.15.2 b. Installation procedures and limitations ...................................................................................................... 29
1.15.3 c. Schematic drawings of the installation procedures..................................................................................... 29
1.15.4 d. Wiring diagrams of the installation procedures ......................................................................................... 29
1.15.5 e. List of components....................................................................................................................................... 29
1.15.6 f. Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) ................................................................................................... 29
1.15.7 g. Material and process specifications list ...................................................................................................... 29
1.15.8 h. Quality control system (QCS) description .................................................................................................. 29
1.15.9 i. Manufacturer’s TSO Qualification test report ............................................................................................. 30
1.15.10 j. Nameplate drawing .................................................................................................................................... 30
1.15.11 k. List of all drawings and processes ............................................................................................................ 30
1.15.12 l. Environmental qualifications form ............................................................................................................ 30
1.15.13 m. Plan for software aspects of certification (PSAC), software configuration index, and software
accomplishment summary (SAS) ................................................................................................................................. 30
1.15.14 n. Plan for hardware aspects of certification (PHAC), hardware verification plan, top-level drawing, and
hardware accomplishment summary .......................................................................................................................... 30
1.16 NON TSO FUNCTIONS .............................................................................................................................................. 33
1.16.1 Helicopter Mode 1 ........................................................................................................................................... 33
1.16.2 Helicopter Mode 2 ........................................................................................................................................... 33
1.16.3 Helicopter Mode 3 ........................................................................................................................................... 33
1.16.4 Helicopter Mode 4 ........................................................................................................................................... 33
1.16.5 Helicopter Mode 4C......................................................................................................................................... 33
1.16.6 Helicopter Altitude Callouts ............................................................................................................................ 33
1.16.7 Bank Angle Callout .......................................................................................................................................... 33
1.16.8 Tail Strike Callout ............................................................................................................................................ 33
1.16.9 Externally Triggered Annunciation ................................................................................................................. 34
1.16.10 Radio Altimeter Test ...................................................................................................................................... 34
SECTION II - INSTALLATION .................................................................................................................................... 36
2.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................................... 36

2.2 UNPACKING AND INSPECTING THE EQUIPMENT ......................................................................................................... 36
2.3 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ........................................................................................................................................ 36
2.3.1 General ............................................................................................................................................................ 36
2.3.2 MK XXII Computer Location........................................................................................................................... 37
2.3.3 MK XXII Computer Installation ...................................................................................................................... 37
2.3.4 Configuration Module Location ...................................................................................................................... 38
Honeywell
2.3.5 Configuration Module Installation .................................................................................................................. 38

2.3.6 GPS Antenna location ..................................................................................................................................... 46
2.3.7 GPS Antenna Installation ................................................................................................................................ 46
2.3.8 OAT Sensor Location....................................................................................................................................... 46
2.3.9 OAT Sensor Installation .................................................................................................................................. 46
2.3.10 Cockpit Annunciators / Switches ..................................................................................................................... 47
2.3.10.1 Description ............................................................................................................................................................... 47
2.3.10.2 Location ................................................................................................................................................................... 48
2.3.10.3 Inhibit Switch Functions and Selection .................................................................................................................... 50
SECTION III – SYSTEM PLANNING .......................................................................................................................... 54
3.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................................... 54

3.2 SYSTEM WIRING/ ELECTRICAL INTERFACES .............................................................................................................. 54
3.2.1 Primary Power Input ....................................................................................................................................... 54
3.2.2 Chassis Ground ............................................................................................................................................... 54
3.2.3 GPS Antenna ................................................................................................................................................... 55
3.2.4 Analog and Digital Inputs ............................................................................................................................... 55
3.2.5 Discrete Inputs................................................................................................................................................. 55
3.2.6 Serial Outputs .................................................................................................................................................. 55
3.2.7 Audio Output ................................................................................................................................................... 56
3.2.8 Discrete Outputs .............................................................................................................................................. 56
3.2.9 Configuration Module ..................................................................................................................................... 56
3.3 CONFIGURABLE INTERFACES ..................................................................................................................................... 56
3.3.1 Category 1 - Aircraft / Mode Type Select ........................................................................................................ 57
3.3.1.1 Aircraft / Mode Type ............................................................................................................................................... 57
3.3.1.2 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................... 57
3.3.2 Category 2 – Air Data Input Select ................................................................................................................. 58
3.3.2.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................... 58
3.3.2.2 Analog altitude and 500 ohm OAT .......................................................................................................................... 59
3.3.2.3 Digital – ARINC 429 (Cat. 2 ID 5, 1, 6) .................................................................................................................. 60
3.3.2.4 Digital –ARINC 575 (Cat. 2 ID 2) ........................................................................................................................... 61
3.3.2.5 Shadin 2000 (Cat. 2 ID 10) ...................................................................................................................................... 62
3.3.2.6 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC Buses (Cat. 2. ID 253 and 254)............................................................................. 63
3.3.3 Category 3 – Position Input Select .................................................................................................................. 64
3.3.3.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................... 64
3.3.3.2 ARINC 743 Format .................................................................................................................................................. 64
3.3.3.3 GPS Altitude (Label 076) Reference........................................................................................................................ 64
3.3.3.4 North-South East-West Velocity labels.................................................................................................................... 64
3.3.3.5 HT-1000 GPS Compatibility .................................................................................................................................... 64
3.3.3.6 ARINC 429 BUS (Cat. 3 ID 0,1,4,5,10-13) ............................................................................................................. 65
3.3.3.7 RS-232 Transmit-Receive, 9600 baud (Cat. 3 ID 3) ................................................................................................ 66
3.3.3.8 Dual ARINC 429 BUS (Cat. 3 ID 253 and 255) ...................................................................................................... 67
3.3.4 Category 4 – Altitude Callouts ........................................................................................................................ 68
Honeywell
3.3.4.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................... 68

3.3.5 Category 5 – Audio Menu Select ..................................................................................................................... 69
3.3.5.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................... 69
3.3.6 Category 6 – Terrain Display Select ............................................................................................................... 70
3.3.6.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................... 70
3.3.6.2 TAD Selection ......................................................................................................................................................... 70
3.3.6.3 Terrain Display Configuration Group ...................................................................................................................... 71
3.3.6.4 Display Input Control Group.................................................................................................................................... 73
3.3.6.5 Output 429 Bus Group ............................................................................................................................................. 73
3.3.6.6 Sample Display Schematics ..................................................................................................................................... 73
3.3.7 Category 7 – Options Select Group #1 ............................................................................................................ 91
3.3.7.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................... 91
3.3.7.2 Steep Approach (Not Available in the Mk XXII) .................................................................................................... 91
3.3.7.3 TA&D Alternate Pop-up .......................................................................................................................................... 91
3.3.7.4 Peaks Mode .............................................................................................................................................................. 91
3.3.7.5 Obstacle Awareness ................................................................................................................................................. 92
3.3.7.6 Bank Angle Callout Enabling .................................................................................................................................. 92
3.3.7.7 WOW Reversal ........................................................................................................................................................ 92
3.3.7.8 GPS Altitude Reference ........................................................................................................................................... 92
3.3.8 Category 8 – Radio Altitude Input Select ........................................................................................................ 93
3.3.8.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................... 93
3.3.8.2 Digital Radio Altitude Interface (Cat. 8 ID 2) .......................................................................................................... 93
3.3.8.3 Analog Radio Altitude Interface (Cat. 8 ID 0,1,3,4,5) ............................................................................................. 94
3.3.8.4 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC Buses (Cat. 8 ID 251 - 255) .................................................................................. 94
3.3.9 Category 9 – Navigation Inputs Select ............................................................................................................ 95
3.3.9.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................... 95
3.3.9.2 Analog Glideslope Interface (Cat. 9 ID 0,1,5) ......................................................................................................... 96
3.3.9.3 Digital Glideslope/Localizer Interface (Cat. 9 ID 2,3,4) .......................................................................................... 97
3.3.9.4 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 9 ID 249 - 255) ................................................................................... 97
3.3.10 Category 10 – Attitude Input Select ................................................................................................................. 98
3.3.10.1 Attitude Signals ........................................................................................................................................................ 98
3.3.10.2 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................... 98
3.3.10.3 Analog Roll Angle (Synchro) (Cat. 10 ID 0,2,4,7) .................................................................................................. 99
3.3.10.4 Digital ARINC 429 High Speed (Cat. 10 ID 6) ..................................................................................................... 100
3.3.10.5 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 10 ID 128, 253, 254) ........................................................................ 100
3.3.11 Category 11 – Heading Input Select .............................................................................................................. 100
3.3.11.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................. 100
3.3.11.2 Magnetic Heading .................................................................................................................................................. 101
3.3.11.3 Analog Heading (Synchro) (CAT. 11 ID 0) ........................................................................................................... 101
3.3.11.4 Digital ARINC 429 High Speed............................................................................................................................. 102
3.3.11.5 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 10 ID 254 & 255) ............................................................................. 102
3.3.12 Category 12 – Windshear Input Select .......................................................................................................... 102
3.3.12.1 Instruction .............................................................................................................................................................. 102
Honeywell
3.3.13 Category 13 – Input / Output Discrete Type Select ....................................................................................... 103

3.3.13.1 Instruction .............................................................................................................................................................. 103
3.3.13.2 Input/Output Discretes ........................................................................................................................................... 103
3.3.13.3 Audio Inhibit Discrete ............................................................................................................................................ 103
3.3.13.4 Landing Gear Discrete ........................................................................................................................................... 103
3.3.13.5 Weight ON Wheels (WOW) Discrete .................................................................................................................... 104
3.3.13.6 Glideslope Cancel Discrete .................................................................................................................................... 104
3.3.13.7 Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete ............................................................................................................................... 104
3.3.13.8 Minimums/Check Height Silence Discrete ............................................................................................................ 105
3.3.13.9 Terrain Awareness Inhibit ...................................................................................................................................... 105
3.3.13.10 Self Test Discrete ................................................................................................................................................... 105
3.3.13.11 Glideslope Inhibit Discrete .................................................................................................................................... 105
3.3.13.12 Timed Audio Inhibit Discrete ................................................................................................................................ 106
3.3.13.13 Low Altitude Mode Select Discrete ....................................................................................................................... 106
3.3.13.14 ICS Audio On Discrete .......................................................................................................................................... 106
3.3.13.15 Output Discretes..................................................................................................................................................... 106
3.3.13.16 Lamp Format .......................................................................................................................................................... 107
3.3.13.17 GPWS INOP Discrete ............................................................................................................................................ 107
3.3.13.18 TAD INOP Discrete ............................................................................................................................................... 107
3.3.13.19 GPWS Warning Discrete ....................................................................................................................................... 107
3.3.13.20 GPWS Alert Discrete ............................................................................................................................................. 107
3.3.13.21 Glideslope Cancel Discrete .................................................................................................................................... 107
3.3.13.22 TCAS Inhibit Discrete............................................................................................................................................ 108
3.3.13.23 Terrain Display Select #1 & #2 Discrete ................................................................................................................ 108
3.3.13.24 Timed Audio Inhibit Discrete ................................................................................................................................ 108
3.3.13.25 Low Altitude Mode Discrete .................................................................................................................................. 108
3.3.14 Category 14 – Audio Output Level ................................................................................................................ 110
3.3.14.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................. 110
3.3.15 Category 15, Autorotation Threshold ............................................................................................................ 111
3.3.15.1 Instruction .............................................................................................................................................................. 111
3.3.16 Category 16, Torque Input Select .................................................................................................................. 112
3.3.16.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................. 112
3.3.17 Category 17 – Options Select Group #2 ........................................................................................................ 114
3.3.17.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................. 114
3.3.17.2 Helo Normal Pop-Up Range .................................................................................................................................. 114
3.3.17.3 Helo Low Altitude Pop-Up Range ......................................................................................................................... 114
3.3.17.4 Autorotation Callout Option Select ........................................................................................................................ 114
3.3.17.5 Mode 6B Always ON Enable ................................................................................................................................. 115
3.3.17.6 Normal Terrain Airspeed Select ............................................................................................................................. 115
3.3.17.7 Low Altitude Airspeed Select ................................................................................................................................ 115
3.3.17.8 Low Altitude No VFOM Select ............................................................................................................................. 115
3.3.18.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................. 116
Honeywell
3.3.18.2 Audio Inhibit Time................................................................................................................................................. 116

3.3.18.3 Inhibit All Except Minimum Type Callout and 100 Ft Callout Select ................................................................... 117
3.3.18.4 Inhibit All Except Minimum Type Callout Select .................................................................................................. 117
3.3.18.5 Inhibit Includes Too Low Gear Select.................................................................................................................... 117
3.3.18.6 Inhibit Altitude Callouts 50 ft and Below Over Runway Select ............................................................................. 117
3.3.18.7 Lower MDA/DH Value Select ............................................................................................................................... 117
3.3.19.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................. 118
3.3.19.2 Low Altitude Mode ................................................................................................................................................ 118
3.3.19.3 Mode 2 Terrain Inhibit ........................................................................................................................................... 118
SECTION IV – CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING AND TERRAIN DATABASE LOADING ......... 121
4.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 121

4.2 HARNESS CHECKOUT AND POWER CHECK ............................................................................................................... 121
4.3 UNIT INSTALLATION ................................................................................................................................................ 121
4.4 EGPWC INITIALIZATION AND CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................................... 121
4.4.1 RS-232 Communication with the MK XXII EGPWS ........................................................................................ 121
4.4.2 EGPWC Front Panel Test Connector .............................................................................................................. 122
4.4.3 WinVIEWS ....................................................................................................................................................... 122
4.4.4 WinVIEWS Operation ...................................................................................................................................... 123
4.5 CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING ............................................................................................................. 123
4.5.1 CUW and CMR Commands ............................................................................................................................. 124
4.5.2 Configuration Module Reprogramming ........................................................................................................... 125
4.5.3 Configuration Module RTC Update ................................................................................................................. 126
4.6 REGIONAL TERRAIN DATABASE LOADING ............................................................................................................... 127
4.6.1 Effectivity ......................................................................................................................................................... 127
4.6.2 Description ...................................................................................................................................................... 127
4.6.3 Approval .......................................................................................................................................................... 127
4.6.4 Material – Cost and Availability ...................................................................................................................... 127
4.6.5 Accomplishment Instructions ........................................................................................................................... 128
4.6.6 Verification of the Terrain Database Version .................................................................................................. 129
SECTION V – CERTIFICATION ................................................................................................................................ 132
5.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 132

5.2 CERTIFICATION PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................................... 132
5.2.1 Equipment Compatibility ................................................................................................................................. 132
5.2.2 Equipment Location ......................................................................................................................................... 132
5.2.3 FAA Requirements ........................................................................................................................................... 132
5.2.4 Ground Test ..................................................................................................................................................... 132
5.2.5 Flight Manual Revision.................................................................................................................................... 132
5.2.6 Flight Test ........................................................................................................................................................ 133
5.2.7 Pilots Guide ..................................................................................................................................................... 133
5.2.8 Failure Modes, Effects, and Safety Analysis .................................................................................................... 133
5.2.9 Existing STC’s.................................................................................................................................................. 133
Honeywell
APPENDIX A - CUSTOMER WORKSHEET ............................................................................................................ 135
APPENDIX B - SAMPLE WIRING DIAGRAMS ...................................................................................................... 144
APPENDIX C – WINVIEWS OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS ................................................................................ 144
APPENDIX D – VENDOR DRAWINGS ..................................................................................................................... 148
D 1.0 VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION.................................................................................................................. 148

D 1.1 EDMO ........................................................................................................................................................... 150
D 1.2 EMTEQ ......................................................................................................................................................... 151
D 1.3 AEROSPACE OPTICS........................................................................................................................................ 156
D 1.4 STACOSWITCH ............................................................................................................................................... 157
APPENDIX E - INTERFACE DESCRIPTION DOCUMENT .................................................................................. 159
1.0 PART NUMBER ............................................................................................................................................... 159

2.0 PURPOSE......................................................................................................................................................... 159
3.0 SYSTEM OVERVIEW ........................................................................................................................................ 159
4.0 ELECTRICAL INTERFACE ........................................................................................................................ 159
4.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................................... 159
4.2 SIGNAL INTERFACES....................................................................................................................................... 159
4.2.1 Grounds ......................................................................................................................................................... 159
4.2.2 Primary Power Input ..................................................................................................................................... 160
4.2.3 DC Analog Inputs .......................................................................................................................................... 160
4.2.3.1 Radio Altitude ........................................................................................................................................................ 160
4.2.3.2 Low Level Glideslope ............................................................................................................................................ 160
4.2.3.3 Localizer Deviation or Low Level Glideslope Validity ......................................................................................... 161
4.2.3.4 Barometric Altitude................................................................................................................................................ 161
4.2.3.5 Outside Air Temperature........................................................................................................................................ 161
4.2.3.6 TORQUE INPUTS - DC ........................................................................................................................................ 162
4.2.4 AC Analog Inputs........................................................................................................................................... 162
4.2.4.1 Synchro Roll Attitude ............................................................................................................................................ 162
4.2.4.2 Synchro Magnetic Heading .................................................................................................................................... 162
4.2.4.3 Synchro PITCH ATTITUDE ................................................................................................................................. 162
4.2.4.4 Synchro TORQUE ................................................................................................................................................ 163
4.2.5 Signal Timing Reference Inputs ..................................................................................................................... 163
4.2.6 ARINC 429/575 Digital Serial Bus Inputs ..................................................................................................... 163
4.2.7 RS-232 / RS-422 Digital Serial Bus Inputs .................................................................................................... 164
4.2.7.1 GPS RS-232 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 3) ....................................................................................................... 165
4.2.7.2 GPS RS-422 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 3) ....................................................................................................... 165
4.2.7.3 Air Data RS-232 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 2) ................................................................................................. 165
4.2.7.4 Air Data RS-422 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 2) ................................................................................................. 165
4.2.7.5 SCI Range RS-422 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 1) ............................................................................................. 165
4.2.7.6 TORQUE INPUTS RS-422 Digital Serial Bus (serial port 1)................................................................................ 166
4.2.8 Discrete Inputs............................................................................................................................................... 166
Honeywell
4.2.9 Configuration Module Interface .................................................................................................................... 166

4.2.10 GPS Antenna Input ....................................................................................................................................... 167
4.2.11 OAT Voltage Reference Output .................................................................................................................... 167
4.2.12 Lamp Driver Outputs .................................................................................................................................... 167
4.2.12.1 Monitor Output Characteristics .............................................................................................................................. 167
4.2.12.2 Discrete Output Characteristics .............................................................................................................................. 168
4.2.13 Audio Outputs ............................................................................................................................................... 168
4.2.13.1 High Level (Speaker) Audio Output ...................................................................................................................... 168
4.2.13.2 Low Level (Interphone) Audio Output................................................................................................................... 168
4.2.14 ARINC Digital Serial Output Buses.............................................................................................................. 169
4.2.14.1 ARINC 429 Output Bus ......................................................................................................................................... 169
4.2.14.2 ARINC 453 Output Bus ......................................................................................................................................... 169
4.2.15 Front Panel Test Interface ............................................................................................................................ 169
4.2.15.1 RS-232 Maintenance Port (serial port 4) ................................................................................................................ 169
4.2.15.2 PCMCIA / SmartCable Port ................................................................................................................................... 170
4.2.15.3 GSE Present Discrete Input .................................................................................................................................... 170
4.2.15.4 Front Panel Status Indicators.................................................................................................................................. 170
5.0 AIRCRAFT APPLICATION DATA ............................................................................................................. 171
5.1 CONFIGURATION TYPES ................................................................................................................................. 171
5.2 CONFIGURATION SELECTION .......................................................................................................................... 171
5.3 CONFIGURATION SELECTION TABLES............................................................................................................. 175
5.3.1 Category 1, Aircraft / Mode Type Select ....................................................................................................... 175
5.3.2 Category 2, Air Data Input Select ................................................................................................................. 177
5.3.3 Category 3, Position Input Select ................................................................................................................. 184
5.3.4 Category 4, Altitude Callouts ........................................................................................................................ 192
5.3.5 Category 5, Audio Menu Select ..................................................................................................................... 194
5.3.6 Category 6, Terrain Display Select ............................................................................................................... 201
5.3.7 Category 7, Options 1 Select ......................................................................................................................... 237
5.3.8 Category 8, Radio Altitude Input Select ........................................................................................................ 238
5.3.9 Category 9, Navigation Input Select .............................................................................................................. 244
5.3.10 Category 10, Attitude Input Select ................................................................................................................ 251
5.3.11 Category 11, Heading Input Select ................................................................................................................ 254
5.3.12 Category 12, Windshear Input Select ........................................................................................................... 255
5.3.13 Category 13, Input / Output Discrete Type Select ......................................................................................... 256
5.3.14 Category 14, Audio Output Level ................................................................................................................. 274
5.3.15 Category 15, Autorotation Threshold ........................................................................................................... 275
5.3.16 Category 16, Torque Input Select ................................................................................................................. 277
5.3.17 Category 17, Options 2 Select ....................................................................................................................... 287
6.0 OUTPUT DATA DEFINITION .................................................................................................................... 301
6.1. ARINC 429 OUTPUT DATA ............................................................................................................................ 301
6.1.1 Discrete Output Words .................................................................................................................................. 302
Honeywell
6.1.1.1 EGPWS Alert Discrete #1 (270) ............................................................................................................................ 303

6.1.1.2 EGPWC Logic Discretes (271) .............................................................................................................................. 303
6.1.1.3 Mode 6 Callouts Discrete #1 (272) ........................................................................................................................ 304
6.1.1.4 Mode 6 Callouts Discrete #2 (273) ........................................................................................................................ 304
6.1.1.5 EGPWS Alert Discrete #2 (274) ............................................................................................................................ 305
6.1.1.6 EGPWC Alert Discrete #3 (300) ............................................................................................................................ 305
6.1.2 Internal Data Outputs .................................................................................................................................... 306
6.1.2.1 Geometric Altitude VFOM (135) ........................................................................................................................... 306
6.1.2.2 Terrain Clearance (164) ......................................................................................................................................... 306
6.1.2.3 Geometric Altitude (261) ....................................................................................................................................... 306
6.1.2.4 Computed Terrain Clearance (067) ........................................................................................................................ 306
6.1.2.5 Latitude – Selected EGPWS (310) ......................................................................................................................... 306
6.1.2.6 Longitude – Selected EGPWS (311) ...................................................................................................................... 306
6.1.3 Terrain Display Outputs ................................................................................................................................ 307
6.1.3.1 Displayed Range (050)........................................................................................................................................... 307
6.1.3.2 Terrain Display Status Word (051) ........................................................................................................................ 307
6.1.3.3 Message Word #1 (052) ......................................................................................................................................... 308
6.1.3.4 Message Word #2 (053) ......................................................................................................................................... 308
6.1.3.5 Message Word #3 (054) ......................................................................................................................................... 309
6.1.3.6 Message Word #4 (055) ......................................................................................................................................... 309
6.1.4 Equipment IDENTIFICATION ...................................................................................................................... 310
6.1.4.1 Equipment IDENTIFICATION WORD ................................................................................................................ 310
6.1.5 FAULT SUMMARY WORDS (for Proline 4/21) ............................................................................................ 310
6.1.5.1 FAULT DIAGNOSTIC Word #1 (350) ................................................................................................................. 310
6.1.6 PEAK BINARY LABELS ................................................................................................................................ 312
6.1.6.1 Peaks Upper Elevation (011).................................................................................................................................. 312
6.1.6.2 Peaks Lower Elevation (012) ................................................................................................................................. 312
6.2 ARINC 708A OUTPUT ................................................................................................................................... 313
6.3 AUDIO OUTPUT .............................................................................................................................................. 313
6.4 DISCRETE OUTPUTS........................................................................................................................................ 313
6.4.1 Ground Proximity Alerts Discrete (Lamp) Outputs ....................................................................................... 313
6.4.2 Audio On Discrete ......................................................................................................................................... 313
6.4.3 Monitor Discretes (GPWS, Terrain INOP & Terrain Not Available) ........................................................... 313
6.4.4 Terrain Display Switching Discretes (Wxr/EGPWS Display Select) ............................................................. 314
6.4.5 Glideslope Cancel Discrete ........................................................................................................................... 314
6.4.6 Terrain / Obstacle Awareness Alert Discretes............................................................................................... 314
6.4.6.1 Terrain / Obstacle Caution ..................................................................................................................................... 314
6.4.6.2 Terrain / Obstacle Warning .................................................................................................................................... 314
6.4.6.3 Terrain Pop Up (Helicopter) .................................................................................................................................. 314
6.4.7 Low Altitude Mode Discrete (Tactical) ......................................................................................................... 314
6.4.8 TCAS Inhibit Discrete .................................................................................................................................... 314
Honeywell
6.4.9 Timed Audio Inhibit Discrete......................................................................................................................... 314

6.5 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION STATUS ................................................................................................................. 315
6.5.1 System Status Messages ................................................................................................................................. 316
7.0 CONNECTOR INTERFACE ........................................................................................................................ 317
7.1 PINOUT FOR FRONT CONNECTORS SORTED BY PIN NUMBER ........................................................................... 317
8.0 DEFINITIONS .............................................................................................................................................. 322
Honeywell
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION
Honeywell
SECTION I – GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Introduction
The Honeywell MK XXII Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (MK XXII EGPWS) provides alerts
and warnings to prevent controlled flight into terrain (CFIT).
This Installation Manual must be used in conjunction with the Interface Description Document
(Appendix E) for the MK XXII Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (MK XXII EGPWS) to
select features and design the installation for this system.
It is assumed that the user of this document is familiar with avionics installation practices and
helicopter systems associated with the installation and operation of the MK XXII EGPWS. It also
assumes access to pertinent aircraft wiring diagrams, modification records and manuals.
The information contained herein, together with general procedures outlined in FAA AC.43.13 must be
followed carefully to assure a safe, electrically sound, certifiable and operational installation.
The contents of this document are for information and reference only and must not be construed as
formal FAA approved work authorization.
1.2 Applicability
This manual is applicable only to MK XXII EGPWS computers with the following part number:
MK XXII 965-1595-020 965-1595-024 965-1595-030

965-1595-021 965-1595-026
965-1595-022 965-1595-028
1.3 How To Use This Document

Section 1 provides a system overview.
Section 2 provides mechanical installation and location information.
Section 3 provides information and instructions for selecting required features of the EGPWS.
Section 4 provides Configuration Module programming instructions.
Section 5 provides certification requirements.
Appendix A Customer Worksheet.
Appendix B Sample Wiring Diagrams.
Appendix C provides WinViews operation instructions.
Appendix D Vendor Information.
Appendix E Interface Description Document
Honeywell
1.4 Reference Documents
Following is a list of Honeywell reference documents:
965-1595-601 Product Specification for the MK XXII Enhanced Ground Proximity

Warning System (EGPWS)
965-1595-201 Outline, MK XXII EGPWC
060-4314-002 Failures Modes, Effects, and Safety Analysis
060-4314-009 Generic RWFM Supplement For EGPWS (-020 thru -024)
Generic RWFM Supplement For EGPWS (-026)
060-4314-011 Line Maintenance Manual
060-4314-200 MK XXII Helicopter-Enhanced GPWS Pilot’s Guide
060-4314-251 Installation Ground Test Procedure for the Mk XXII EGPWS for
Rotary Wing Aircraft
060-4314-252 General Flight Test Procedure
1.5 Description of Equipment
The MK XXII EGPWS is a rack mount ground proximity warning (GPWS) and terrain display (Class A TAWS)
computer. Some of the system features include:
♦ Basic Helicopter Ground Proximity Warning Modes 1-5
♦ Mode 6 Altitude, Bank Angle, and Tail Strike Callouts
♦ Terrain and Obstacle Awareness alert and display for helicopters
♦ Terrain map with runways
♦ Internal GPS card
♦ Front loading updateable database (requires Smart Cable)
♦ External Configuration Module (with Real Time Clock for use with Internal GPS)
♦ Internal heater blanket for operation outside of the heated area of the aircraft
Honeywell
Fig 1.0 MK XXII EGPWC
1.5.1 MK XXII EGPWS Computer
The MK XXII EGPWS computer is available under P/N 965-1595-0XX with internal GPS. The MK XXII
EGPWS computer is intended for Helicopters and provides a mixture of analog and digital interfaces. The
type of supported displays is limited and includes some EFIS displays. The terrain database included with
the MK XXII EGPWS computer are North America, Canada, South America, Europe, Eastern Europe, Africa,
South Africa, Asia, Pacific, South Pacific, and Middle East regions and are comprised of terrain data (6 arc
second where available), major airports, and man-made obstacles (for North America and limited other
regions only).
1.5.2 MK XXII EGPWS Configuration Module
The MK XXII EGPWS Configuration Module is available under P/N 700-1710-020 (Included in Installation Kit,
see section 1.8). The MK XXII EGPWS uses a Configuration Module installed in the aircraft wiring to store
aircraft/EGPWS interface configuration and includes a Real Time Clock for EGPWS installations using
internal GPS. The Configuration module comes prewired and replaces part of the backshell of the (P2)
connector that plugs into the front of the MK XXII computer. The Configuration Module is read by the
Honeywell
EGPWS only during power up. The configuration is copied into Non Volatile Memory (NVM) of the EGPWS.
The Configuration Module is programmable via an RS-232 interface with the EGPWS. The contents of the
Configuration Module can also be read back via the same RS-232 interface. An optional Configuration
Module is available under P/N 700-1710-001 for non-Internal GPS operation only.
The 700-1710-020 Configuration Module includes a GPS Real Time Clock (RTC) counter and position
memory to aid in GPS initialization. A capacitor will keep the position memory retained and clock current for
approximately 35 days. GPS initialization time should be less than 3 minutes with active RTC data. If the
capacitor has discharged then GPS initialization time may be as long as 10 minutes.
1.5.3 GPS Antenna
EGPWS installations using the internal GPS require an active GPS antenna and cabling. The GPS antenna
should meet the following qualifications:
Frequency: 1575.42 MHz

Impedance: 50 ohms
Gain: 33dB max, 26.5 dB preferred
Power: 5 VDC (current draw less than 50mA)
Qualification: TSO C129 or C129a or C144
Antenna gain is limited to 33dB gain, maximum. Antennas with 26dB gain are preferred. There are Active
GPS antennas with higher gain. However, as the active antenna amplifiers amplify noise as well as the
signal, this can overdrive the GPS input AGC circuitry and actually reduce performance.
The following GPS antennas are found to be compatible with the EGPWS internal GPS card. Other GPS
antennas may be found compatible, contact EGPWS engineering for assistance. It is the responsibility of the
OEM or owner/operator (and ultimately the regulatory authorities) to assess the antenna acceptance criteria
relative to ARINC, MIL, or other specifications. Boeing has certified the Sensor Systems antenna S67-1575-
133 (an ARINC 743A antenna with a 33dB gain) for use on all A/C. This antenna is certified for HIRF/EMI,
Class 1 flight critical operation. As a result, it is very expensive (about 3X other versions).
Honeywell KA 96 P/N 071-01620-0001 TSO-C190

Obsolete ------- King KA 91 P/N 071-01545-0200 TSO-C129
Obsolete ------- King KA 92 P/N 071-01553-0200 TSO-C129
Sensor Systems P/N S67-1575-52 TSO-C129, ARINC 743A
Sensor Systems P/N S67-1575-133 TSO-C129a, ARINC 743A
The EGPWS requires an input signal of no less than -106 dB (at the EGPWS-GPS coax connector).
Installers need to calculate signal strength, plus antenna gain, minus cable line loss to ensure that the input
signal does not exceed the -106 dB limit. To calculate signal strength at the EGPWS coax connector,
assume a received signal strength of -118 dB at the antenna (this is average signal strength from a GPS
satellite at zenith over the antenna). Add the gain of the antenna, then subtract the line loss of the coax
cable, and insertion loss at each connector, except at the EGPWS. Assume 0.6dB insertion loss per
connector.
Honeywell
EXAMPLE: Active GPS Antenna with 26dB gain. A 40 foot coax cable run with 1 coax connector (at the
rack disconnect). The cable has a specified line loss of 0.25dB/foot.
-118dB (received signal)

+ 26dB (antenna gain)
-92dB
-10dB (line loss) (0.25dB/foot x 40 foot run)
- 0.6dB (rack coax connector insertion loss)
= -102.6dB at EGPWS coax connector, better than required -106dB. This is an acceptable installation.
1.5.4 OAT Sensor
The EGPWS uses a separate OAT sensor (Outside Air Temperature) to measure outside air temperature on
aircraft that do not have another compatible source of outside air temperature. Outside Air Temperature is
used by the EGPWS along with pressure altitude in the Geometric Altitude computation. If Outside Air
Temperature is not available, Geometric Altitude is computed using pressure altitude and GPS Altitude with
a corresponding reduction in accuracy. Honeywell engineers have determined that the reduction in accuracy
is small because the GPS Altitude is the strongest element in the computation.
Geometric Altitude is computed by the EGPWS to reduce or eliminate errors potentially induced in corrected
barometric altitude by temperature extremes, non-standard altitude conditions, and altimeter miss-sets.
Geometric Altitude also allows continuous EGPWS operation in QFE environments without crew intervention.
1.5.5 Smart Cable (PCMCIA Interface)
The EGPWS Smart Cable (part number 951-0386-001) is a removable PCMCIA card interface. The Smart
Cable is compatible with any Honeywell supplied ATA style EGPWS PCMCIA cards. The purpose of the
Smart Cable in the EGPWS system is for upload of software and databases and also for download of
EGPWS Flight History. The Smart Cable loading operation will closely emulate that of an ARINC 615 Data
Loader. (Reference Figure 1-1 MK XXII EGPWS SMART CABLE)
Honeywell
P3
POWER ON
IN PROG
CARD CHNG
XFER COMP
XFER FAIL
SMART CABLE
PART NO.
951–0386– 0XX
USED WITH ENHANCED

GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM
MFG
SERNO:
DATE:
MOD STATUS
1 6
2 7
3 8
4 9
5 10
FIGURE 1-1 MK XXII EGPWS SMART CABLE
1.6 Technical Characteristics
MK XXII EGPWS
TSO Compliance: TSO-C194, TSO-C151b, Class A

Physical size (HxWxD): 6.20” x 3.04” x 10.30”
Weight: 3.9 pounds maximum
Mounting: Standard 3 inch King Radio rack
Temperature (operational): -55°C to +70°C (F2)
Altitude range: 55,000 feet (F2)
Cooling: No cooling necessary
Shock: No shock mounting required
Power Consumption (28 VDC): 3 Amps
9 watts – no warning
+7 watts – with warning over 8 ohm speaker
+3 watts – with GPS card
+49 watts – with heater blanket on
Honeywell
Configuration Module
TSO Compliance: TSO-C194, TSO-C151b

Physical size: 2.68” x 1.51” x 0.32” (fits Positronic connector backshell)
Weight: <1 pound with connector and backshell
Mounting: Mounts to Positronic connector backshell
Temperature (operational): same as MK XXII EGPWS
Altitude range: same as MK XXII EGPWS
Cooling: No cooling necessary
Shock: No shock mounting required
Power Consumption (5 VDC): from MK XXII EGPWS
GPS Antenna Sensor
See Section 1.5.3, ARINC 743A,TSO-C129A and Manufacturer’s specifications.
OAT Sensor
Nominal 500 ohm Temperature probe, resistance at 0°C 500-ohm ± 0.6 ohm, Range -70°C to +60°C
(reference ARINC 575 Section 3.8 or ARINC 706 Section 4.8). See Manufacturer’s specifications.
1.7 Units Supplied
1.7.1 MK XXII EGPWS

The part number for the MK XXII EGPWS units is as follows:
965-1595-0XX with Internal GPS card
Note 1: -0XX defines the Application software version
1.7.2 Configuration Module

The MK XXII EGPWS Configuration Module is available in two versions. When ordering the Configuration
Module, order part number:
700-1710-020 with Real Time Clock (recommended for all installations)
700-1710-001 without Real Time Clock (use only with non internal GPS applications)
1.7.3 Smart Cable (PCMCIA Interface)

The Smart Cable is used for Line Maintenance, only one Smart Cable is required for an installation
house or operator. When ordering the Smart Cable, order part number 951-0386-001.
1.8 Installation and Accessories Kits
Honeywell recommends the Internal GPS kit for all installations and the External GPS kit as an alternate
part.
NOTE: Not all installation kits are immediately available, contact Honeywell Order Administration
(800-757-8999) for availability.
Honeywell
1.8.1 MK XXII EGPWS Installation Kits
(A) EGPWS installation with Internal GPS

This kit must be used when using the internal GPS and may be used when using an external GPS source.
The MK XXII EGPWS Installation Kit, P/N 755-7013-010, contains the following parts:
Vendor Name Vendor P/N Description QTY UM Honeywell P/N
Positronic Ind. DD78F1OJVLC-15 P1 connector 1 EA 440-1158-009
Positronic Ind. RD50F1OJVLC-15 P2 connector 1 EA 440-1233-001
Honeywell 700-1710-020 Configuration Module 1 EA 700-1710-020
Bendix/King 071-04003-0002 Computer Mounting Tray 1 EA 405-0383-001
Note: For all parts in the installation kit the weight of each individual part is less than 0.25 pounds.
1.8.2 RS-232 Cable

The MK XXII EGPWS RS-232 Cable can be ordered using the following part numbers:
NOTE: The RS-232 Cable can be built by the Installer/Operator per the description in Section 4.4.2
Honeywell 704-2617-001 RS-232 Cable 1 EA 704-2617-001
1.8.3 Smart Cable

The MK XXII EGPWS Smart Cable can be ordered using the following part numbers:
Honeywell 951-0386-001 Smart Cable 1 EA 951-0386-001
1.8.4 Terrain Database Cards

The MK XII EGPWS Terrain Database Cards can be ordered using the following part numbers:
Honeywell XXXNAM North America 1 EA 718-1447-xxx
Honeywell XXXSAM South America 1 EA 718-1448-xxx
Honeywell XXXEUR Europe 1 EA 718-1449-xxx
Honeywell XXXEEU Eastern Europe 1 EA 718-1450-xxx
Honeywell XXXAFR Africa 1 EA 718-1451-xxx
Honeywell XXXPAC Pacific 1 EA 718-1452-xxx
Honeywell XXXASI Asia 1 EA 718-1453-xxx
Honeywell XXXSPA South Pacific 1 EA 718-1457-xxx
Honeywell XXXMES Middle East 1 EA 718-1458-xxx
Honeywell XXXCAN * Canada 1 EA 718-1647-xxx
Honeywell XXXSAF * South Africa 1 EA 718-1654-xxx
Honeywell 402-6083-xxx Label, TDB 1 EA 402-6083-xxx
Honeywell SM9FLAPC256M1 PCMCIA Card, Blank 256Mb 1 EA 300-1314-004**
XXX is the Database version number.
* New distribution of regions for helicopter databases: In TDB 438 and later, new regions were created for Canada (CAN) which was part of North
America (NAM) region and South Africa (SAF) region which was part of Africa (AFR) region due to higher resolution data being available for
those areas.
** The PCMCIA card can also be ordered through Smart Modular Technologies with CUxxxxx part number. See SIL EGPWS-
MKV/MKVI/MKVII/MKVIII/XXII-34-39.
Honeywell
1.8.5 Flight History Card

The Flight History Card is a PCMCIA card that has been loaded with a down load instruction file to allow the
down loading of flight history data from an EGPWS. Flight History files contain status information, fault
history and flight data from 20 seconds prior to 10 seconds after a EGPWS caution or warning event. The
card is used to aid in troubleshooting systems faults and or nuisance warnings.
The MK XXII EGPWS Flight History Card can be ordered using the following part numbers:
1 1
Honeywell 300-1151-006 Flight History Download 1 EA 300-1151-006
2
Honeywell 718-1593-002 Flight History Download 1 EA 718-1593-002
Note 1: Unprogrammed (blank) 32 Mb ATA PCMCIA card.
Note 2: Programmed 32 Mb ATA PCMCIA card.
1.9 Accessories Required but not Supplied
1.9.1 ARINC 453 Terrain Display wiring

The Terrain display wiring (ARINC 453) must meet the display manufacturer’s specifications including
termination method. ARINC 453 bus wiring must meet the following requirements:
• Cable length must be less than 300 feet (91.4 meters).
• Wire to wire capacitance must not exceed 50 pF/foot.
• Shielded twisted pair with not less than one twist per inch.
• Impedance of 78 ohms ±10% at 1 MHz.
Vendor Name Vendor P/N Description QTY UM
Pic Wire&Cable D620224 ARINC 453 cable A/R EA
Pic Wire&Cable D5102QX Hi Temp Quadraxial A/R EA
Pic Wire&Cable D771553 MIL-STD 1553 Data Bus A/R EA
ECS 4122021 ARINC 453 cable (2 shields) A/R EA
ECS 312402 ARINC 453 cable (3 shields) A/R EA
Emteq D70-022402T-01 ARINC 453 cable A/R EA
M17/176-00002 Military Specification A/R EA
M83536/6-022M Relay, 4PDT (Note 1) A/R EA
M12883/44-01 Relay, Socket (Note 1) A/R EA
Note 1: Recommended in EFS 40/50 Installation Manual.
1.9.2 GPS Antenna & cable

The GPS Antenna & cable can be ordered from their manufacturers using the following part numbers:
Honeywell 071-01620-0001 KA 96 GPS Antenna (29dB) 1 EA 071-01620-0001
Honeywell 050-03729-0000 KA 96 Antenna Installation Kit 1 EA 050-03729-0000
Bendix/King 071-01553-0200 KA 92 GPS Antenna (26dB) OPT EA Obsolete *
Bendix/King 050-03318-0000 KA 92 Antenna Installation Kit OPT EA Obsolete *
Sensor Systems S67-1575-38 S67 GPS Antenna (29dB) OPT EA
Honeywell
Thermax M17/128-RG400 Coax Cable, RG400/U A/R EA

Coax Cable, RG-142B/U A/R EA
PIC S14293 Coax Cable A/R EA
PIC S44191 Coax Cable A/R EA
ECS 311901 Coax Cable A/R EA
Amp 225554-6 TNC Angle Plug, Male OPT EA 440-1239-001
Amphenol 79075 TNC Angle Plug, Male OPT EA 440-1239-001
NOTE: If a satellite communication system is installed in the aircraft, or the GPS cable run is in the vicinity of a VHF transceiver
and/or cable, DO NOT USE R/G 142 or R/G 400 cable.
* The KA 92 GPS antenna has been made obsolete by the manufacturer and replaced by the KA 96 GPS antenna. See
Honeywell Service Bulletin KA 92-34-01.
1.9.3 Circuit Breaker

The Circuit Breaker needs to be a 3 Amp delayed action circuit breaker.
Klixon (T.I.) 7277-2-3 3 Amp Circuit Breaker, 1 EA
EGPWS power +28
Klixon (T.I.) 7277-2-1 1 Amp Circuit Breaker, 1 EA
lamp power +28
1.9.4 Annunciators & Switch/Annunciators

The devices shown below are switch/annunciators and are representative of those used in some
installations. However, there are other comparable devices on the market that may be substituted at the
installer/customers choice. The installer/customer is cautioned to verify regulatory approval of the
annunciation devices installed. See Appendix D for Vendors.
1.9.4.1 GPWS Warning (red) P/TEST; switch/annunciator assembly

The ‘GPWS’ annunciator provides visual indication of an EGPWS warning. The GPWS warning (red)
annunciator also has a switch that is used to manually initiate EGPWS Self Test.
1.9.4.2 GPWS Caution (amber) G/S CANCLD switch/annunciator assembly.

The ‘GPWS caution annunciator provides visual indication of an EGPWS alert. The EGPWS caution (amber)
annunciator also has a switch that is used to manually inhibit EGPWS Mode 5 glideslope alerts. The bottom
half of the annunciator provides visual indication that the Mode 5 glideslope alerts have been canceled.
1.9.4.3 LOW ALT / ON switch/annunciator assembly

The LOW ALT / ON switch/annunciator provides for manual selection of low altitude mode and visual
indication that the Mk XXII EGPWS is in low altitude mode.
1.9.4.4 TERR INHIB / ON switch/annunciator assembly

The ‘TERR INHIBIT’ switch/annunciator provides for manual selection of terrain inhibit mode and visual
indication that the EGPWS Terrain functions have been inhibited.
Honeywell
1.9.4.5 AUDIO INHIBIT / ON switch/annunciator assembly

The ‘AUDIO INHIBIT’ switch/annunciator provides for manual selection of audio inhibit mode and visual
indication that the EGPWS mode functions have been inhibited.
1.9.4.6 GPWS INOP / TERR INOP annunciator assemblies

The ‘GPWS INOP’ annunciator provides visual indication that the EGPWS GPWS modes have a disabled
function. The ‘TERR INOP’ annunciator provides visual indication that the EGPWS Terrain modes have a
disabled function.
1.9.4.7 TERR DISPLAY / ON switch/annunciator assemblies

The ‘TERR DISPLAY’ switch/annunciator provides for manual selection of the terrain display and visual
indication that the EGPWS Terrain Display has been selected for the associated display.
1.10 Cockpit Speaker (Optional)
The MK XXII EGPWS can interface to an 8 ohm audio speaker for cockpit annunciation of aural alerts.

Quam 30A05Z8 Audio Speaker 1 EA
Utah SP-3A Audio Speaker 1 EA
CTS 4AC3 Audio Speaker 1 EA 300-0218-002
1.11 Temperature Probes

The MK XXII EGPWS may be optionally interfaced to a dedicated 500-ohm temperature probe meeting the
specifications of ARINC 575 Section 3.8. The installer may want to discuss availability of a dual-element
probe compatible with the EGPWS and with other systems on the aircraft with the manufacturers.
Vendor Name Vendor P/N Description QTY UM
Kollsman CIC 05257* Single element, unheated 1 EA
Norwich 103-00157-3 Single element, unheated 1 EA
Norwich 103-00034 Dual element, unheated 1 EA
Rosemount 102CT2CB 500-ohm 1 EA
Rosemount 102AU1AF Single element, heated 1 EA
Rosemount 102AU1AG Dual element, heated 1 EA
Rosemount 102EH2BH Dual element, heated 1 EA
Rosemount 102EH2EB Dual element, heated 1 EA
Rosemount 102JE2FG Triple element, heated 1 EA
Rosemount 129H-500 Single element, unheated 1 EA
Rosemount 129G-500 Dual element, unheated 1 EA
*Also available from Donel Systems (formerly CIC)
1.12 Tools Required
1.12.1 Crimping Tool - P1, P2, P3

Description UM QTY Vendor Name & Part Number
Hand Crimping Tool EA 1 Positronic Ind. 9507
Honeywell
Hand Crimping Tool EA 1 Daniels AFM8

Hand Crimping Tool EA 1 Military M22520/2-1
1.12.2 Contact Positioner - P1, P2, P3

Contact Positioner, Socket P1 EA 1 Positronic Ind. 9502-3
Contact Positioner, Socket P1 EA 1 Daniels K41 (for 22 to 28 AWG)
Contact Positioner, Socket P1 EA 1 Military M22520/2-06
Contact Positioner, Socket P2 EA 1 Positronic Ind. 9502-5
Contact Positioner, Socket P2 EA 1 Daniels K13-1 (20-24 AWG)
Contact Positioner, Socket P2 EA 1 Military M22520/2-08
Contact Positioner, Pin P3 EA 1 Positronics 9502-4
Contact Positioner, Pin P3 EA 1 Daniels K42 (22-28 AWG)
Contact Positioner, Pin P3 EA 1 Military M22520/2-09
1.12.3 Insertion/Removal Tool - P1, P2, P3

Removal Tool P1, P3 EA 1 Daniels DRK 95-22M
Removal Tool P1, P3 EA 1 Military M81969/8-02
Removal Tool P2 EA 1 Daniels DRK145
Insertion Tool P1, P3 EA 1 Daniels DAK 95-22M
Insertion Tool P1, P3 EA 1 Military M81969/8-01
Insertion Tool P2 EA 1 Daniels DAK145
Insertion/Removal Tool P1, P3 EA 1 Military M81969/1-04
Insertion/Removal Tool P2 EA 1 Military M81969/1-02
1.12.4 Spare Contacts - P1, P2, P3

P/N Description UM QTY Vendor Name & Part Number
440-1223-002 15 pin male with hood EA 1 Positronic Ind. DD15M10YOC-15
1
440-1223-003 15 pin female EA 1 Positronic Ind. DD15F10OOC-15
1
440-1223-004 15 pin male EA 1 Positronic Ind. DD15M10OOC-15
1
400-5163-002 15 pin clamp kit EA 1 AMP 745854-3
male contacts for 15 pin 22-30 AWG EA 1 Positronic Ind. MC8022D
male contacts for 15 pin 22-30 AWG EA 1 M39029/58-360
female contacts for 50 pin 20-24 AWG EA 1 Positronic Ind. FC6020D
female contacts for 50 pin 20-24 AWG EA 1 M39029/63-368
female contacts for 78 pin 22-30 AWG EA 1 Positronic Ind. FC8022D
female contacts for 78 pin 22-30 AWG EA 1 M39029/57-354
1
These parts are available in EGPWS kit PN 755-7013-090.
1.13 License Requirements

There are no Radio license requirements for the MK XXII EGPWS.
Honeywell
1.14 TSO-C194 Deviations

The MK XXII EGPWS and its Configuration Module have two (2) deviations to TSO-C194. Honeywell has
shown that the system maintains an equivalent level of safety and the FAA has evaluated and approved the
deviations.
1.14.1 Environmental Qualification Deviation

TSO-C194 states in Section 3 (Requirements), paragraph d (Environmental Qualification) “Test the
equipment according to RTCA/DO-160F, Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne
Equipment, dated December 6, 2007.”
Deviation:
The original qualification testing for the MK XXII EGPWS, part number 965-1595-[ ], and Configuration
Module, part number 700-1710-020, was performed in 2003 at which time RTCA/DO-160D was the current
version. The appropriate categories were tested for helicopter applications. Honeywell has compared DO-
160D to DO-160F, while DO-160F contains several test procedures updates DO-160D remains a valid series
of minimum standard environmental test conditions. The appropriateness and FAA acceptance of this
qualification basis has been shown by TSO-C151a/b authorization as well as the numerous MK XXII STC
and TC approvals in helicopter applications.
Approval Status:
Honeywell has demonstrated an equivalent level of safety as required by TSO-C194 in Section 3

(Requirements), paragraph g (Deviation). The FAA has approved this deviation.
See Environmental Qualification Form, Table I.
1.14.2 Electronic Hardware Qualification Deviation

TSO-C194 states in Section 3 (Requirements), paragraph f (Electronic Hardware Qualification). “If the article
includes a complex custom micro-coded component, develop the component to the guidance in FAA
Advisory Circular (AC) 20-152, RTCA, Inc. Document RTCA/DO-254, Design Assurance Guidance for
Airborne Electronic Hardware" The hardware design assurance level should be consistent with the failure
condition classification in paragraph 3b of this TSO.”
Deviation:
The MK XXII EGPWS hardware was developed in 2002 which predates FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 20-152
issue date of 6/30/05. The MK XXII EGPWS contains one programmable logic device (PLD) and two ARINC
429 Receiver chips that are considered complex electronic hardware. The Configuration Module includes
two PLDs.
Honeywell followed an FAA agreed upon complex electronic hardware approval method for TSO submittals.
The design assurance method included DER review and approval, with FAA form 8110-3, of the
programmable logic device lifecycle data. This approval process occurred each time minor changes were
made to the EPLD to support board updates.
Honeywell
Approval Status:
Honeywell has demonstrated an equivalent level of safety as required by TSO-C194 in Section 3

(Requirements), paragraph g (Deviation). The FAA has approved this deviation.
1.15 Limitations
TSO-C194 paragraph 5. Application Data Requirements.
1.15.1 a. Operating instructions and equipment limitations

The Honeywell MK XXII Helicopter EGPWS Pilot Guide HPN 060-4314-200 including section MK XXII
System Limitations / Constraints is available upon request from Honeywell Technical Publications to
Honeywell authorized installers and dealers. Installers will provide a Flight Manual Supplement as part of
their STC submittal.
1.15.2 b. Installation procedures and limitations

The installer will provide detailed installation drawings as part their STC submittal noting any limitations in
their submittal package.
The conditions and tests for TSO approval of this article are minimum performance standards. Those
installing this article, on or in a specific type or class of aircraft, must determine that the aircraft
installation conditions are within the TSO standards. TSO articles must have separate approval for
installation in an aircraft. The article may be installed only according to 14 CFR part 43 or the applicable
airworthiness requirements.
1.15.3 c. Schematic drawings of the installation procedures

Section 2 of this document provides specific installation guidance for computer mounting, configuration
module installation, optional GPS antenna mounting, and required cockpit annunciators.
1.15.4 d. Wiring diagrams of the installation procedures

Section 3 of this document provides specific installation guidance for known aircraft interfaces.
1.15.5 e. List of components

Section 1 of this document details required and optional items used for installation.
1.15.6 f. Component Maintenance Manual (CMM)

ATA No. 34-45-42 (HPN 012-0714-001) available to Honeywell authorized installers and dealers from
Honeywell Technical Publications.
1.15.7 g. Material and process specifications list

Data provided to the FAA.
1.15.8 h. Quality control system (QCS) description

Honeywell is an authorized Production Approval Holder (PAH).
Honeywell
1.15.9 i. Manufacturer’s TSO Qualification test report

This item is included in the Plan for Software Aspects of Certification (PSAC) and is available upon request
from Honeywell Technical Publications to Honeywell authorized installers and dealers.
1.15.10 j. Nameplate drawing

Honeywell drawing number 402-6083 is available upon request from Honeywell Technical Publications to
Honeywell authorized installers and dealers.
1.15.11 k. List of all drawings and processes

Data provided to the FAA.
1.15.12 l. Environmental qualifications form

Honeywell drawing number 904-0178-401 Qualification by Test and Similarity Report is available upon
request to Honeywell authorized installers and dealers from Honeywell Technical Publications.
1.15.13 m. Plan for software aspects of certification (PSAC), software configuration

index, and software accomplishment summary (SAS)
The Plan for Software Aspects of Certification (PSAC), Software Configuration Index, and Software
Accomplishment Summary (SAS) are available upon request from Honeywell Technical Publications to
Honeywell authorized installers and dealers.
1.15.14 n. Plan for hardware aspects of certification (PHAC), hardware verification

plan, top-level drawing, and hardware accomplishment summary
All hardware related data is covered in the Plan for Software Aspects of Certification (PSAC), and is
available upon request from Honeywell Technical Publications to Honeywell authorized installers and
dealers.
Honeywell
Environmental Qualification Form

NOMENCLATURE: EGPWS MK XXII
TYPE/MODEL/PART NO: 965-1595- [ ] TSO NUMBER C194, C151b
MANUFACTURER’S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION: 965-1595-601
Product Specification for the Helicopter Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) Rev D
MANUFACTURER: HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC.
th
ADDRESS: 21111 N. 19 Ave., Phoenix, AZ 85027
REVISION & CHANGE NUMBER OF DO-160: NEW DATE TESTED: March – April 2003
CONDITIONS SECTION DESCRIPTION OF TESTS CONDUCTED
Temperature and Altitude 4.0 Equipment tested to Categories F2,

Low Temperature -55C Operation 4.5.1 Category F2 for Temperature and Altitude
High Temperature +70C Operation 4.5.2 & 4.5.3
In-Flight Loss of Cooling NA 4.5.4 No cooling necessary
Category A2 for Decompression and Overpressure
Altitude: 55,000 Ft 4.6.1
Decompression: 8,000 ft to -55,000 ft 4.6.2
Overpressure: -15,000 ft 4.6.3
Temperature Variation 5.0 Equipment tested to Category B
Humidity 6.0 Equipment tested to Category A
Operational Shock and Crash safety 7.0 Equipment tested to Category B
Vibration 8.0 Equipment tested to Category U: Helicopter

unknown frequencies. Curves F and F1.
Explosive Atmosphere 9.0 Equipment tested to Category E
Waterproofness 10.0 X, (no test required)
Fluids Susceptibility 11.0 X, (no test required)
Sand and Dust 12.0 X, (no test required)
Fungus 13.0 F, (no test, non-nutrient material certification)
Salt Fog Test 14.0 X, (no test required)
Magnetic Effect 15.0 Equipment tested to Category Z
Honeywell
CONDITIONS SECTION DESCRIPTION OF TESTS CONDUCTED
Power Input 16.0 Equipment tested to Category A
Voltage Spike 17.0 Equipment tested to Category A
Audio Frequency Susceptibility 18.0 Equipment tested to Category Z
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Equipment tested to Category C
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 Equipment tested for conducted susceptibility to

Category R and for radiated susceptibility to
Category RR
Radio Frequency Emission 21.0 Equipment tested to Category M
Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility 22.0 Equipment tested to Category A3E3
Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X, (no test required)
Icing 24.0 X, (no test required)
Electrostatic Discharge 25.0 Equipment tested to Category A
Fire, Flammability 26.0 Not Applicable
Other Tests
REMARKS
Table I – Environmental Qualification Form
Honeywell
1.16 Non TSO functions
A non-TSO function is one that is not covered by a TSO-approved minimum performance standard (MPS),
does not support or affect the hosting article’s TSO function(s), and could technically be implemented outside
of the TSO article.
Honeywell’s MK XXII EGPWS includes optional features that meet the non-TSO definition. The following
tables briefly describe existing non-TSO functions included in the MK XXII EGPWS. The Mode envelopes
are similar to the fixed wing TSO C92c Mode envelopes but adjusted for helicopters.
1.16.1 Helicopter Mode 1

Helicopter Mode 1 provides alerts when the aircraft has excessive descent rate close to the terrain. This
envelope is not part of TSO C194.

Helicopter Mode 2 provides alerts when the aircraft is closing with the terrain at an excessive rate. This
envelope is not part of TSO C194.

Helicopter Mode 3 provides alerts when the aircraft loses a significant amount of altitude immediately after
takeoff or during a missed approach. This envelope is not part of TSO C194.

Helicopter Mode 4 provides alerts for insufficient terrain clearance with respect to phase of flight and speed.
This envelope is not part of TSO C194.
1.16.5 Helicopter Mode 4C

Helicopter Mode 4C provides a Mode 4 “Too Low Terrain” warning if the aircraft exhibits insufficient climb
performance during take-off. This envelope is not part of TSO C194.
1.16.6 Helicopter Altitude Callouts

The Altitude Callouts option, enabled via a configuration module selection, aurally annunciates various
altitude callouts and descent below minimum selected decision height during final approach. Other sets of
callouts are also provided during autorotation and cruise to provide altitude awareness to the rotor wing pilot.
Pre-defined callout menus are selected with configuration module option. This function is not part of TSO
C194.
1.16.7 Bank Angle Callout

The Bank Angle option, enabled via a configuration module selection, provides an aural advisory for
excessive bank angles. This function is not part of TSO C194.
1.16.8 Tail Strike Callout

Tail Strike provides an aural advisory for excessive pitch angles when the aircraft is low to the ground and
there is danger of tail rotor strike.
Honeywell
1.16.9 Externally Triggered Annunciation

The EGPWC responds to the external commands by generating aural annunciations prioritized with respect
to other ground proximity alerts. This function is not part of TSO C194.
 “Low Rotor”  “Smoke In Baggage”  “Hover Altitude”
 “Fire Engine 1/2"  “Hover Altitude”  “Gearbox Pressure”
 “Engine 1/2 Failure”  “Swash Plate Temperature”  “Check Power”
 “Fire APU”  “Level Off”  “Smoke In Cabin”
 “Airspeed”  “Decouple”  “Gear Box Oil Out”
1.16.10 Radio Altimeter Self Test

A maintenance DH voice advisory call is provided from the EGPWC during an on ground Radio Altimeter
test. This function is not part of TSO C194.
Honeywell
MK XXII EGPW Installation Manual
SECTION II
INSTALLATION
Honeywell
SECTION II - INSTALLATION
2.1 Introduction
This section contains suggestions and factors to consider before installing the Enhanced Ground Proximity
Warning System. Close adherence to these suggestions will assure satisfactory performance from the
equipment.
NOTE
The conditions and tests performed on this article are minimum performance standards.
It is the responsibility of those desiring to install this article either on or within a specific
type or class of aircraft to determine that the aircraft installation conditions are within
these performance standards. The article may be installed only if further evaluation by
the applicant, documents an acceptable installation and is approved by the
Administrator.
2.2 Unpacking and Inspecting the Equipment
Exercise extreme caution when unpacking equipment. Perform a visual inspection of the unit for evidence of
damage incurred during shipment. If a damage claim must be filed then save the shipping container and all
packing materials to substantiate your claim. The claim should be filed as soon as possible. The shipping
container and all packing materials should be retained in the event that storage or reshipment of the
equipment is necessary.
2.3 Equipment Installation
2.3.1 General
The following paragraphs contain information pertaining to the installation of the MK XXII EGPWS, including
instructions concerning the location and mounting of the equipment. The equipment should be installed in the
aircraft in a manner consistent with acceptable workmanship and engineering practices, and in accordance
with the instructions set forth in this publication. To ensure the system has been properly and safely installed
in the aircraft, the installer should make a thorough visual inspection and conduct an overall operational
check of the system, on the ground, prior to flight.
CAUTION
AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE CABLING AND BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE
EQUIPMENT, A CHECK SHOULD BE MADE WITH THE AIRCRAFT PRIMARY POWER
SUPPLIED TO THE MOUNTING CONNECTOR, TO ENSURE THAT POWER IS APPLIED
ONLY TO THE PINS SPECIFIED IN THE INTERWIRING DIAGRAMS IN SECTION III.
Honeywell
2.3.2 MK XXII Computer Location
Care should be exercised to avoid mounting components near equipment operating with high pulse current
or high power outputs such as radar and satellite communications equipment. In general, the equipment
should be installed in a location convenient for operation, inspection, and maintenance, and in an area free
from excessive vibration, heat, and noise generating sources.
The MK XXII EGPWS computer has an internal heater blanket allowing the computer to be mounted outside
the heated area of the aircraft. The computer has been qualified for operation up to 50,000 feet and -55°C
using the heater blanket. The computer has been vibration tested to 3-axis allowing mounting orientation in
any direction.
All mechanical installation drawings referenced in this section are located at the end of Section II, of the
manual. Determine the mounting location for the system components following the guidelines below.
The length of cables from the EGPWS connectors to other system units is not generally critical because unit
interfaces are designed with high impedance inputs, low impedance outputs, and low noise susceptibility
characteristics. The exception is the wires from the EGPWS Configuration Module, which was designed to
be a part of the EGPWS connector backshell because of the requirement for short lead length. Follow aircraft
manufacturer’s, sub-system manufacturer’s or ARINC specifications for shield grounding.
To allow for inspection or repair of the wiring of the connector assembly itself, sufficient lead length should be
left so that EGPWS may be moved several inches. A bend should be made in the harness to allow water
droplets that might form on the harness due to condensation, to drip off at the bend and not collect in the
connector.
Prior to installing any equipment, make a continuity check of all wires and cables associated with the system.
Then apply power and check for proper voltages at system connectors, and then remove power before
completing the installation.
2.3.3 MK XXII Computer Installation
The MK XXII EGPWS installation will conform to standards designated by the customer, installing agency,
and existing conditions as to the unit location and type of installation. However, the following suggestions will
assure a more satisfactory performance from the equipment.
A. Plan a location on the aircraft so that the EGPWS is accessible for front panel maintenance controls.
Check to be sure that there is adequate space in the front of the computer for connectors and cabling.
B. Refer to Figure 2-2 and 2-3 for outline dimensions of the computer and mounting tray.
C. Mount the EGPWS mounting tray in the aircraft radio rack or other location using the four screw
mounting holes. Match drill the mounting holes using the Mounting Tray as a template.
D. Ensure that the mounting tray is electrically bonded (less than 10 milli-ohm to aircraft ground).
Honeywell
E. Slide the EGPWS unit in the mounting tray, and secure it using the Hold Down latch.
F. (After Continuity and Power check) Attach the cable harness to the front panel connectors and lock
connectors using the slide lock of the P1 & P2 connectors. The EGPWS should be wired according to
the interconnect diagrams in Section III, of this manual.
2.3.4 Configuration Module Location
The aircraft configuration is programmed into the EGPWS Configuration Module installed in the aircraft
wiring. The Configuration Module is identified as Honeywell part number 700-1710-020 (optional part
number 700-1710-001). The Configuration Module is installed as one side of the P2 (50 pin) mating
connector backshell and contains electrically reprogrammable memory for configuration storage. The
Configuration Module when installed is wired directly to the appropriate pins in the P2 connector.
2.3.5 Configuration Module Installation
The purpose of this procedure is to give an assembly sequence for assembly of the Configuration Module
with the P2 connector and backshell.
A. The P2 connector, Honeywell part number 440-1233-001, vendor part number RD50F1OJVLC-15, when
ordered comes with 50 contacts and a plastic backshell (hood).
B. The Configuration Module will replace the Backshell Plate. The Backshell Plate can be discarded.
C. Wire the Configuration Module to the P2 connector using contacts provided with the connector. Wire per
the following wire list:
Wire Color P2 pin # Wire Color P2 pin #

Violet P2-17 Black P2-50
Blue P2-16 White P2-49
Orange P2-33 Red P2-32
D. Position Slide Lock and Spring Clip onto connector.
E. Install Backshell Housing onto connector. The Ground wire (used for ESD discharge) is terminated with
shielded pigtails inside the backshell to the P2 connector. (Note: Ground wire is not applicable to 700-
1710-020 Configuration Modules.)
F. Organize and dress wire exiting from the backshell, route Configuration Module wires in a coil. Install
Cable Clamp, do not tighten Cable Clamp screws.
G. Secure the Configuration Module to the connector using screws provided. Tighten Cable Clamp screws
as required.
Honeywell
CONFIGURATION MODULE ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED: Two items as follows:
ITEM 1.0 Connector (P2) Positronic Ind. RD50F10JVLC-15 *
ITEM 2.0 Configuration Module Honeywell 700-1710-020
* This item may be available from Honeywell under Part No. (440-1233-001)
ITEM 1 DESCRIPTION:
Connector P2 (Positronic Ind. PN RD50F10JVLC-15) is a packaged kit consisting of the following parts:
1.1 Connector, 50 socket D-Sub Qty - 1
1.2 Contacts, size 20 crimp Qty - 50
1.3 Backshell housing Qty - 1
1.4 Backshell plate Qty - 1
1.5 Screws, Phillips CSK Qty - 2
1.6 Spring Clip Qty - 1
1.7 Slide Lock Qty - 1
1.8 Screws, Slotted Qty - 2
1.9 Cable Clamp Qty - 1
INSTALLATION ASSEMBLY SEQUENCE
STEP 1 Install all MK XXII system aircraft wiring to this connector using items 1.2 (Crimp Contacts)
and item 1.1 (Connector). See figure 2.1-1 below.
FIGURE 2.1-1 MK XXII EGPWS CONFIGURATION MODULE

Honeywell
STEP 2 Wire item 2.0 (Configuration Module). This part will replace item 1.4 (Backshell plate).
Install the pre-crimped colored wires into item 1.1 (Connector) as shown in figure 2.1-2
below.
Note: The Ground wire (used for ESD discharge) is Not Applicable to Configuration Module PN 700-1710-020.
Honeywell
STEP 3 Position item 1.7 (Slide lock) onto wired connector as shown in figure 2.1-3 below:
Honeywell
STEP 4 Install item 1.3 (Backshell Housing) onto connector using item 1.8 (Screws) as shown in
figure 2.1-4 below:
Ground Wire (used for electrostatic discharge {ESD} protection) is terminated with shielded
pigtails of wires at this connector. (See Note par. 2.3.5.E)
Note: The Ground wire (used for ESD discharge) is Not Applicable to Configuration Module PN 700-1710-020.
Honeywell
STEP 5 Install item 1.6 (Spring Clip) as shown figure 2.1-5 below:
Honeywell
STEP 6 Organize and dress wiring exiting from backshell. Route Configuration Module wires exiting
from connector, then coil as shown in figure 2.1-6 below. Install item 1.9 (Cable Clamp) as
shown. Do not tighten screws yet.
Honeywell
STEP 7 Secure Configuration Module to connector assembly using item 1.5 (Screws) as shown in
figure 2.1-7 below. Tighten Cable Clamp screws as required.
Honeywell
2.3.6 GPS Antenna location
The antenna must be mounted on top of the fuselage in the centerline of the aircraft. Avoid mounting the
antenna near any projections such as the rotor mast, or engine exhaust, where shadows could occur or high
heat could damage the antenna. It is recommended that there be a separation of at least 3 feet between the
GPS antenna and any VHF Comm antenna on the aircraft. The GPS antenna baseplate must be level within
± 5° in both axis when the aircraft is level (level is defined as the aircraft attitude required when weighing the
aircraft for weight and balance). If the GPS antenna is tilted more than 5° or is mounted close to other
objects that shadow it, loss of some of the satellites will occur and system performance may be degraded.
See manufacturer for specifications of GPS antenna, antenna cables, and connector information. Some GPS
Antenna cable and connector information, including vendor information, is listed below.
Cable Length Cable Part EGPWS TNC Antenna TNC Max Loss*
Number (VPN) Connector (VPN) Connector (VPN)
0 to 40 ft RG142B/U TED Mfg. 5-10-30 TED Mfg. 5-30-102-1 8.0
RG400/U
0 to 80 ft ECS 311601 TED Mfg. 5-10-307 TED Mfg. 5-10-307 8.0
0 to 100 ft ECS 311201 TED Mfg. 5-10-306 TED Mfg. 5-10-306 8.0
100 to 165 ft Contact TED, ECS or PIC for complete cable/connector assembly
* Maximum Allowable Loss (dB) @ 1575 MHz for cable and connector using nominal 26.5 dB gain.
TED Manufacturing Corp. Electronic Cable Specialists (ECS) PIC Wire & Cable
11415 Johnson Drive 5300 W. Franklin drive N63 W 22619 Main Street
Shawnee, Kansas 66203 Franklin, Wisconsin 53132 Sussex, Wisconsin 53089
Tel: (913) 631-6211 Tel: (800) 327-9473 Tel: (800) 742-3191
2.3.7 GPS Antenna Installation
Refer to manufacturer’s procedures or applicable STC documentation.
2.3.8 OAT Sensor Location
The OAT sensor should be mounted on the underside (belly) of the aircraft or other convenient location
meeting the following conditions. Avoid mounting the sensor where it can be affected by direct sunlight, or
exhaust gases from engines or heaters. The probe tip should extend beyond the aircraft boundary layer into
the turbulent airflow. See manufacturer for specifications.
2.3.9 OAT Sensor Installation

Refer to manufacturer’s procedures or applicable STC documentation.
Honeywell
2.3.10 Cockpit Annunciators / Switches
This section provides information for selecting, locating and mounting of the MK XXII EGPWS Lighted
annunciators / switches. NOTE: The nomenclature given for each lamp is an example only. Other
manufacturers use nomenclature that is also acceptable. Refer to Honeywell Product Specification 965-
1595-601 for additional information and for electrical loads specification.
NOTE: When using the Bendix/King Multifunction Display (MFD) KMD 550/850 most of the annunciation
and switch functions described below are available on screen text and as softkeys.
2.3.10.1 Description
EGPWS warning GPWS P/TEST

This assembly is illuminated with Red background and black or white letters, for dark cockpits black
background and Red letters. The EGPWS warning annunciator is not normally dimmable. For Lamp Format
1 (I/O Discrete Type 128) the lamp is activated during any Mode 1 through Mode 4, and Terrain /Obstacle
Awareness alerts and warnings. For Lamp Format 2 (I/O Discrete Type 129) the lamp is activated during
Mode 1 and Mode 2 Pull Up, and Terrain /Obstacle Awareness warnings. This assembly also includes a
momentary switch that will activate EGPWS Self Test.
EGPWS caution GPWS G/S CANCLD

This assembly is illuminated with Amber background and black or white letters, for dark cockpits black
background and Amber letters. The EGPWS alert annunciator is not normally dimmable. For Lamp Format 1
(I/O Discrete Type 128) the lamp is activated during any Mode 5 alert. For Lamp Format 2 (I/O Discrete Type
129) the lamp is activated during any Mode 1 through Mode 4, and Terrain /Obstacle Awareness alerts. This
assembly also includes a momentary switch that will activate glideslope cancel.
LOW ALTITUDE LOW ALT ON

This assembly is illuminated with black background and white, blue, or green letters. This assembly also
includes a momentary switch that will activate / de-activate (cancel) EGPWS low altitude mode.
TERRAIN INHIBIT TERR INHIB ON

includes a alternate action switch that will activate / de-activate (cancel) Terrain inhibit mode. (Optional see
section 2.3.10.3)
AUDIO INHIBIT AUDIO INHIB ON

includes a momentary switch that will activate / de-activate (cancel) Audio inhibit mode. (Optional see
section 2.3.10.3)
GPWS system validity GPWS INOP TERR INOP

This assembly is illuminated with black background and amber letters activated during any detected partial or
total failure of the GPWS modes 1-5 and TA&D.
Honeywell
TERRAIN select TERR DISPLAY ON

This assembly is illuminated with white background and activated after the flight crew has initiated the
manual selection of the EGPWS terrain display for the associated cockpit display. This assembly also
includes a momentary switch that will activate EGPWS Terrain display feature.
2.3.10.2 Location
Cockpit layout, size and operator’s preference will determine if only one set of lights is used (i.e., mounted in
the center), or if dual sets of lights are used (one set on each side), or a combination thereof is desired. For a
typical example of cockpit light locations refer to Figure 2-8. For panel cutouts and assembly options see the
manufacturer’s specifications. The following are recommended locations:
GPWS warning (red) & GPWS alert (amber)

These lights should be located together and in the flight crew’s “primary field of view”. This would include
either the instrument panel or the edge of the glareshield.
LOW ALTITUDE
This light should be located in the flight crew’s “field of view” and within reach of both crewmembers. This
light/switch may be located in an assembly with the GPWS red and GPWS amber lights and/or other
EGPWS annunciators.
TERR INHIBIT ON (Optional see section 2.3.10.3)

light/switch may be located in an assembly with the TERR DISPLAY light(s) and/or other EGPWS
annunciators.
AUDIO INHIBIT ON (Optional see section 2.3.10.3)

light/switch may be located in an assembly with the TERR DISPLAY light(s) and/or other EGPWS
annunciators.
TERR DISPLAY ON
This light should be located near the associated cockpit display, in the flight crew’s “field of view” and within
reach of one or both crewmembers. This light/switch may be located in an assembly with the TERR INHIBIT
light(s) and/or other EGPWS annunciators.
GPWS INOP
This light should be located within at least one crewmember’s “field of view” or with other system INOP lights
of similar importance. It is recommended that this light not be located in the flight crew’s “primary field of
view”. The reason being that in the event of a GPWS system failure at the beginning of a flight, this light will
remain “ON” until the problem is fixed.
TERR INOP
This light should be located within at least one crewmember’s “field of view” or with other system INOP lights
of similar importance. Note: Annunciators are available with split legend GPWS INOP / TERR INOP in one
assembly. It is recommended that this light not be located in the flight crew’s “primary field of view”. The
reason being that in the event of a GPWS system failure at the beginning of a flight, this light will remain
“ON” until the problem is fixed.
Honeywell
FIGURE 2-8 MK XXII EGPWS Annunciators/Switches Location
Honeywell
2.3.10.3 Inhibit Switch Functions and Selection

The Terrain Inhibit and Audio Inhibit functions are optional but it is recommended that one be used to inhibit
the system during certain operations. The operator should evaluate the two options together with the Low
Altitude Mode function and select the one that best fits his operational requirements. The Low Altitude Mode
is also described below for reference.
2.3.10.3.1 Terrain Inhibit

The Terrain Inhibit will inhibit Terrain and Obstacle audio alerts and warnings. It will not deselect the Terrain
Display. The switch is a toggle action, which must be pressed to turn ON and re-pressed to turn OFF. The
switch lighting must be activated thru the switch contacts. This Inhibit is recommended for corporate
transport operations. Note that Modes 1, 2, 3, and 4 are still enabled.
2.3.10.3.2 Audio Inhibit (Timed)

The Timed Audio Inhibit will inhibit most audio output for a configurable period. The default inhibit time is 5
minutes. It will not affect visual alert and warning outputs and will not deselect the terrain display. The switch
is momentary and the lamp is illuminated by an output from the EGPWS. This inhibit is recommended for
EMS and SAR operations. Configuration options in the Options 3 (Category 18) menu provide a variety of
inhibit selections.
2.3.10.3.3 Audio Inhibit (Not Described Above)

The Audio Inhibit will inhibit all audio output as long as it is active. It will not affect visual alert and warning
outputs and will not deselect the terrain display. The switch is a toggle action, which must be pressed to turn
ON and re-pressed to turn OFF. The switch lighting must be activated thru the switch contacts. This Inhibit
is NOT RECOMMENDED.
2.3.10.3.4 Low Altitude Mode

To allow for helicopter operations that require low altitude flight, a Low Altitude function is enabled with a
switch. This function is designed for flight at low altitude in VFR conditions. When this function is engaged
Mode 1 is inhibited and, Mode 2 and Mode 4 warning boundaries are significantly reduced and Terrain
Advisory look ahead distances are reduced. Low Altitude operation is defined as operation below 500 feet
AGL. There are other circumstances where the use of the Low Altitude Mode is appropriate. Those include
operation in a high-density metropolitan environment with high rise buildings, operation below 1250 feet AGL
when the GPS is not operational or is providing poor accuracy.
2.3.10.3.5 ICS Audio On

This discrete input or Command Word bit is to be used with Central Aural Warning Systems to provide
handshaking for priority management. When the ICS Audio On is set true, all audio messages that are
prioritized below the Warning Terrain and Warning Obstacle messages will be inhibited allowing priority
messages to be broadcast. See Category 13 ID’s 137 – 139.
2.3.10.3.6 Minimums/Check Height Silence

This discrete input will inhibit a Mode 6 "Minimums Minimums" or "Check Height Check Height" callout for 3
minutes. The momentary action switch is normally mounted in the Cyclic lever and is usually found on
Eurocopter aircraft. See Category 13 ID’s 137 – 139.
Honeywell
FIGURE 2-2 MK XXII EGPWS OUTLINE

Honeywell
FIGURE 2-3 MK XXII EGPWS MOUNTING TRAY

Honeywell P/N 405-0383-001
Honeywell
SECTION III
SYSTEM PLANNING
Honeywell
SECTION III – SYSTEM PLANNING

3.1 Introduction
This section provides information for selecting features and wiring the electrical interfaces of the MK
XXII EGPWS. Sample wiring diagrams for the most commonly used MK XXII EGPWS configurations are
provided in Appendix B. Appendix E Section 5.3 groups features (functions) into sets called Categories.
This document follows the Category structure of the Appendix E. It provides descriptions of the features
and instructions for selecting features and for determining the correct wiring.
1. Make a copy of Appendix E Table 3. Use this table along with Appendix B Fig A1.1, A1.2, and
A1.3 to record feature selection and determine the wiring interface.
3.2 System Wiring/ Electrical Interfaces
System wiring is broken down into the following main components:

- Electrical Interfaces (power and ground)
- GPS Antenna
- Analog and Digital Inputs
- Discrete Inputs
- Serial Outputs
- Audio Outputs
- Discrete Outputs
- Configuration Module
Many of these inputs and outputs will be defined as the Categories are selected for Configuration
Module programming. Appendix E Table 7.1 shows the typical usage for each pin, on the Left (J1), Right
(J2) and Upper (J3) connectors.
3.2.1 Primary Power Input

The MK XXII EGPWC requires a primary power input (28 VDC input power) and ground. The Primary
power should be connected as follows.
Pin Signal *Pin pairs J1-40/J1-60 and

J1-40, J1-60 * +28 VDC Input J1-41/J1-61 are internally
J1-41, J1-61 * +28 VDC Return shorted to each other.
Recommended EGPWC Power Control Device: 3 Amp Delayed Action Circuit Breaker
3.2.2 Chassis Ground

Chassis ground provides a redundant metal connection and should not be used as a normal current
carrying conductor. Chassis ground should be connected as follows:
Pin Signal
J1-42, J1-53 GND
Honeywell
Pins J1-42 and J1-53 are both connected to chassis ground internally. It is not necessary to tie them
both to ground in the aircraft wiring. Pin J1-53 was made available to provide a convenient way to
supply a ground to external equipment. If the OAT probe is not present, nothing needs to be tied to J1-
53.
3.2.3 GPS Antenna
A GPS antenna connector is available on the front of the MK XXII EGPWS 965-1595-0XX.
3.2.4 Analog and Digital Inputs
The analog and digital inputs to the MK XXII EGPWS are defined as the Categories are selected.
Instructions for documenting these interfaces are provided with the Category selection instructions.
Section 3.3 contains detailed category configuration information.
3.2.5 Discrete Inputs
Additional information for some discretes is provided within the Category in which they are used. See
section 3.3.13.
3.2.6 Serial Outputs
The EGPWC provides for ARINC 453 and ARINC 429 serial outputs.
Terrain display data is output on two ARINC 453 channels when the Terrain Awareness display function
is enabled.
Two ARINC 429 low speed output buses are provided by the EGPWC. The ARINC 429 output data
includes:
1. Internal data (data output for test purposes only such as internal logic booleans, Geometric Altitude,
and Terrain Clearance information).
2. Alert/Warning status (Voice and Lamp activity can be provided to display systems and flight
recorders).
3. Internal mode status.
4. Terrain display messages for TAD cockpit integration.
Note: During EGPWS Self Test, the SSM of each output label is set to the Functional Test status code.
For category configuration information see section 3.3.6.
Honeywell
3.2.7 Audio Output
The audio outputs consist of both an 8-ohm amplifier and a transformer isolated 600-ohm output. Audio
output messages are provided as specified in the selected Audio Menu (Category 5) when inputs are
valid and the audio inhibit discretes are not active.
When audio inhibit is enabled, the output discrete(s) associated with suppressed message(s) are
active.
3.2.8 Discrete Outputs
The MK XXII EGPWS provides for up to twelve 0.5 amp (1 amp maximum) Ground/Open discrete
outputs. The discrete outputs are defined in Appendix E Category 13.
The discrete outputs are optional if the ARINC 429 output data is used for driving the alert/warning
annunciators via a EFIS display. Except for fully integrated cockpits, most Aircraft Types do not use the
ARINC 429 output data for lamp control. (This data is typically sent to the Flight Data Recorder.)
All outputs to lamps are driven by solid state switches to ground. These outputs can also be used as
discrete drivers for other devices (e.g. terrain display switching). See section 3.3.13.14. Output
discretes are intended to operate with +28 VDC lamp sources and will not operate with +5 VDC
lamp sources.
3.2.9 Configuration Module
The EGPWS aircraft configuration is programmed into a configuration module installed in the aircraft
wiring. This Configuration Module is identified as Honeywell part number 700-1710-020. The
configuration module is installed as part of the P2 mating connector backshell and contains electrically
reprogrammable memory for configuration storage. By this method the aircraft configuration is stored in
the configuration module on the aircraft and each newly installed EGPWS computer does not require
operator assisted programming before or during installation. The aircraft configuration in the
Configuration Module can be changed at any time by use of the WinViews software, as explained in
Section IV.
3.3 Configurable Interfaces
The following subsections define configurable interfaces for the EGPWS. Typical interface connection
information and diagrams are provided. Use this in conjunction with Appendix E which has detailed
interface configuration information.
Honeywell
3.3.1 Category 1 - Aircraft / Mode Type Select

Category 1 specifies the general aircraft type, fixed or retractable gear, tail strike warning selection and
terrain approach speed regime. Note: Category 16 will set the engine torque value used for autorotation
mode.
3.3.1.1 Aircraft / Mode Type

The Aircraft Type identifies the aircraft as “Manufacture and Model”. The aircraft category defines
configurable data that control performance. The configurable values are not user defined or controlled.
Appendix E Table 5.3.1 lists the combinations of Aircraft/Mode Types and identifies the first MK XXII
EGPWS version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry), and describes the options
available with each Aircraft/Model type (see Description column). Note that with the part number 965-
1595-020, all of the Aircraft Types have been renumbered from earlier versions.
3.3.1.2 Instructions
1. Using Appendix E Table 5.3, under Step/category 1 select Aircraft type. Using Table 5.3.1 and the
instructions below to select ID number for your aircraft type and record that number on Table 5.3
under Ident No. This number will be used for programming the configuration module.
2. Select the aircraft first by gear type, retractable or fixed. Then select the tail strike warning profile
from Table 3.3.1.2-1 below. Tail strike options are Type 0 (No Tail Strike Warning), Type 1 (higher
tail profile), Type 2 (lower tail profile), Type 3 (S-92 tail profile) and Type 4 (AW 139 tail profile).
Tail Strike Type Description Aircraft Models

0 No Warning MD 900, MD 902
1 High Tail Profile S-76, AS-332, Bell 407, Bell 212/412, , EH-101, US-101,
Agusta 109
2 Low Tail Profile EC-135, EC-155B, , AS-350, AS-355, AS-365, HH-65, Bell
427, Bell 430
3 High Tail Profile S-92
4 High Tail Profile AW 139
Table 3.3.1.2-1 Helo Tail Strike Warning Selection
3. Finally select the operational speed profile for your aircraft and it's normal mission. This sets two
approach speed profile values. The first (approach) is the higher end speed an approach will start
at. The second (hover), is the lower approach speed of an approach. The Terrain function will
inhibit all warnings below this speed. Two speed options are available, fast and slow. The fast
profile, which fits most applications and is Honeywell's recommended selection, sets Approach to
100 knots and Hover to 70 knots. The slow profile sets Approach to 90 knots and Hover to 60
knots. The slower range should only be used by aircraft flying slower and who prefer a more
conservative warning protection.
Speed Profile Cruise Approach Hover

Fast >100 Kts 100-70 Kts <70 Kts
Slow >90 Kts 90-60 Kts <60 Kts
Table 3.3.1.2-2 Helo Operational Speed Profile
Honeywell
3.3.2 Category 2 – Air Data Input Select
Category 2 defines the Air Data interface. The Air Data input currently defines 5 analog and 7 digital air
data types.
1. Using Appendix E Table 5.3, under Step/category 2 select Air Data Source. Using Table 5.3.2 and
5.3.2-x select the ID number for your air data source and record that number on Table 5.3 under
Ident No. for step 2. This number will be used during programming of the configuration module.
2. Using Appendix E Tables 5.3.2-x, where x is the Air Data Type number, define the electrical
interfaces required to support your Air Data Type. Using Table 5.3.2-x, determine the wiring
interconnects and record it on Appendix A Fig A1-2.
Honeywell
3.3.2.2 Analog altitude and 500 ohm OAT
EGPWS MK XXII J1 Analog Air Data Computer
Uncorrected (+) 62 Altitude Out

Barometric
Altitude (-) 43 Signal Common
Baro Altitude Valid +28V 9 BIT Out
+5V Excitation 25
(+) 63 500 ohm

Temp. Input Temperature
(-) 44 Probe
Chassis Ground 53
Analog-ADC.vsd
Cat 2 Uncorrected Baro Altitude

Vendor Model ID Altitude Out Common BIT Out
Kollsman CIC 04077 0 J1-F J1-G J1-E
Collins ADS-65 3 J1-12 J1-13 J1-5
Kollsman CIC 02702 4 J1-A J1-B J1-E
Honeywell AZ-241 11/12 J1-63 J1-11 J1-12
Honeywell AZ-242/244 11/12 J1A-40 J1A-11 J1A-12
Honeywell AZ-648 11/12 J1-J J1-G J1-U
Honeywell AZ-800 11/12 J1A-78 J1A-10 J1A-34
Honeywell AZ-810 11/12 J1A-78 J1A-10 J1A-34
Honeywell AZ-252 11/12 J1A-17 J1B-11 J1B-13
NOTE: The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering.
Please contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
NOTE: Honeywell AZ-810 should only be used as an analog source if it does not have a digital interface.
NOTE: ID 12 does not require an OAT input, instead a constant temperature of 25 deg C is assumed.
NOTE: Honeywell AZ-242 with part numbers 4013242-708, -709, -710, -712, -713 and –742 have DC Altitude out at pin J1B-17.
Part numbers 4013242-709 and -711 have DC Altitude out at pin J1A-40.
Honeywell
3.3.2.3 Digital – ARINC 429 (Cat. 2 ID 5, 1, 6)
Air Data Type 1 (AZ-800 or equivalent) is a low speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having the air data
labels 203, 206, 212, and 213.
labels 203, 204, 206, 212, and 213.
labels 203, 206, and 213.
Air Data Type 13 is a low speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having the air data label 203 only.
Air Data Type 14 is a high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having air data labels 203, 206, 212, and
213.
If the hardware is capable of transmitting all label sets, the preferred Air Data Type is 5. If only label 204
is missing, use Air Data Type 1, and if both labels 204 and 212 are missing use Air Data Type 6.
EGPWS MK XXII J2 ARINC 429 Air Data
ARINC 429 Low Speed A 39 A ARINC 429 Bus - Hi

Air Data Bus
B 38 B ARINC 429 Bus - Lo
Digital-ADC.vsd
Cat 2 Bus 1 Bus 2

Vendor Model ID A B A B
Sperry AZ-6XX,-8XX 5* J1B-26 J1B-27 J1B-70 J1B-71
Kollsman CIC 04471 5* J1-12 J1-13
Kollsman CIC 02702 1* J2-J J2-K
mod 6
KDC 281 1* P2811-5 P2811-6
KDC 481 5* P4811-U P4811- i
B&D 90004 5* J1-27 J1-9
B&D 2600 6** 6 8
B&D 2601 6** 14 13
B&D 2800 5* P201-11 P201-28
Collins ADC 85/86/850 5* P2-9 P2-10 P2-29 P2-30
Shadin ADC-2000 5* J1-40 J1-22
(s/w mod 71.73.01)
Thommen AC/AD32*** 5* B C q r
* Category 2, ID 5, 1 or 6 depending on availability of labels 204 and 212. ID 5 is the preferred selection, 1 is next, and 6
is last. CIC air data computers installed without Baro Set pots should be configured as Cat 2 ID 1.
** EGPWS installations with the B&D 2600 ADC should be configured for Cat 2 ID 6 because the B&D 2600 Altitude Rate
ARINC 429 label 212 has a poor response to altitude changes and causes nuisance alerts.
*** Configure for Low speed ARINC 429 transmitting labels 203, 204, 206, 212, and 213.
Honeywell
3.3.2.4 Digital –ARINC 575 (Cat. 2 ID 2)
Air Data Type 2 (ADC-80 or equivalent) is a low speed, digital ARINC 575 signal having the air data
labels 203, 206, 212, and 213.
EGPWS MK XXII J2 ARINC 575 Air Data
ARINC 575 A 39 A ARINC 575 Bus - Hi

Air Data Bus
ARINC575-ADC.vsd
Cat 2 Bus 1 Bus 2

Collins ADC-80( ) 2 P3-35 P3-36
Collins ADC-82A
B&D 90004 2 J1-27 J1-9
Honeywell
3.3.2.5 Shadin 2000 (Cat. 2 ID 10)
Air Data Type 10 (Shadin 2000 or equivalent) is a low speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having the air
data labels 203, 204, 206, and 212. Total Air Temperature is from a dedicated (EGPWS) 500-ohm probe
using +5 volt excitation from the MK XXII EGPWC.
EGPWS MK XXII ARINC 429 Air Data

J2
ARINC 429 Low Speed A 39 A ARINC 429 Bus - Hi

Air Data Bus
J1
+5V Excitation 25
(+) 63 500 ohm

Temp. Input Temperature
(-) 44 Probe
Chassis Ground 53
Shadin2000.vsd
Cat 2 Bus 1 Bus 2

Vendor PN ID A B A B
962830-1,2,3 10 J2-7 J2-8
962830A-1,2,3 J1-40 J1-22
962830A-X-S-4 10
962830A-X-S-5
962830A-1-S-7(B212/412)
Honeywell
3.3.2.6 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC Buses (Cat. 2. ID 253 and 254)
Air Data Type 253 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a dual, high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having the air
data labels 203, 206, 212, and 213. Air Data Type 254 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a dual, high speed,
digital ARINC 429 signal having the air data labels 203, 204, 206, 212, and 213.
EGPWS MK XXII J2 IOC Buses
ARINC 429 A 37* A

High Speed IOC Bus 1
B 36* B
ARINC 429 A 41* A

IOC Bus 2
High Speed
B 40* B
ARINC429-IOC-1.vsd
Cat 2 IOC Bus 1 IOC Bus 2

253*
254
* For ID 253 the MK XXII connections at connector J2 are J2-39/38 and J2-21/04.
Honeywell
3.3.3 Category 3 – Position Input Select

Category 3 defines the Global Position System bus type and interface. GPS Input selection is available
in the following formats: ARINC 429 low speed and ARINC 429 high speed in either ARINC 743 or 743A
format, RS-232 Pxpress format, and Internal GPS card.
1. Using Appendix E Table 5.3, Under Step/category 3 select Position Input Source. Using Table 5.3.3
and 5.3.3-x select ID number for your position input source and record that number on Table 5.3
under Ident No. for step 3. This number will be used during programming of the configuration
module.
2. Appendix E Tables 5.3.3-x, where x is the position input type number, define the electrical interfaces
required to support the position input type. Using Tables 5.3.3-x determine the wiring interconnects
and record it on Appendix A Fig A1-3.
Note: See Category 7 to select GPS Altitude Reference (mean sea level or WGS-84) for
ARINC 429 label 076.
3.3.3.2 ARINC 743 Format

This option provides the ability to specify the GPS input data format as ARINC 743 instead of the ARINC
743A data format. For ARINC 743A the VFOM is in feet and the HFOM is in nautical miles (nm). For
ARINC 743 both VFOM and HFOM are derived from VDOP and HDOP signals and are in meters. Note:
Universal UNS-1 C/D/K/M GPS only, output is in ARINC 743 format. NOTE: in -030 software update
HDOP (101) and VDOP (102) were added as required labels for Category 3 ID’s 0, 1, 4, 5, 10, 11,
12, 13, 252, 253 and 255.
3.3.3.3 GPS Altitude (Label 076) Reference

The GPS Altitude (label 076) may be referenced to mean sea level or WGS-84. Determine which
reference your GPS position uses and program the GPS Altitude Reference accordingly in Category 7.
Note: Universal UNS-1 C/D/K/M GPS only, output the Altitude Label 076 referenced to WGS-84.
3.3.3.4 North-South East-West Velocity labels

ID’s 10-13 and 253 are provided to support GPS interfaces that do not provide North-South East-West
Velocity labels 166 & 174. ID’s 0,1,4,5, and 255 are preferred.
3.3.3.5 HT-1000 GPS Compatibility

ID 14 is provided to support HT-1000 GPS interfaces that do not provide HDOP, VDOP and Sensor
Status labels.
Honeywell
3.3.3.6 ARINC 429 BUS (Cat. 3 ID 0,1,4,5,10-13)

EGPWS MK XXII J2 ARINC 429 GPS
ARINC 429 A 25 A ARINC 429 Bus - Hi

GPS Bus
ARINC429-GPS.vsd
Cat 3 429 GPS Alt ARINC Bus 1 Bus 2

Vendor Model ID Speed Ref. 743/743A A B A B
Collins GNLU-910A Note 4 High MSL 743A LMP-2J LMP-2K
2 2
Collins GPS-4000 0/4 H/L MSL 743A MP-11A MP-11B
UNS 764-2
UNS GPS-1000 (1075-( )) 1 Low WGS-84 743 TP-12A TP-12B TP-11A TP-11B
UNS GPS-1000A (1078-( ))
UNS GPS-1200 (1080-( )) 0 Low MSL 743A TP-12A TP-12B TP-11A TP-11B
UNS-1C (1017-3X-( )) or 1 Low WGS-84 743 P1-a P1-b
(1017-4X-( ))
UNS-1CSP (1019-3X-( ))
(1019-4X-( ))
UNS-1D (1192-00-( )) or
1 Low WGS-84 743 MP-10J MP-10K
(1192-30-( ))
UNS-1F(w), -1E 0 Low MSL 743A MP-10J MP-10K MP-4J MP-4K
(2192-00-( ))
UNS-1ESP (2019-4X-( ))
UNS-1K, -1L 1 Low WGS-84 743 MP-4C MP-4D

(1116-3X-( )) or (1116-4X-( ))
UNS-1M (1013-4X-( ))
1 Low WGS-84 743 P2-K P2-L
UNS-1MSP (1114-4X-( ))
(1114-5X-( ))
GNS-XLS (17960-0203-) SM04 0 Low MSL 743A J101-N5 1 J101-N6 1
(17960-0102-) SM07
GNS-XL (18355-) SM07 0 Low MSL 743A J101-N5 J101-N6

GNS-X / CDU-XLS (NMU) 0 Low MSL 743A JA-A01 JA-A02
(14141-0624-) SM04
HG2021GBXX/ABXX 1/5 2 H/L2 MSL 743 J1-38 J1-39 J1-24 J1-25

2 2
HG2021GC/GDXX 0/4 H/L MSL 743A J1-38 J1-39 J1-24 J1-25
HT1000/HT9100 10/12 H/L MSL 743A MP-C02 MP-C01
FreeFlight (Trimble)
2101 I/O Approach Plus 1 Low MSL 743A5 J2-16 J2-23 J2-58 J2-57
(81440-XX software ver. 241G)
FreeFlight Systems
1203 GPS/WAAS 0/4 2 H/L2 MSL 743A J1-14 J1-13 J1-18 J1-17
(84327-0X-XXXX)
NOTE: The connector pin numbers and software versions given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell
EGPWS engineering. Please contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
1 The Enhanced GNS-XLS ARINC 429 bus also contains Range label
2 HG2021G: Pin 21 open = high speed; Pin 21 GND = Low speed; GPS-4000: MP-4C = HiSpd/LoSpd select; FFS 1203:
Pin 11 = HiSpd/LoSpd select
3 NOT COMPATIBLE with MK XXII EGPWS
a. Honeywell HT-9000 / KLN-89 / KLN-90 / KLN-670 / GNS-XES
b. IIMorrow Apollo 2101
Honeywell
c. Trimble 2100 / 2101 / TNL8100

d. Universal GPS-950, UNS-1A (1161-X-X), UNS-1B (1190-X-X), UNS 764-1
4 Check manufacturer for compatibility with North-South, East-West Velocities.
5 If ARINC 743 is selected (ID 1) the EGPWS computes HFOM/VFOM from HDOP/VDOP. This is done to improve the
value of HFOM/VFOM that the EGPWS uses for GPS (743 or 743A) that still assume selective availability is on.
3.3.3.7 RS-232 Transmit-Receive, 9600 baud (Cat. 3 ID 3)

EGPWS MK XXII J2 RS-232 GPS
TX 45 NC RX – Receive In
RS – 232
RX 29 TX – Transmit Out
GPS Bus
CM 28 GND
RS232-GPS.vsd
GPS Alt ARINC NS RS-232

Vendor Model Ref. 743/743A EW RX TX GND
GARMIN GNS430 MSL N/A Note P4001-56 Chassis
Software Version 2.21
KLN 900 MSL N/A OK P9002-13 Chassis
066-04034-0XXX
KLN 94 MSL N/A OK P941-6 Chassis
NOTE: The connector pin numbers and software versions given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell
EGPWS engineering. Please contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
The KLN 90B is not compatible with EGPWS.
The GNS 430 software mod is also applicable to the GPS 400 and GNC 420 units.
Check manufacturer for compatibility with North-South, East-West Velocities.
Honeywell
3.3.3.8 Dual ARINC 429 BUS (Cat. 3 ID 253 and 255)
NOTE: If GPS #2 is not installed in the aircraft, then GPS bus #1 must be connected in parallel to both
EGPWS GPS input ports. Non-IOC aircraft can use ID 255 to activate dual GPS inputs for
redundancy and improved system availability, but the interface must have dual, High Speed,
ARINC 743A GPS, and this cannot be used if using Category 10 ID 5 or Category 11 ID 2.
EGPWS MK XXII J2 ARINC 429 GPS
A 25* Hi
ARINC 429 A
GPS Bus ARINC 429 Bus 1
B 8* B Lo
A 23* A Hi
ARINC 429
GPS Bus ARINC 429 Bus 2
B 6* B Lo
ARINC429-DualGPS-1.vsd
Cat. 3 GPS Alt ARINC Bus 1 Bus 2

Aircraft Model ID Ref. 743/743A A B A B
253* 743A
255 743A
* For ID 253 the MK XXII connections at connector J2 are J2-37/36 and J2-41/40.
Honeywell
3.3.4 Category 4 – Altitude Callouts
Category 4 defines the Altitude Callout menu choices and Smart ‘500’ Callout selection.
Appendix E Table 5.3.4 defines the Altitude Callout Menu options and identifies the first MK XXII
EGPWS version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
The Altitude callout menus have selected combinations of “Minimums-Minimums” or "Check Height",
Smart “500”, “200”, “100”, “50”, “40”, “30”, “20”, and “10”. No altitude callouts may also be selected.
Recommended selections are ID 5, 14 or 15.
NOTE: For applications that use Category 16 Torque Type ID 0 (No Torque Input), where autorotation
will not be detected, it is strongly recommended that a callout menu be selected that provides,
as a minimum, 200 and 100 feet such as ID 5 or 15.
NOTE: Auto-rotation selection has moved to Category 17.
The Altitude Callout menu provides altitude annunciation for descent below predefined altitudes
(example: “One Hundred” is annunciated when descending through 100 feet radio altitude).
A Smart “500” foot callout is available that will issue a “500” callout when the aircraft is 500’ AGL. This
callout is active only during non-precision approaches or when the Glideslope or Localizer deviation is
greater than 2 dots. Since normal helicopter operation may include flight at or below 500 feet, a Smart
“500” callout is not recommended.
“Minimums-Minimums” or "Check Height" callout can be selected or deselected from these

combinations by connecting or not connecting the Decision Height (DH) discrete (J1-33) of Category 8.
The AVAD compliant callout menu selections are available for altitudes of 100 feet thru 160 feet
although only 100 is normally used. AVAD compliant callouts are required for North Sea Offshore
operation and are unique in that they do not latch and so can be retriggered with succeeding transitions
thru the callout altitude.
1. Using Appendix E Table 5.3.4 , select the preferred Altitude Callout Menu Type (ID) that
matches the feature preferences and version (part number) being installed. Using Table 5.3.4
select ID number for your Altitude callouts and record that number on Table 5.3 under Ident No.
for step 4. This number will be used during programming of the configuration module.
2. If the “Minimums-Minimums” or "Check Height" callout will be used, use the electrical interfaces
(pin-outs) for Radio Altitude Input Select Type (Category 8) shown in Appendix E Table 5.3.8-x
to generate the installation wiring diagrams.
Honeywell
3.3.5 Category 5 – Audio Menu Select
Category 5 defines a basic Audio Menu (ID 128 or ID 129) for most Helicopters and a special Audio
Menus (ID 251 or ID 254) for S-76 factory installations and (ID 252, ID 253 and ID 255) designed to
support S-92 Helicopters.
1. Using Appendix E Table 5.3, Under Step/category 5 select Audio Menu. Using Table 5.3.5, select
ID number for your audio menu and record that number on Table 5.3 under Ident No. This number
will be used for programming the configuration module.
2. Audio Menu has no bearing on Aircraft wiring interface.
Honeywell
3.3.6 Category 6 – Terrain Display Select
Category 6 defines the Terrain Display options available.
Appendix E Table 5.3.6 defines the Terrain Display Select options (Display Configuration Group
Tables, Display Input Control Group Tables and Output 429 Bus Group Tables) and identifies the
first MK XXII EGPWS version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
Note: TA&D mode enabling/disabling is controlled by Category 6. Chose ID 2 for aircraft without
TA&D.
1. Using Appendix E Table 5.3.6 and 5.3.6-x select the Terrain Display Select Type (ID) that matches
the aircraft configuration, feature preferences and version (part number) being installed. Record the
ID number for the Terrain Display Select Type from Appendix E Table 5.3 under the Ident No.
heading for Step (Category) 6.
2. Using the ID number Table 5.3.6 as “x”, go to the Table 5.3.6-x. The electrical interfaces (pin-outs)
for the Display are shown in the Display Configuration Group, Display Input Control Group, and
Output 429 Bus Group, Table 5.3.6-x are used to generate the installation wiring diagrams.
Determine the wiring interconnects and record it on Appendix A Fig A1-1.
Figure 3.3.6-1 is an example of single tube Wx/Terrain display wiring connections.
3.3.6.2 TAD Selection
The Terrain Awareness & Display feature consists of a Terrain Awareness Alerting feature and a Terrain
Awareness Display feature. The Terrain Awareness Alerting feature continuously computes terrain
clearance envelopes ahead of the aircraft and issues alerts if the boundaries of these envelopes conflict
with terrain elevation data in the terrain database. The Terrain Awareness Display feature displays the
terrain data relative to aircraft altitude.
A “False” entry in Appendix E Table 5.3.6 for “TAD Disable” indicates that TA&D is ENABLED (the
“Disable” is disabled).
Honeywell
3.3.6.3 Terrain Display Configuration Group
This option provides the ability to specify the type of Terrain Display compatible with the aircraft
configuration. A definition of each of the entries in the Display Configuration Group tables is provided in
the table below.
Function Value Reference section

Display Type Display manufacturer, model, etc.
Sweep Type The type of sweep used for terrain data (fan, standard, etc.)
Auto Pop Up Category 7, Options Select Group #1
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
The TA&D Alternate Pop Up is set to The TA&D Alternate Pop Up is set to
False or True in Category 7. If False, False or True in Category 7. If True,
Pop Up behavior for the terrain Pop Up behavior for the terrain
display is described here. display is described here.
Peaks Mode Category 7, Options Select Group #1
See Note 1 Peaks Enable: False Peaks Enable: True
Peaks Enable is set to False or True Peaks Enable is set to False or True
in Category 7. The effect of setting it in Category 7. The effect of setting it
to False is described here. to True is described here.
Manual select Describes if/when terrain display(s) can be manually selected
Manual deselect Describes if/when terrain display(s) can be manually deselected
Defines if the display data is automatically scaled and, if so, the scale used
Auto Range
(such as 10 nautical miles)
Moving Marker Indicates whether or not a moving marker is provided
Describes where “TERR” and Peaks Elevations overlays will be located on the
Overlay Page
display screen.
Indicates the priority for displaying terrain data. For example:
Display Priority
Standard (PWS Warn, Terrain Warn, PWS Caution, Terrain Caution)
Searchlights
Defines the display bus type ‘KC Picture Bus’ (ASPB), ‘Honeywell Picture Bus’
Display bus type
or ‘ARINC 453’.
CHANNEL
CONNECT TO:
TX453-1
A = J1-58
Indicates the correct connection for these pins
B = J1-59
CHANNEL
CONNECT TO:
TX453-2
A = J1-56
Indicates the correct connection for these pins
B = J1-57
Notes: 1 Peaks Mode “(Not Available)” or “(Elevations via overlay)” shown here. Peaks mode “Not Available” means that
this display type cannot display Peaks Mode.
Table 3.3.6.3-1 Definition of Display Configuration Group Tables (Appendix E Section 5.3.6)
Wx/TERR
WX System R/T
CAGE CODE: 97896

Display
429 IN 453 OUT System
A J2-37 A 429 Range

Range #1 ARINC 429 RANGE BUS Output Bus
B J2-36 B
A J2-41
Range #2
B J2-40
SCALE: NONE
A 453 WX /
A J1-58 B TERR BUS
453 #1 B J1-59 ARINC 453 TERRAIN BUS #1
A J1-56
SIZE: A
453 #2 B J1-57 TERRAIN
POP-UP
Gnd J1-51
Terrain Pop-Up Discrete Output
TERRAIN
SELECTED
Honeywell
BRT/
TERR DIM/
Display Select TEST DISPLAY RELAY
DSD #1 Gnd J1-32
Discrete #1 Input
ON 28 VDC
DWG NO: 060-4314-250

DSD #2 Gnd J1-31

Momentary
* Display relay specifications:

Gnd J1-54 - 4PDT - Continuous Duty Cycle
Terrain Display Select #1 Discrete Output
- Pickup Voltage: 13.5 Vdc Max. - Dropout Voltage: 7.5 - 2.0 Vdc
- Coil Resistance: nominal 500 Ohms (~100mA @ 28 Vdc)
- Coil Rating: 26.0 Vdc (nominal) 34 Vdc (max.)
- Contact V drop: < 125mV @ rated load
REV: E
FIGURE 3.3.6-1 Single Tube Wx/Terrain Display - Contact current rating: 2 Amps resistive @ 28 Vdc
SHEET 72
Honeywell
3.3.6.4 Display Input Control Group
This input bus is connected to the display (or display controller) and transmits Range settings, Display
Mode, and Display status to the MK XXII EGPWC.
3.3.6.5 Output 429 Bus Group
This output bus is commonly connected to EFIS and/or EICAS displays and Flight Recorders and
transmits MK XXII EGPWC alert, fault, and mode status to other systems.
3.3.6.6 Sample Display Schematics

Honeywell GNS-XLS Collins Pro-Line II
Honeywell KMD 540 / 550 / 850 Honeywell Bendix EFS-40/50
Honeywell Grimes TRA-45A Collins WXI-701/711
Honeywell Grimes MFRD Honeywell Primus 440/660/880 Integrated
Universal MFD-640 Honeywell Bendix RDR 2000 / IN182A
Honeywell Primus UDI with Avtech DSU Collins Pro-Line IV
Collins IND-300 UDI with Avtech DSU Honeywell Bendix EFS-10
Honeywell Bendix PPI-4B Honeywell SPZ 7600 / SG-705
Garmin MX-20 Honeywell SPZ 8000 / SG-811
Honeywell
HONEYWELL
S
A
MK XXII
L
-45
0
yw 7 S-X
-64
40
MK XXII CATEGORY 6
FR
RA
Ho OTE MD-5
FD
H-EGPWS
Ho NOTE ll G
ll M
T
ID 0, 18-20, 230, 242
lM
5
ell
e
N K
e
965-1595-0XX
yw
(KCPB) All Aircraft
rsa
yw
ix
P1
ne
nd
ne
ne
ive
Ho
Be
Un
J3001 J1 J101 J2
P P
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (A) 58 12 01 Q4 38 (A)
See Note 8
NOTE 3 KCPB BUS
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (B) 59 13 03 Q6 09 (B)
31 * * * Shield (*= Chassis)

P2 02 Q5 39 Un-terminated
J3
P P
(A) 37 29 28 N5 33 (A)
See Note 8
RANGE INPUT ARINC 429 TX
(B) 36 30 13 N6 34 (B)
P
11 * * * Shield (*= Chassis)
(A) 41
RANGE INPUT
(B) 40
P P
See Note 8
(A) 43 (A)
ARINC 429 OUTPUT ARINC 429 RX
(B) 42 (B)
Shield
NOTES:
1. All stranded wire shall conform to MIL-W-22759/16 or equivalent.
All shielded wire shall conform to MIL-C-27500 spec. or equivalent.
All wires are 22 gauge unless otherwise noted.
2. Connect the shield to aircraft chassis or unit pin with as short a conductor as practical.
3. Use M17/00002 wire per MIL-C-17/176D spec. or equivalent for KCPB interface.
4. Refer to the appropriate Installation Manual for configuration setup instructions.
5. The KMD 540 must have the KAC 502 EGPWS card installed for the Terrain Display function.
6. The Avidyne FlightMax is not compatible with MK XXII computers.
7. GNS-XLs Enhanced PN 17960-0203-XXXX SM04 or later.
8. The Universal MFD 640 has configurable inputs & outputs. See Universal Installation Manual for details.
Honeywell
HONEYWELL TERR MK XXII

MK XXII CATEGORY 6
H-EGPWS ON ID 0, 18, 230, 242
965-1595-0XX (KCPB) Primus radar
02
03
06 BRT/DIM ANN. POWER

12
11
01
05
08
Momentary
Action
10
04
07
Annunciator
Press To Test
P1 J1 J2
AVTECH DSU 6001-1-1
P P
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (A) 58 47 (H)
NOTE 3 ARINC 453
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (B) 59 48 (C)
2 Terrain Select
P2 32 Terrain Status
P P
RANGE INPUT (A) 37 8 (A)
ARINC 429
RANGE0 - IN
RANGE1 - IN
RANGE2 - IN
RANGE3 - IN
UDI SHLD
RANGE INPUT (B) 36 9 (B)
UDI GND
BLUE -
BLUE+
GRN -
GRN+
RED -
SHR -
RED+
SHR+
SVR -
SVR+
STBY
SEL -
SEL+
P
RANGE INPUT (A) 41
J1 6 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 36 37 10 11 12 13 24
RANGE INPUT (B) 40 P P P P
P P P P
90, 100, 200, 300, 300SL,

2 19 13 6 18 9 3 16 12 1 10 4 8 15 17 11 5 NC 7
400, 500, AVQ30
450, 650 w/o Lightening,
N J E S U T D H R F M K L A C P B V G
800
440, 650 w/ Lightening,
2 19 13 6 18 9 3 16 12 1 10 4 8 15 17 11 5 14 7
660, 700, 870, 880
HONEYWELL PRIMUS SERIES WXR INDICATOR (UDI PORT)

NOTES:
Honeywell
HONEYWELL MK XXII
MK XXII CATEGORY 6
TERR
H-EGPWS ID 0, 18, 230, 242
965-1595-0XX (KCPB) Collins Radar
P1 ON
02
03
BRT/DIM
06 ANN.
POWER
12
11
01
05
08
Momentary
Action
10
04
07
J1 J2
P P
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (A) 58 47 (H)
NOTE 3 ARINC 453
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (B) 59 48 (C)
AVTECH DSU 6001-1-2
2 Terrain Select
32 Terrain Status
P P
ARINC 429
ALPHA_BLNK
TGT ENABLE
RANGE0 - IN
RANGE1 - IN
RANGE2 - IN
RANGE3 - IN
RADAR BLK
P
2.58 MHz H
2.58 MHz L
UDI GND
RANGE INPUT (A) 41
SHLD 2
BLUE -
BLUE+
RED +
GRN -
GRN+
RED -
SHR -
SHR+
SSBY
SHLD
SVR -
SVR+
RANGE INPUT (B) 40
J2 50 51 46 47 48 10
J1 6 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 34 35 36 37 10 11 12 13 24
P P P P
P P P P P
37-Pin DSUB 28 30 29 14 13 9 10 7 6 16 21 20 25 27 26 31 33 32 1 2 3 NC 4
50-Pin DSUB 39
COLLINS IND-220, IND-270, IND-270A, IND-300

NOTES:
5. GPS Ground Speed required before Collins radar display will show EGPWS terrain picture.
Honeywell
Honeywell
EGPWS
J1 28V EGPWS
PWR Bus
Terrain Display Select (out) 54
Collins Wx Pnl
A 58 WXP-840/850
ARINC 453 Video #1 18 A
B 59 ARINC 453 Picture
CAGE CODE: 97896

19 B
Terrain Display Select (in) 32 To WX R/T
TERR momentary
11 Remote ON
ON
SCALE: NONE
J2
A 37 15 A
ARINC 429 Range #1 ARINC 429 Range
B 36 16 B
SIZE: A
Lamp Test
Collins Wx Pnl
28V Lamp Dimming Bus
WXP-840/850
Honeywell
A 41 15 A
ARINC 429 Range #2 ARINC 429 Range
B 40 16 B
TERR
To 11 Remote ON
DWG NO: 060-4314-250

WX
J1 ON
momentary
R/T
Terrain Display Select (in) 31
18 A
A 56 ARINC 453 Picture
ARINC 453 Video #2 19 B
B 57
REV: E
Terrain Display Select (out) 49
28V EGPWS
PWR Bus CollinsP2.vsd
MK XXII 965-1590-003 or later. Collins ProLine II

MK XXII 965-1595-020 or later. Note: with WXP-840/850
SHEET 79
For interface and operation of the Collins Proline II displays see Collins
SIL 2-99 Cat. 6 - ID's 3,5,& 6
Honeywell
Honeywell
0
1A
1A
A-4 /210
/86
/81
A/B
0
1A
1A
00
-84
-18
T2
RS
RT
RS
AR

B E NDIX /K ING
WE AT HER RADA R R/ T
429 CO NTROL BUS 1A I N

429 CONTRO L B US 1B IN
SE E NO TE 2.
453 DAT A B US A OUT
CAGE CODE: 97896

SE E NOT E 1.
453 DA TA BUS B O UT
MA RK VI /V I II E NHANCE D GRO UND MFD S YM BO L GE NE RA TO R

J2 P465
P ROXI M ITY W ARNI NG COM P UTE R B ENDI X /K ING SG 465
2B
NO. 2 DIS PL AY RA NGE 429 A IN 41
NO . 1 DI SP LA Y RANG E 429 A IN 37 68 R/T T RANS MI TT ER 429 A OUT
NO. 1 DIS P LAY RA NGE 429 B IN 36 81 R/ T TRA NSM IT TE R 429 B OUT
NO . 2 DI SP LA Y RA NGE 429 B IN 40
S EE NOTE 1.
22 453 DA TA B US A IN
J1 SE E NOT E 1. SE E NOT E 1.
49 453 DAT A BUS B I N
SCALE: NONE
K CPB A OUT 58
S E E NOTE 3. S E E NOTE 1. S E E NOTE 1.
KCP B B OUT 59
P 465
1B
TE RRA IN POP -UP OUT 51
37 T ERRA IN PO P-UP DI SCRE TE I N
SIZE: A
P 465
1A
E GP WS
+28V DC P OWE R IN 60 +28V DC A V IONI CS
22 T ERRA IN S ELE CTE D DI SCRE TE I N
+28V DC P OWE R I N 40 PO WER
T ERRA IN S ELE CT RELA Y OUT 54

Honeywell
NOT ES :
1. US E M 17/17 6-0002 S HIE LDE D WI RE OR 024-00064-0000

TE RRAI N I NHIB IT TE RRAI N
QUA DRA X CA BLE FOR THE 453 DA TA BUS A ND T HE KCP B .
2. REF ER TO THE WE A THE R RA DAR SE CTI ON O F T HIS M ANUA L
E GP WS F AI L ON (3. 13) FO R THE COMP LE TE I NTE RFA CE TO THE BE NDIX /K I NG
WEA THE R RA DA RS .
3. THE CA TE GORY 6 DI SP LA Y TY PE ID 10 (INT EGRA TE D E FI S 40/50)
A NNUNCI A TOR DI MM E R
I S THE RE QUI RED CONFI GURATI ON.
B US
T ERRA IN INOP 55 THE CA TE GORY 13 I /O DIS CRE TE T YP E ID 1 (LA MP F ORMA T 2)
I S THE P REF ERRE D CONF IGURA TI ON.
DWG NO: 060-4314-250

A NNUNCI AT OR A NNUNCIA TOR
PRE SS -TO-TE S T 4. THI S CONF IGURA TI ON IS NO T S UP PORT ED PRI OR T O E GP WS

P RES S -T O-TE ST
A NNUNCIA TOR DIM ME R CO MP UTE R P ART NUM BE RS:
TE RRAI N I NHIB IT S WIT CH I N 12
(ALT ERNA TE A CTI ON) BUS 965-1176-003 M ARK V I E GPW S
965-1186-003 MA RK V I EG PWS W/I NTERNA L G PS
TE RRA I N S ELE CT SW ITCH IN 32
(MOM E NTA RY) 965-1206-003 M ARK VI II E GP WS
965-1216-003 MA RK V II I E GPW S W/I NTE RNA L G PS
REV: E
SHEET 82
Honeywell
HONEYWELL RADAR MK XXII

MK XXII IND CATEGORY 6
H-EGPWS RDR TERR ID 12
965-1595-0XX P1
Collins WXI-701
02
03

12
11
TERRAIN SELECT (IN) 32 01

05
08
Momentary
Action
10
04
07 Collins WXI-701 RADAR IND
CPN 2041222-XXXX
Annunciator
Press To Test
01
NC
I-7
D3
D2
WX
D1
TERRAIN RELAY (OUT) 54 C3
C2 J1
C1
P
P B3
SEE NOTE 3,5 B2 5 (H)
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (A) 58 B1
A3
T/R Data Bus
A2 6 (L)
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (B) 59 A1 NO
X1
70-Ohm termination
12
X2
RELAY 15 RT On/Off 1
P2
P P
Control Bus A
P
RANGE INPUT (A) 41

+28 VDC
RELAY POWER
RANGE INPUT (B) 40
XX
T-X
WX RT
WR
SYSTEM
59J1
P
8 (P)
T/R Data Bus
9 (N)
6B RT On/Off 1
P
? (A)
Control Bus A
? (B)
NOTES:
3. Use M17/00002 wire per MIL-C-17/176D spec. or equivalent for ARINC 453 interface.
5. Some installations may require a 75-ohm resistor for termination of the ARINC 453 video bus.
Honeywell

H-EGPWS RDR TERR ID 13 and 15
965-1595-0XX P1
WI-440/660/880
02
03

12
11

05
08
Momentary
Action
HONEYWELL PRIMUS RADAR IND
10 HPN 7007700-X1X
04
40
07
0/4
Annunciator
/65
Press To Test
60
0/6
NC
D3
-88
D2
D1
WI
TERRAIN RELAY (OUT) 54 C3
C2 63J1
C1
P
P B3
SEE NOTE 3,5 B2 M (P)
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (A) 58 B1
A3
WXPD BUS
A2 L (N)
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (B) 59 A1 NO
X1
Shield
W
X2
RELAY X EGPWS SELECT
P2
P P
RANGE INPUT (A) 37 F (P)
SCI BUS
RANGE INPUT (B) 36 G (N)
T Shield
RANGE INPUT (A) 41

+28 VDC 0
/44
RELAY POWER
RANGE INPUT (B) 40
60
0/6
WX RT
-88
WU
SYSTEM
59J1
P
3 (P)
CENTER
WXPD BUS
4 (N)
P
71 (P)
LEFT
SCI BUS
72 (N)
NOTES:
6. Radar Indicators must be modified from part number 7007700-x0x to -x1x for EGPWS Terrain display.
7. Not Compatible with Category 2 RS-422 Air Data interface.
Honeywell
HONEYWELL non-Integrated PROLINE 4 INTERFACE

MK XXII MK XXII EGPWS Category 6, ID 235
EGPWS
965-1595-0XX J2 #1 - IOC (ICC-4000)
P1
* ICC-851A pins 13 & 14
P P
RANGE INPUT (A) 37 3*
LA-GP-5 bus (Label 155)
RANGE INPUT (B) 36 4*
#2 - IOC (ICC-4000)
P1
* ICC-851A pins 13 & 14
P P
RANGE INPUT (A) 41 3*
RA-GP-5 bus (Label 155)
RANGE INPUT (B) 40 4*
+28 VDC
* In the OEM installations a single weather radar 453
bus enters the left MFD, passes through, and is
terminated (70 ohm) at the right MFD. For EGPWS
TERR installations break the 453 radar bus between the
MFDs, install switching relays, and wire one relay to
J1
each MFD. The right MFD connection is moved to
remove the 70 ohm termination at that MFD. To allow
proper radar termination when EGPWS is passing
MOM TERR SELECT #1 32 70Ω* through the relays, the radar picture bus has a 70 ohm
resistor (added externally).
#1 - MFD
P1
P
P
8D H - ARINC 453
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (A) 58
11D L - (unterminated)
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (B) 59
10D L - (70 ohm terminated)
+28 VDC
TERR RLY SELECT #1 54
#1 - WXR
P1
P
+28 VDC 4 H
ARINC 453 OUT
29 L
TERR
MOM TERR SELECT #2 31

#2 - MFD
P1
P
P
8D H - ARINC 453
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (A) 56
11D L - (unterminated)
ARINC 453 OUTPUT (B) 57
10D L - (70 ohm terminated)
TERR RLY SELECT #2 49 +28 VDC
Honeywell

H-EGPWS RDR TERR ID 246
965-1595-0XX P1
EFIS 10
02
03

12
11

05
08
Momentary
Action
10
04
07
EFIS 10
Annunciator B/K SG 101A/B SYM GEN
Press To Test
1B
1A
NC
-10
-10
D3
D2
D1
SG
SG
C3
C2
C1
P
P B3
B2 P5003-22 P1A-48 (H)
(A) 58 B1
NOTE 3, 5 ARINC 453
PICTURE OUTPUT A3
A2 P5003-23 P1A-49 (C)
(B) 59 A1 NO
X1
TERRAIN RELAY (OUT) 54

X2
RELAY
P2
P P
(A) 37 P7004-17 P1B-52 (A)
RANGE INPUT ARINC 429
(B) 36 P7004-40 P1B-04 (B)
P
(A) 41 +28 VDC
RANGE INPUT
0
RELAY POWER
1A
1A
10
(B) 40 /86
/81
0/2
/B
1A
1A
00
4A
-84
18
T2
WX RT SYSTEM A-
-
RS
RT
RS
AR
P1001 P1001 P5001 BP

P
8 X 42 2D (H)
ARINC 453
9 A 43 3D (C)
P
19 ZA 2 3B (A)
ARINC 429
20 G 3 4B (B)
NOTES:
6. NO TRAFFIC AVAILABLE WITH EFIS 10.
Honeywell
Honeywell
Honeywell
DC-811 DC-811
LEFT DISPLAY HONEYWELL SPZ 8000 RIGHT DISPLAY
J1 J1
CONTROLLER Cat. 6 - ID 255 CONTROLLER
H H
34 34
Controller Serial Data 35 L L
35 Controller Serial Data
TERRAIN POP UP 31 J1 MK XXII EGPWS 31 TERRAIN POP UP

(HPN 965-1595-0XX)
J1
H H
'WX / TERR' pushbutton 23 58 DISPLAY DISPLAY 56 23 'WX / TERR' pushbutton
CAGE CODE: 97896

L L
59 BUS #1 BUS #2 57
GND 1 TERRAIN 1 GND
51 POP UP
J2
SG-811 H SG-811
43 ARINC 429
LEFT SYMBOL L RIGHT SYMBOL
J1A 42 OUTPUT BUS J1A
SCALE: NONE
GENERATOR GENERATOR
H H
89 H
89
Controller Serial Data 90 L 36 SERIAL BUS L
L
90 Controller Serial Data
37 RANGE INPUT * EFIS ARINC 429 INPUT FROM
* EFIS ARINC 429 INPUT FROM
EGPWS CAN BE PROGRAMMED
SIZE: A
EGPWS CAN BE PROGRAMMED
FOR CH 1 (J2A-64/65) OR CH 7
J1B J1B FOR CH 1 (J2A-64/65) OR CH 7
(J1B-4/5). (J1B-4/5).
H H
EGPWS ARINC 429 4 4 EGPWS ARINC 429
* CHAN. 7 L L
5 5 CHAN. 7 *
* PROG PIN 111 21 21 PROG PIN 111 *
* OPEN = CH 7 * OPEN = CH 7
GND = CH 1 GND = CH 1
Honeywell
J2 Radar R/T J_
H WR-800 H
WX/TERR 1 H (HPN MI-585350) H 1 WX/TERR
L i Left Picture Right Picture
L L
PICTURE BUS IN 2 L
Bus Bus L 2 PICTURE BUS IN
j M
NOTE: h Picture Bus Shield g NOTE:
Service Bulletin 7004544-34-48 Service Bulletin 7004544-34-48
modifies 7004544-312 to -314 modifies 7004544-312 to -314
DWG NO: 060-4314-250

and adds EGPWS interface. and adds EGPWS interface.
R-EFIS
L-EFIS
DOUT #0 9 +28 VDC 9 DOUT #0
+28 VDC
H H H H
22 A Left EFIS Right EFIS V 22
Radar Serial Data L L L L Radar Serial Data
23 T Control Bus Control Bus B 23
REV: E
PGM PIN GND 98 98 PGM PIN GND
J2A J2A
PROG PIN 110 J_ PROG PIN 110
EGPWS INSTALLED
42 Radar Controller 42 EGPWS INSTALLED
H
* WI-870 Indicator pins J1-F/G
+28V 3 L-EFIS +28 VDC * (HPN 7007700-XXX ) R-EFIS +28 VDC 3 +28V
L
* * WC-870 Controller pins J4-A/B
SHEET 90
GND 5 (HPN 7008471-XXX ) 5 GND
* WC-874 Controller pins J4-A/B
PN 7004544-314 (HPN 7006921-XXX ) PN 7004544-314
Honeywell
3.3.7 Category 7 – Options Select Group #1

Category 7 enables/disables the following Options: Steep Approach (not available in MK XXII), TA&D
Alternate Pop Up, Peaks Mode, Obstacle Awareness, Bank Angle, WOW Reversal, and GPS Altitude
Reference.
Appendix E Table E 5.3.7 defines the Options Select group and identifies the first MK XXII EGPWS version
in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
Note: Disabling peaks mode is not an option in the Mk XXII and for Helicopters Steep Approach and
TA&D Alternate Pop Up should always be set to False.
1. Review the sections below for information on Steep Approach, TA&D Pop Up, Peaks Mode, Obstacle
Awareness, Bank Angle, WOW Reversal, and GPS Altitude Reference
2. Using Appendix E Table 5.3.7, select the preferred Category 7 (Options Select Group #1) ID that
matches the aircraft configuration, features preferences and version (part number) being installed.
Record the ID number for the Options Select Group #1 from Appendix E Table 5.3 under the Ident No.
heading for Step (Category) 7. This number will be used for programming the configuration module
3.3.7.2 Steep Approach (Not Available in the Mk XXII)

This feature is not applicable to MK XXII.
3.3.7.3 TA&D Alternate Pop-up

The Display Configuration Group Type (Category 6) defines default and alternate definitions for EGPWS
alert “Pop-up” behavior, when no terrain displays are active or when a combination of terrain and non-terrain
displays are active. (Some Display Configuration Group Types do not support an Alternate Pop-up
definition.)
Category 7 enables/disables TA&D Alternate Pop Up. For Helicopters TA&D Alternate Pop Up should
always be set to False.
Pop-Up and Defines whether EGPWC visual alerts will “pop-up” on displays not currently
Alternate Pop-Up displaying terrain data. The entries are:
False Selected terrain-compatible displays will switch to display

surrounding terrain data. (Some displays will only Pop Up when
display is in the proper mode.)
True EGPWS alerts will not pop-up in terrain-compatible displays.
3.3.7.4 Peaks Mode

Peaks mode is an alternate means of displaying terrain data. The standard terrain display mode displays
terrain relative to the aircraft altitude that is within the aircraft envelope (the terrain is above or not more than
2000 feet below the aircraft). The terrain display is typically blank during the cruise portion of a flight. Peaks
Honeywell
mode provides increased situational awareness by providing the same information as the standard display
mode as well as displaying terrain outside of the aircraft envelope and the highest and lowest elevations of
terrain displayed. Peaks mode displays terrain based on the absolute terrain elevations.
Disabling peaks mode is not an option in the Mk XXII. Peaks Mode is always selected.
3.3.7.5 Obstacle Awareness

The Obstacle Awareness feature adds a database of (man-made) obstacles that are at least 100 feet taller
than the surrounding terrain and continuously computes obstacle clearance envelopes ahead of the aircraft,
issuing alerts if the boundaries of these envelopes conflict with obstacle elevation data in the obstacle
database (similar to the Terrain Awareness function). Obstacle data is currently available for North America
and parts of Europe and the Caribbean. Not all obstacles will be contained in the database.
Category 7 enables Obstacle Awareness if TA&D is not disabled in Category 6.
Note: TAD must be enabled if Obstacle Awareness is enabled.
Honeywell strongly recommends the selection of Obstacle Awareness for helicopters.
3.3.7.6 Bank Angle Callout Enabling

The Bank Angle feature provides protection for over banking during maneuvering on approach or climb-out
and while at altitude. The Bank Angle callout can be enabled or disabled as appropriate for each installation.
3.3.7.7 WOW Reversal (Weight-On-Wheels)

The WOW discrete input is defined in Category 13. The Category 7 control is used to reverse the defined
logic to match aircraft wiring, if necessary.
+28 VDC WOW discrete (J1-37) active position:
WOW Reversal
WOW Discrete (Category 13) False True
WOW Discrete = +28V WOW Not WOW

WOW Discrete = Open (or GND) Not WOW WOW
Ground seeking WOW discrete (J1-18) active position:
WOW Reversal
WOW Discrete (Category 13) False True
WOW Discrete = GND WOW Not WOW

WOW Discrete = Open (or +28V) Not WOW WOW
3.3.7.8 GPS Altitude Reference
The GPS Altitude (ARINC 429 label 076, Category 3) may be referenced to mean sea level (MSL) or WGS-
84. Determine which reference the GPS position uses and set the GPS Altitude Reference accordingly in this
Category. If using the internal GPS card select MSL.
Honeywell
3.3.8 Category 8 – Radio Altitude Input Select
Category 8 defines the Radio Altitude and Decision Height interface.
1. Using Appendix E Tables 5.3, under Step/category 8 select Radio Altitude Type. Using Table 5.3.8 and
5.3.8-x select ID number for your Radio Altimeter and record that number on Table 5.3 under Ident No.
for step 8. This number will be used during programming of the configuration module.
2. Appendix E Tables 5.3.8-x, where x is the Radio Altimeter Type number, define the electrical interfaces
required to support each Radio Altimeter. Using Table 5.3.8-x determine the wiring interconnects and
record it on Appendix A Fig A1-1.
3. The Decision Height discrete (J1-33, Category 8) indicates to the MK XXII EGPWC whether the aircraft
is above or below the selected Decision Height. This discrete is typically connected to the Decision
Height output on the Radio Altimeter indicator. If the ‘Minimums-Minimums’ callout is not wanted the
Decision Height discrete should be left open. Using Table 5.3.8-x determine the wiring interconnects for
Decision Height and record it on Appendix A Fig A1-1.
3.3.8.2 Digital Radio Altitude Interface (Cat. 8 ID 2)

EGPWS MK XXII J2
Radio Altimeter R/T
ARINC 429 A 21 A
ARINC 429
Radio Altitude B 4 B
J1 Radio Altimeter Indicator
DH Discrete (Gnd) 33 DH
Vendor Model Indicator R/T

R/T Indicator SCALE DH A B
Collins RAC-870 ALI-55 ARINC 429 P1-V P1-2 P1-3
Honeywell ALA-52A ARINC 429 MP-B2 MP-B3
Honeywell KRA 405B KNI-415/416 ARINC 429 M B C
Honeywell
3.3.8.3 Analog Radio Altitude Interface (Cat. 8 ID 0,1,3,4,5)

EGPWS MK XXII J1
Radio Altimeter R/T
(+) 64 + ARINC 552, ALT 55,
Analog Radio Altitude RT-200/300
(-) 45 -
Radio Altitude Valid +28V 29 Valid
Radio Altimeter Indicator

DH Discrete (Gnd) 33 DH
Vendor Model Cat. Indicator R/T

R/T Indicator ID DH + - Valid
(3)
Collins ALT 55 ALI-55 1 P1-V P1-57 P1-59 P1-49
Collins ALT 50 5 P1-57 P1-59 P1-49
Honeywell HG7502 JG1072( ) 0 P1-e P4-47 P4-46 P4-27
Honeywell RT-221/300(1) RA-315 0 P1-F P1-X P1-N P1-Y
Honeywell RT-220/300 (2)
RA-215 3 P1-F P1-N P1-W P1-Y
Honeywell KRA-405 KNI-415/416 4 M P1-B P1-g S
Honeywell KRA 405B KNI-415/416 4 M E X j
(2)
KRA 405B 3 G Z j
066-01153-0101
KRA 405B 0 Z G j
066-01153-0202
Honeywell ALA-51A INA-51( ) 0 P2-e P1B-47 P1B-46 P1B-12
Collins 860F-1/4 339H-1/-2 0 P1-e P1B-47 P1B-46 P1B-12
TRT AHV-530 0 P1B-47 P1B-46 P1B-12
Honeywell APN-209
RT-1115/ID-1917
NOTE 1: The following RT-300 part numbers meet ARINC 552 for the Auxiliary Output: 7001840 -902, -906, -912, -916, -917, -918, -
922, -926, -928, -932, -936, -937, and -938. Some RT-221’s are also compatible, consult your Honeywell representative.
NOTE 2: This is the precision output from the R/T. Note the + and – signals are swapped to convert the –4mV to +4mV. RT-300 (-9X1, -
9X3,-904, -9X5) should also use the Precision Output, same as the RT-220.
NOTE 3: The ALT-55 provides compromised EGPWS performance due to the average altitude tracking algorithm employed.
3.3.8.4 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC Buses (Cat. 8 ID 251 - 255)
Radio Altitude Type 251 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a dual high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having labels
164 and 170. Radio Altitude Type 253 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a dual high speed, digital ARINC 429
signal having label 164 and a analog discrete DH input. Radio Altitude Type 254 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a
dual high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having labels 164, 170 and 370. Radio Altitude Types 252 & 255
(IOC bus or equivalent) are a dual high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having labels 164 and 370. For
interface description see paragraph 3.3.2.6 Air Data Type.
Honeywell
3.3.9 Category 9 – Navigation Inputs Select
Category 9 selects the Glideslope and Localizer Deviation interfaces and Glideslope Validity and ILS Tuned
discretes.
Appendix E Table 5.3.9 defines the Category 9 Navigation Inputs Select options (called Navigation Inputs
Select Types) and identifies the first MK XXII EGPWS version in which the option was available (see the
Effectivity entry).
1. Using Appendix E Tables 5.3, 5.3.9 and 5.3.9-x as described above, select the Navigation Input Select
Type that matches the aircraft configuration, feature preferences, and version (part number) being
installed.
2. Record the ID number for the Navigation Inputs Select Type from Appendix E Table 5.3 under the Ident
No. heading for Step (Category) 9. This number will be used during programming of the configuration
module.
3. Using the Navigation Inputs Select number from Appendix E Table 5.3.9 as “x”, go to Appendix E Table
5.3.9-x. .The electrical interfaces (pin-outs) for the Navigation Inputs Select Type are shown in Appendix
E Table 5.3.9-x and are used to determine the wiring interconnects and record it on Appendix A Fig A1-1.
Navigation Inputs Select (Glideslope & Localizer Inputs)
Glideslope Deviation is basic (required) and is available in analog and digital formats. Localizer Deviation is
an enhancement (not required) and is available in analog and digital formats.
Glideslope Validity
Glideslope Validity (+28V Super Flag) is required for Navigation Inputs Select 0 or 5 at pin J1-11. Glideslope
Validity (Low Level) is required for Navigation Inputs Select 1 at pins J1-30 (+) and J1-10 (-). Digital ARINC
429 Glideslope interfaces (Navigation Inputs 2 & 3) do not require Glideslope Validity input.
Localizer Validity
Localizer Validity (+28V Super Flag) is required for Navigation Inputs Select 5 at pin J1-48.
Digital ARINC 429 Localizer interfaces do not require Localizer Validity input.
ILS Tuned Discrete Input #1 (+28V) and #2 (GND)
The ILS Tuned Discrete indicates that an Instrument Landing System frequency has been selected on the
Captain’s (or selected) ILS. The ILS Tuned Discretes #1 (+28V) and #2 (GND) are optional to each other.
These discretes are used with the analog Glideslope inputs. When an ILS is tuned, the MK XXII EGPWS
checks the Glideslope Validity discretes and monitors the Glideslope inputs.
Honeywell
3.3.9.2 Analog Glideslope Interface (Cat. 9 ID 0,1,5)

EGPWS MK XXII J1 ILS Receiver
+ 65 +Up
GS Deviation GS Deviation
- 46 +Dn
GS Valid +28 11 Super Flag +28V
Low Level + 30 + GS Flag
GS Valid - 10 - (Low Level)
+28 39 Delayed ILS Mode

ILS Tuned
GND 20 ILS Energize
+ 30 +R
LOC Deviation LOC Deviation
- 10 +L
LOC Valid +28 48 LOC Val +28V
GS Inhibit (BC) +28 38 Backcourse
GS Inhibit (BC) GND 19 Backcourse
Analog-ILS-2.vsd
GS Valid LOC Valid ILS Tuned Deviation

Cat. 9 SuperFlag Low Level SuperFlag GS +up LOC +R
Vendor Model ID +28V Flag +28V GND +dn +L
Honeywell J1003-21 J1003-8 J1002-39
KNR 6030 5 J1003-27 J1003-22 J1002-50 J1002-18 J1003-9 J1002-40
Honeywell P1-e P1-T
KNR 660 1 P1-q P1-k P1-V
Honeywell P6342-34 P6342-36 P6342-23
KNR 634 1 5 P6342-50 P6342-18 P6342-49 P6341-17 P6342-35 P6342-7
Honeywell P692-S P692-B
KGM-691 0 P692-W P692-T P692-a P692-C
Honeywell P601-e P601-r P601-m
KNR 600A 1 P601-q P601-A P601-k P601-s P601-n
Collins 2 TP-21 TP-8 BP-39
51RV-1, 51RV-4( ) 5 TP-27 TP-22 BP-50 BP-18 TP-9 BP-40
Collins P1-9 P1-5 P2-10
VIR-30, -31, -32 5 P1-17 P1-13 P2-18 P2-40 P1-1 P2-13
Honeywell J1001-90 J1001-38
VNS 41A 5 P1001-60 P1001-101 J1001-56 J1001-23 J1001-92
Honeywell TP-8 BP-39
RNA-34A 5 TP-27 TP-21 BP-50 BP-18 TP-9 BP-40
Honeywell P2-13 P2-P
KN 53 1 P2-R P2-12 P2-14
Honeywell P1-2
KN 72 P1-10
Honeywell P1-B60 P1-B79 P1-B78
RNZ 850 5 P1-A74 P1-B106 P1-B91 P1-B64 P1-B75 P1-B75
Honeywell P901-U P901-S P901-s (KX-165)
KX-155/165 1 P901-R P401-14 P401-8 P901-T P901-k (only
NOTE: The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. ePlease
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
1 066-1078-00, -01, -04, -05, -10, -11, -14 and –15 only.
2 51RV-4( ) only.
Honeywell
3.3.9.3 Digital Glideslope/Localizer Interface (Cat. 9 ID 2,3,4)

EGPWS MK VI / MK VIII J2
ILS Bus
A 22 A ARINC 429
ARINC 429 ILS
B 5 B Low Speed
Vendor Model Cat 9 ARINC 429 Bus 1 ARINC 429 Bus 2

ID A B A B
Chelton VNS 411A 2,3 P1-C P1-D

Chelton VNS 411B 2,3 P1001-62 P1001-103
Honeywell RNA-34A 2,3 P1024-24 P1024-28 P1024-21 P1024-25
Honeywell KNR 634A 4 P6342-41 P6342-42 P6342-44 P6342-45
Honeywell KN 40A(B) 4 P401(403)-41 P401(403)-42 P401(403)-44 P401(403)-45
Collins VIR-432 2,3 P1-35 P1-36 P1-22 P1-23
Garmin GNS-430 2,3 P4006-24 P4006-23
NOTE: The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell
EGPWS engineering. Please contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your
installation.
3.3.9.4 Digital – ARINC 429 ILS bus (Cat. 9 ID 6)
Navigation Input Select Type 6 (ILS bus or equivalent) is a single low speed, digital ARINC 429 bus including
Vertical Deviation (117), Lateral Deviation (116) and Mode 5 Control (163) labels for Precision Approach
landings.
See Primus APEX for interface description.
3.3.9.5 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 9 ID 248 - 255)
Navigation Input Select Type 249 - 255 (IOC bus or equivalent) are dual high speed, digital ARINC 429
signal having labels 173, and 174 along with combinations of Selected Course and PFD Mode Select Word.
Navigation Input Select Type 249 & 252 are designed to use ARINC 429 receive channels 2 & 5.
Navigation Input Select Type 248 (IOC bus or equivalent) is a dual high speed, digital ARINC 429 bus
including Vertical Deviation (117), Lateral Deviation (116) and Mode 5 Control (163) labels for Precision
Approach landings.
For interface description see paragraph 3.3.2.6 Air Data Type.
Honeywell
3.3.10 Category 10 – Attitude Input Select
Category 10 defines the Roll and Pitch Attitude interface.
3.3.10.1 Attitude Signals
Roll Angle is used for Bank Angle callout, Pseudo Altitude Algorithm and Terrain Awareness display.
Pitch Angle is used for the Tail Strike alert.
NOTE: For MD900 series aircraft where no Tail Strike alert is applicable, Pitch is not required, so a roll only
configuration may be selected.
Appendix E Table 5.3.10 defines the Attitude Input Select type and identifies the first MK XXII EGPWS
version in which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
1. Using Appendix E Tables 5.3 and 5.3.10 ,select the Attitude Input Select type that matches the aircraft
configuration, feature preferences, and version (part number) being installed.
2. Record the ID number for the Attitude Input Select from Appendix E Table 5.3.10 under the Ident No.
heading for Step (Category) 10 on Table 5.3. This number will be used for programming the
configuration module
3. Using the Attitude Input Select ID number from Appendix E Table 5.3.10 as “x”, go to Appendix E Table
5.3.10-x. The electrical interfaces (pin-outs) for the Attitude Input Select Type are used to determine the
wiring interconnects and record it on Appendix A Fig A1-3.
Honeywell
3.3.10.3 Analog Roll Angle (Synchro) (Cat. 10 ID 0,2,4,7)

EGPWS MK XXII J1
Vertical Gyro
X 1 X
Roll Synchro Y 21 Y Roll Angle
Z 2 Z
X 5 X
Pitch Synchro Y 7 Y Pitch Angle
Z 6 Z
Vendor Model Attitude Pitch Synchro (Note 1) Roll Synchro (Note 1)

V/G Valid +28 X Y Z X Y Z
Aeronetics RVG 801 P1-U P1-A P1-B P1-C P1-D P1-E P1-F
Collins AHC-85( ) P1-13 P2-50 P2-51 P2-52 P2-42 P2-43 P2-44
Collins 332D-11 N A B C D E F
Honeywell HG1075/95 J1B-G3 J1B-C9 J1B-C10 J1B-C11 J1B-D9 J1B-D10 J1B-D11
Honeywell AH-600 J1B-11 J1B-52 J1B-53 J1B-54 J1B-49 J1B-50 J1B-51
Jet VG-208 P1-U P1-A P1-B P1-C P1-D P1-E P1-F
King KVG-350 HH X Y Z P Q R
Litef LTR-81 MP-A11 MP-B1 MP-B2 MP-B3 MP-B4 MP-B5 MP-B6
Litef LCR-92& 93 Note 2 J3-11 J3-40 J3-26 J3-16 J3-39 J3-25
Sperry VG-14A Note 3 X Y Z P Q R
Sperry VG-311 P1-45 P1-5 P1-4 P1-6 P1-7 P1-8 P1-9
Note 1: The connector pin numbers given in the table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS
engineering. Please contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
Note 2: See LCR installation manual.
Note 3: See airframe drawing.
Honeywell
3.3.10.4 Digital ARINC 429 High Speed (Cat. 10 ID 6 and 128)
Attitude Input ID 128 (Litef LCR 92S or equivalent) is a high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having roll pitch
angle, and roll pitch rate labels 325, 324, 327, and 326.
EGPWS MK XXII J2
AHRS
AHRS 429 A 23 A Roll Pitch
HS B 6 B Angle
Vendor Model Cat 10 ARINC 429 Bus 1 ARINC 429 Bus 2

ID A B A B
Collins AHC-85(D/E only) 6* P1-16 P1-14 P1-24 P1-22
Litef LTR-81 AHRS 6* MP-G7 MP-G8 MP-E5 MP-E6
Litef LCR-92/LCR-93 AHRS 6* J4-08 J4-29 J4-49 J4-07
Honeywell HG1075/1095 IRU 6* J1B-G7 J1B-G8 J1B-E5 J1B-E6
NOTE: The connector pin numbers given in the Table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS engineering. Please
contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
* ID 6 is preferred with Category 2 Air Data with ARINC 429 Barometric Altitude Rate (label 212), otherwise ID 5. ID 6 cannot
be used with analog Air Data interfaces.
3.3.10.5 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 10 ID 253, 254)
Attitude Input Select Type 253 and 254 (IOC bus or equivalent) are dual high speed, digital ARINC 429
signal having labels 324, 325, 326 and 327. Attitude Input Select Type 253 also includes Inertial Vertical
Speed (365) and Inertial Altitude (361). For interface description see paragraph 3.3.2.6 Air Data Type.
3.3.11 Category 11 – Heading Input Select
Category 11 defines the Magnetic Heading interface.
Appendix E Table 5.3.11 defines the Heading Input Select types and identifies the first MK XXII EGPWS
1. Using Appendix E Tables 5.3, 5.3.11 and 5.3.11-x, select Heading Input type that matches the
aircraft configuration, feature preferences, and version (part number) being installed.
2. Record the ID number for the Heading Input Select from Appendix E Table 5.3.11 under the Ident
No. heading for Step (Category) 11 on Table 5.3. This number will be used for programming the
configuration module.
Honeywell
3. Using the Heading Input Select number from Appendix E Table 5.3.11 as “x”, go to Appendix E
Table 5.3.11-x. The electrical interfaces (pin-outs) for the Heading Input Select Type are shown in
Appendix E Table 5.3.11-x are used to determine the wiring interconnects and record it on Appendix
A Fig A1-3.
3.3.11.2 Magnetic Heading
Magnetic Heading is used for Terrain Awareness alert and display and for Envelope Modulation.
3.3.11.3 Analog Heading (Synchro) (CAT. 11 ID 0)

EGPWS MK XXII J1
Directional Gyro
X 22 X
Heading Synchro Y 23 Y Heading
Z 3 Z
26 VAC H 4 H
Heading Ref
Reference C 24 C
Mag Hdg Validity 28 +28V = Valid
Analog-HDG.vsd
Vendor Model Heading Heading Reference Heading Synchro (Note 1)

D/G Valid H C X Y Z
Aeronetics Model 9100 P1-28 P1-6 P1-7 P1-8 P1-9 P1-10
Collins AHC-85( ) P2-57 P2-57 P2-34 P2-35 P2-36
Collins DGS-65 P1-50 P1-6 P1-3 P1-25 P1-40 P1-24
Honeywell HG 1075 J1B-G2 J1B-F13 J1B-G13 J1B-E10 J1B-E11 J1B-E12
Honeywell AH-600 J1B-37 J1B-38 J1B-39 J1B-40 J1B-41 J1B-42
Honeywell KSG 105 P1-V P1-P P1-d P1-Z P1-W P1-T
3
Honeywell KI-525 J2-P J2-R J2-U J2-S J2-V J2-T
Jet DN-104 P2-31 P2-9 P2-10 P2-1 P2-2 P2-3
Litef LTR-81 MP-E15 MP-B12 MP-B13 MP-B9 MP-B10 MP-B11
Litef LCR 92/LCR-93 Note 2 J3-05 J3-20 J3-13 J3-42 J3-28
Sperry C-14A P1-e P1-H P1-J P1-L P1-M P1-K
Sperry C-14D P1-DD P1-X P1-Y P1-AA P1-BB P1-Z
Sperry DG-234 P2-F P1-L P1-K P1-J
Note 1: The connector pin numbers given in the table above are to the best knowledge of Honeywell EGPWS
engineering. Please contact the manufacturer’s customer service to confirm your installation.
Note 2: See LCR installation manual.
Note 3: The KI-525 must have the proper mod for HEADING TRANSMITTER output. The Heading Valid output at J2-P
needs to be converted from ground active to +28V active output using an external relay for use with EGPWS.
Honeywell
3.3.11.4 Digital ARINC 429 High Speed (CAT. 11 ID 2 and 3)
Heading Input ID (Litef LCR 92S or equivalent) is a high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal having roll angle,
pitch angle, roll rate, pitch rate, and heading labels 320, 325, 324, 327, and 326.
EGPWS MK XXII J2
AHRS
AHRS 429 A 23 A
Heading
HS B 6 B
Vendor Model 429 High Speed

AHRS A B
Litef LCR 92S
3.3.11.5 Digital – ARINC 429 Dual IOC buses (Cat. 10 ID 254 & 255)
Heading Input Select Type 254 & 255 (IOC bus or equivalent) are dual high speed, digital ARINC 429 signal
having labels True Heading (314) or Magnetic Heading (320). For interface description see paragraph
3.3.2.6 Air Data Type.
3.3.12 Category 12 – Windshear Input Select
Category 12 defines the Windshear interface.
Windshear is not applicable to MK XXII.
3.3.12.1 Instruction
Select ID 0 for all helicopter configurations.
Honeywell
3.3.13 Category 13 – Input / Output Discrete Type Select

Category 13 defines the input and output discretes not defined as part of any of the other Categories.
Appendix E Table 5.3.13 defines the Input/Output discretes options and identifies the first MK XXII EGPWS
1. Using Appendix E Tables 5.3, 5.3.13, and 5.3.13-x, select the Input/Output Discrete Type number that
matches the aircraft configuration, feature preferences and version (part number) being installed.
Note: Normal Helicopter I/O Discrete options are Types 128 or 129. The difference is the Output Lamp
format described below in section 3.3.13.3.1.
2. Record the ID number for the Input/Output Discrete Select number from Appendix E Table 5.3.13 under
the Ident No. heading for Step (Category) 13 in Appendix E Table 5.3. This number will be used for
programming the configuration module.
3. Using the Input/Output Discrete Type number from Appendix E Table 5.3.13 as “x”, the ICD Table 5.3.13-
x. is used to determine the wiring interconnects, record it on Appendix A Fig A1-1, A1-2, and A1-3.
Note: When there are two discrete pin choices for the same pin function in Appendix E Table 5.3.13-x, use
only the one that matches the aircraft wiring (use only the +28V and 0V or the Ground and Open definitions).
3.3.13.2 Input/Output Discretes

Additional information for the discretes is provided below.
3.3.13.3 Audio Inhibit Discrete

Honeywell does not recommend the use of this input for Helicopters.
The Audio Inhibit discrete is an optional input to maintain audio and visual prioritization. When activated, this
discrete inhibits all audio (Ground Proximity and Terrain Awareness). Activation of the Audio Inhibit input for
more than 60 seconds will result in the “All Modes Inhibit” The Audio Inhibit discrete input can be connected
to any or all of the following (as applicable to the aircraft configuration): a separately labeled guarded cockpit
switch
For some existing GPWS installations, this discrete may have been tied to the analog Radio Altimeter
Receiver-Transmitter Self-Test output. This connection is no longer required but may be left intact for this
installation.
Discrete Position / Status Connector Pin

Audio Inhibit +28 Inhibit = +28V J1-36
Not Inhibit = Gnd/Open
3.3.13.4 Landing Gear Discrete

Landing Gear discrete is supplied by the Gear (or Gear handle) switch. The active position (+28V or GND)
indicates “Gear Down” and should be connected to a contact that will indicate Gear Down when the Gear are
lowered.
Honeywell

Landing Gear +28 Down = +28V J1-35
Not Down = Gnd/Open
Landing Gear Gnd Down = Gnd J1-16
Not Down = +28V /Open
For fixed gear or skid equipped aircraft this input is not required.
3.3.13.5 Weight ON Wheels (WOW) Discrete

The Weight on Wheels (WOW) discrete is supplied by the WOW system in the aircraft. Connection can be
made to the actual OLEO switch or relay logic later in the aircraft wiring.
For aircraft without WOW indication such as those with fixed gear or skids, this input discrete is not required.

WOW +28 On Ground = +28V J1-37
In Air = Gnd/Open
WOW Gnd On Ground = Gnd J1-18
In Air = +28V /Open
NOTE: The logic sense of the WOW discrete can be reversed by selecting the WOW eversal option in
Category 7, see section 3.3.7.
3.3.13.6 Glideslope Cancel Discrete

The Glideslope Cancel discrete provides the crew with the capability to manually cancel Mode 5 for an
approach. This is automatically reset when the aircraft descends below 30 feet or ascends above 2000 feet
or by selecting a non-ILS frequency.
This discrete is typically supplied by a momentary action cockpit Glideslope mode manual inhibit switch,
typically part of the Glideslope Lamp assembly (Below GS).

Glideslope Cancel Cancel = Gnd J1-15
Normal = Open
3.3.13.7 Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
The Mode 6 Low Volume discrete permanently or temporarily modifies the volume of the Mode 6 altitude and
bank angle callouts. This discrete operates independent of the Category 14 options.
The Mode 6 Low Volume discrete is used to reduce the Mode 6 volume by 6dB from the volume level select
in Category 14.
This discrete is typically connected to ground to lower the volume an additional 6dB. In some installations, it
is connected to the windshield wiper control to decrease the Mode 6 Volume level under normal conditions
and automatically increase Mode 6 volume 6dB when the cabin noise increases due to the windshield wipers
being on.
Honeywell

Mode 6 Low Volume Low Volume = Gnd J1-13
Not Low Volume = Open
3.3.13.8 Minimums/Check Height Silence Discrete

The Minimum/Check Height Silence discrete will silence a "Minimum Minimums" or “Check Height Check
Height" message for 3 minutes.
This discrete is normally connected to a momentary action switch mounted on the Cyclic column. This is the
same switch that would have previously been used to silence callouts from the AVAD system.

Minimums/Check Silence = Gnd J1-13
Height Silence Normal = Open
3.3.13.9 Terrain Awareness Inhibit

The Terrain Awareness inhibit discrete, inhibits the Terrain Awareness modes in the MK XXII EGPWS.
This discrete is normally connected to an “alternate action switch” in the cockpit. The recommended label for
this switch is “Terrain Override” although labeling for this switch should be consistent with existing cockpit
nomenclature.
“Terrain Inhibited” will be annunciated during cockpit Self-Test if these functions are inhibited.

TA Inhibit Inhibit = Gnd J1-12
Not Inhibit = Open
3.3.13.10 Self Test Discrete

The cockpit Self Test discrete is provided to manually initiate test of the EGPWC, EGPWS aircraft interface,
and to annunciate system configuration and status information. This discrete is typically supplied by a
momentary action cockpit ‘push to test’ switch, typically part of the GPWS WARN Lamp assembly.
This discrete must be momentarily connected to ground to activate the Self Test. Activation of this discrete
continuously for more than 60 seconds will result in the ‘Self Test Invalid’ fault which will cause a GPWS
INOP indication.

Self Test Self Test = Gnd J1-34
Normal = Open
3.3.13.11 Glideslope Inhibit Discrete

The Glideslope Inhibit Discrete, also known as the Backcourse Inhibit, provides an inhibit to the Glideslope
alert when on a backcourse approach.
The Glideslope Inhibit is usually connected to the Flight Director or FMS backcourse discrete output.
Honeywell

Glideslope Inhibit +28 Inhibit = +28V J1-38
Not Inhibit = Gnd/Open
Glideslope Inhibit Gnd Inhibit = Gnd J1-19
Not Inhibit = +28V /Open
3.3.13.12 Timed Audio Inhibit Discrete

The Timed Audio Inhibit will cause the inhibiting of most audio messages for a configurable period. See
Options 3 (Category 18). The default inhibit period is 5 minutes or until reset. The discrete input is
connected to a momentary lighted switch. When pressed the condition is latched in memory and will be
reset after 5 minutes have elapsed or pressing the switch again or when landing. The switch lighting,
indicating the Audio is Inhibited is driven by a discrete output described below.

Timed Audio Inhibit Momentary Toggle = Gnd J1-17
Normal = Open
NOTE: Either the Timed Audio Inhibit or the Terrain Inhibit should be used depending on the aircraft
operations. See discussion is section 1.
3.3.13.13 Low Altitude Mode Select Discrete
The Low Altitude Mode select is a required input and is used for cruise operation below 500 feet AGL and for
operation in high density metropolitan environments such as tall buildings. When selected, the Low Altitude
Mode inhibits Excessive Terrain Closure (Mode 2) warnings, retards the Terrain Clearance warnings (Mode
4), and reduces the Terrain look ahead distances and width. When selected, Low Altitude Mode may be de-
selected by pressing the switch again.
The Low Altitude select switch is a lighted momentary switch where the selected condition lighting is driven
by an output discrete described below.
3.3.13.14 ICS Audio On Discrete

The ICS Audio On discrete will inhibit all audio messages prioritized below the Warning Terrain and Warning
Obstacle messages. Self Test messages are excluded. This discrete is designed to be used in handshaking
with a Central Aural Warning System in conjunction with the Audio On output discrete.
3.3.13.15 Output Discretes

The MK XXII EGPWS supports two kinds of Ground/Open discrete outputs used to indicate various
conditions. Monitor outputs are used to indicate failure conditions for the EGPW system. Monitor outputs
default to an active state when there is a failure or if power is removed from the EGPWS (no connection if
the EGPWC is removed from the rack). The Discrete Out Lamp driver outputs are used to indicate alert
modes (GPWS WARN, BELOW GS, etc.) or mode control status (Terrain Display Select, etc.) of the
EGPWS.
Honeywell
Short-term current limit protection is provided on all drivers for output shorting conditions. Ground going
output discretes may be connected together to produce a ‘wired OR’ function for the active low state of the
outputs. If output discretes are ‘wire OR’d’ then diodes must be installed for isolation.
All EGPWS Output Discretes have corresponding bit assignments in the EGPWS ARINC 429 output data.
3.3.13.16 Lamp Format
The Lamp Format Type (configuration) is a function of the discrete output pin functions and defines the
operation of the red and amber GPWS cockpit lamps.
For Lamp Format Type 1, the amber “Below G/S” lamp is driven by the GPWS Alert (Glideslope only)
discrete and the red “GPWS” lamp is driven by the remaining alerts and warnings.
For Lamp Format Type 2, the red “EGPWS” lamp is driven by the GPWS Warning (Pull Up, Warning Terrain,
and Warning Obstacle only) discrete and the amber “EGPWS” lamp is driven by the remaining alerts and
warnings.
3.3.13.17 GPWS INOP Discrete

The GPWS INOP discrete (J1-72) indicates GPWS modes are inoperative. This feature activates a ‘GPWS
INOP” lamp located in the cockpit within sight of the pilots.
3.3.13.18 TAD INOP Discrete

The TAD INOP discrete (J1-55) indicates, Terrain Awareness (TA), and Terrain Display are ‘Not Available’.
This feature activates a ‘TERRAIN INOP” lamp located in the cockpit within sight of the pilots.
3.3.13.19 GPWS Warning Discrete

(Lamp Format Type 1 definition)
GPWS Warning discrete (J1-78) will activate during any Mode 1 through Mode 4 alert or warning, Terrain
Awareness caution/warning, and Obstacle Awareness caution/warning. This feature activates a ‘GPWS”
lamp located in the cockpit within sight of each pilot. Note that Mode 6 does not activate any lamp outputs,
only voices.
3.3.13.20 GPWS Alert Discrete

(Lamp Format Type 1 definition)
GPWS Alert discrete (J1-77) will activate during Mode 5 Glideslope cautions only. This feature activates a
‘BELOW GS” red lamp located in the cockpit within sight of each pilot.
3.3.13.21 Glideslope Cancel Discrete

-Optional- Glideslope Cancel discrete (J1-76) will activate when the Glideslope Cancel discrete (momentary)
has been pressed any time below 2000 feet Radio Altitude if the ILS is tuned. This feature activates a ‘G/S
CAN” amber lamp located in the cockpit within sight of the pilots.
Honeywell
3.3.13.22 TCAS Inhibit Discrete
-Optional- TCAS Inhibit discrete (J1-69) will activate during any EGPWS voice annunciation. This output is
used to inhibit TCAS from talking during EGPWS annunciation. This feature does not have a lamp
associated with it.
3.3.13.23 Terrain Display Select #1 & #2 Discrete
Terrain Display Select #1 & #2 discrete (J1-54 & J1-49) will activate after the related pilot has initiated
manual selection of the Terrain Display Select (momentary) discrete #1 or #2 (J1-32 & J1-31, Category 6).
This feature activates a ‘TERR” white lamp located in the cockpit within sight of each pilot. The lamp serves
to remind the flight crew that this function is active. The select switches (J1-32 & J1-31) and the indicator
lamps (J1-54 & J1-49) are commonly combined in switch-lamp assemblies mounted near the displays being
selected.
3.3.13.24 Timed Audio Inhibit Discrete
The Timed Audio Inhibit discrete (J1-52) will activate after a Timed Audio Inhibit switch (momentary) is
pressed in the cockpit. The discrete will stay active until the Timed Audio Inhibit latch resets after 5 minutes
or the switch is pressed again or the aircraft lands. The discrete is used to light the ON status portion of the
Timed Audio Inhibit lighted switch assembly.
3.3.13.25 Low Altitude Mode Discrete
The Low Altitude Mode discrete (J1-73) will activate after a Low Alt switch (momentary) is pressed in the
cockpit. The discrete is used to light the ON status portion of the Low Altitude lighted switch assembly. The
discrete will stay active as long as the Low Altitude Mode is selected. The Low Altitude Mode may be de-
selected by pressing the Low Alt switch again.
Honeywell
Table 3.3.13-1 MK XXII EGPWS – Example Cockpit Lights
Honeywell
3.3.14 Category 14 – Audio Output Level
Category 14 controls the Audio Output level for alert menu callouts (cautions and warnings). Refer to
Category 13 for information on the Mode 6 Low Volume discrete.
Appendix E Table 5.3.14 defines the Audio Output Level options and identifies the first MK XXII EGPWS
1. Using Appendix E Tables 5.3 and 5.3.14 as described above, select the Audio Output Level ID number
that matches the feature preferences and version (part number) being installed.
2. Record the ID number for the Audio Output Level from Appendix E Table 5.3.14 under the Ident No.
heading for Step (Category) 14 in Appendix E Table 5.3.
The Nominal Volume Select is equivalent to MK XXII MAX volume level. The –6dB through –24 dB are
successively lower volume from Nominal. The Nominal output is 4 watts rms into an 8-ohm load and 100
milli-watts rms into a 600-ohm load. The audio output level for Mode 6 alerts can be reduced an additional 6
dB by activating the Mode 6 Low Volume discrete of Category 13.
H J1-70
L J1-71
High level audio 8 ohm
600 ohm
H J1-75
L J1-74
Low level audio Audio
Panel
FIGURE 3.14-1 Audio Interface
Note: Because most helicopters use a full muff headset, cockpit speakers are not applicable.
Honeywell
3.3.15 Category 15, Autorotation Threshold
Category 15 controls the Autorotation Threshold level used for Autorotation detection. Actual thresholds are
determined during first of type flight. The thresholds are found in Table 3.3.15-1 below.
Appendix E Table 5.3.15 defines the Autorotation threshold options.
1. Using Table 3.3.15-1 below and Appendix E Tables 5.3 and 5.3.15 as described above, select the
Autorotation threshold torque ID number that was determined during flight test.
2. Record the ID number for the Autorotation threshold torque Level from Table 5.3.15 or Table 3.1.15-
1 below under the Ident No. heading for Step (Category) 15 in Appendix E Table 5.3.
Table 3.3.15-1: AUTOROTATION THRESHOLD

Aircraft Model Threshold % Threshold ID
Agusta 109E 2 4
AS 365N3 7.5 15
Bell 212 6 12
Bell 412 6 12
Bell 430 7.5 15
Bell 427 TBD
EC-135P TBD
EC-155B 7.5 15
HH-65 7.5 15
MD900/902 7.5 15
S-76 Series 7.5 15
BK-117 TBD
Bell 222 TBD
EH-101 7.5 15
S-92 7.5 15
AW-139 7.5 15
Honeywell
3.3.16 Category 16, Torque Input Select
Torque data is primarily used to detect an Autorotation. Category 16 defines the Torque interface. Interface
is provided for ARINC 429 and RS 422 digital inputs and 4 DC Torque inputs as shown below. Many DC
Torque signals are very high impedance and are not compatible with the MK XXII. In these cases two
options are available.
A DC to ARINC 429 Torque Converter may be used, as described below and in Appendix D, for aircraft
whose torque indications systems use a DC signal and have no DC reference (such as S-76A, A+, A++, and
C autopilot output) or those who have a 10.0 VDC reference. Note that some Eurocopter aircraft provide a
DC torque signal but use an AC reference (AS350, AS355, AS365N/N1/N2). These may not be compatible
with the DC to 429 Torque Converter and may need to chose the second option below.
The MK XXII may be configured for no torque input. This type does not detect autorotation and thus do not
provide the autorotation altitude callouts or advanced gear warnings. Mode 1 is inhibited in these types.
1. Using Appendix E Table 5.3, under Step/category 16 select Torque Source. Using the guide below and
Tables 5.3.16 and 5.3.16-x select the ID number for your Torque source and record that number on
Table 5.3 under Ident No. for step 16. This number will be used during programming of the configuration
module.
2. Using Appendix E Tables 5.3.16-x, where x is the Torque Type number, define the electrical interfaces
required to support your Torque Type. Using Table 5.3.16-x determine the wiring interconnects and
record it on Appendix A Fig A1-2.
Table 3.3.16-1: Torque Application Guide
ID Signal Type Aircraft Application

0 No Torque AS-350, AS-355N, AS-365N/N1/N2, EC-130
1 ARINC 429 S76B/C+
4 Synchro Bell 212/412
5 ARINC 429 BNR EC-155B, AS-365N3
6 RS-422 MD900/902, Agusta 109E, EC-135P1
7 DC AS 332
9 ARINC 429 BCD EC-155B, AS-365N3
10 ARINC 429 BNR Bell 430, 427
12 DC Bell 212/412
15 DC HH-65
16 DC BK117A/B-2/C-1(Note 1)
17 ARINC 429 DC to ARINC 429 Torque Converter
S76A, A+, A++ and C, BK117A/B-2/C-1 (Note 1)
18 ARINC 429 S-92, AW-139
Honeywell
ID Signal Type Aircraft Application

19 ARINC 429 EH-101
20 RS 422 MD 902 (PW206E)
21 RS 422 EC-135P1 (PW026B V27)
22 RS 422 EC-135P1 (PW026B V28)
23 DC H-60 Blackhawk
24 RS 422 Maintenance Port (8000 Hex Sync)
25 RS 422 Maintenance Port (8FFF Hex Sync)
26 RS 422 A-109E (PW206C V27)
27 RS 422 A-109E (PW206C V28)
28 RS 422 Maintenance Port (8000 Hex Sync)
29 RS 422 Maintenance Port (8FFF Hex Sync)
30 ARINC 429 Late model EC-227, EC 725, EC-135, EC-145,
EC-155/A
31 DC EC-145
32 ARINC 429 EC-120, EC-130, AS-350B2 and B4
33 ARINC 429 AS-355
Note 1: BK-117 series can use the CSAS output or the DC to ARINC 429 Torque Converter interface.
If your aircraft is not listed or for help in selecting the correct Torque type, contact the Honeywell Avionics
Technical Assistance line 1 800 601-3099 (or 602-365-3099 from outside the USA).
DC to ARINC 429 Torque Converter
For aircraft with a DC Torque signal system such as S-76A, A+, A++, and C or many Bell Aircraft the DC
Torque signal is not compatible with the MK XXII. For these aircraft it is recommended that a DC to ARINC
429 converter be used. At the time of this writing a certifiable source for a DC to ARINC 429 Torque
converter has not been identified. Contact Honeywell for recommendations.
Honeywell
Category 17 enables/disables the following Options: Helo Normal Pop-Up Range, Helo Low Altitude Pop-Up
Range, Autorotation Callout Option Select, Mode 6B Always ON Enable, Normal Terrain Airspeed Select,
Low Altitude Airspeed Select, Low Altitude No VFOM Select.
Appendix E Table 5.3.17 defines the Options Select group and identifies the first MK XXII EGPWS version in
which the option was available (see the Effectivity entry).
1. Review the sections below for information on Helo Normal Pop-Up Range, Helo Low Altitude Pop-Up
Range, Autorotation Callout Option Select.
3.3.17.2 Helo Normal Pop-Up Range
If the display type selected via Category 6 supports Auto Pop-Up and Auto-Ranging then the Helo Normal
Pop-Up Range Select chooses the Terrain Display Range to be forced during a non-Low Altitude Mode Pop-
Up. The 5 NM range selection is recommended if the selected display type supports a 5 NM range.
Otherwise select an option using a 10 NM range.
3.3.17.3 Helo Low Altitude Pop-Up Range
If the display type selected via Category 6 supports Auto Pop-Up and Auto-Ranging then the Helo Low
Altitude Pop-Up Range Select chooses the Terrain Display Range to be forced during a Low Altitude Mode
Pop-Up. The 2.5 NM range selection is recommended if the selected display type supports a 2.5 NM range.
Otherwise select the lowest range above 2.5 NM that the display will support.
3.3.17.4 Autorotation Callout Option Select
The Autorotation feature was previously (up to 965-1590-011) activated via Category 4. Now this category
selects the Auto-rotation callouts via one of the following options:
Autorotation Callout Option Select 0: No Auto-rotation callouts selected (the callout menu selected via
category 4 will remain active in auto-rotation).
Auto-rotation Callout Option Select 1: Selects “200” and “100” for Auto-rotation.
Auto-rotation Callout Option Select 2: Selects “200”, “100”, “80”, “60”, “40”, “20” and “10” for Auto-
rotation.
Honeywell
3.3.17.5 Mode 6B Always ON Enable
Selecting this option enables the "Altitude Altitude" or "Check Height Check Height" callout (Mode 6B) at all
times. The significant difference in this function is that the call out will be spoken for each transition thru the
DH Bug or setting. This option is often selected for Offshore operation.
3.3.17.6 Normal Terrain Airspeed Select
This option configures the system to use airspeed instead of ground speed to enable/disable the Terrain
Look Ahead function during normal (not Low Altitude) operations. A special consideration should be made
before selecting this option as it can lead to nuisance alerts when landing or taking off into strong headwind.
(See commentary below)
Aircraft operating in strong head winds will see a resulting decrease in ground speed. Depending on
speed this may reduce ground speeds below look ahead enabling speeds thus turning the terrain look
ahead function off. With this option selected, the Terrain Look Ahead function is enabled with airspeed
allowing the look ahead alert to be active in some circumstances when it otherwise would not. However,
based on customer feedback, this selection can increase the risk of nuisance alerts when landing or taking
off into headwinds.
3.3.17.7 Low Altitude Airspeed Select
This option configures the system to use airspeed instead of ground speed to enable/disable the Terrain
Look Ahead function during Low Altitude operations when the Low Altitude Mode is selected. A special
consideration should be made before selecting this option as it can lead to nuisance alerts when landing or
taking off into strong headwind. (See commentary in section 3.3.17.6)
3.3.17.8 Low Altitude No VFOM Select (was SAR select)
This option removes the addition of VFOM from the Terrain Floor when Low Altitude is selected. This is
necessary to allow SAR operations at 200 feet AGL. This option should only be selected on aircraft whose
mission requires operation down to 200 feet AGL.
Honeywell
Category 18 enables/disables the following Options: Audio Inhibit Time, Inhibit All Except Minimums Type
Callout and 100 Ft Callout select, Inhibit All Except Minimums Type Callout select, Inhibit Includes Too Low
Gear Select, Inhibit Altitude Callouts 50 ft and Below Over Runway select, Lower MDA/DH Value select.
1. Review the sections below for information on Audio Inhibit Time, Inhibit All Except Minimums Type
Callout and 100 Ft Callout select, Inhibit All Except Minimums Type Callout select, Inhibit Includes Too
Low Gear Select, Inhibit Altitude Callouts 50 ft and Below Over Runway select, Lower MDA/DH Value
select.
3.3.18.2 Audio Inhibit Time
This option allows selection of the Timed Audio Inhibit time. Options provide 2 to 2.5 minute increments from
3 to 20 seconds. An additional state is provided that allows the Audio Inhibit to be toggled ON and OFF.
Timed Audio Inhibit will inhibit all audio except the following.
Too Low Gear Selected Altitude Callouts
Minimums Glideslope
Minimums Minimums Tail Too Low
Check Height Check Height Bank Angle*
Altitude Be Alert Terrain INOP
Altitude Altitude
For the S-92 the following externally triggered messages are added to the list:
Low Rotor Smoke In Baggage
Fire Engine 1/2 Hover Altitude
Engine 1/2 Failure Airspeed
Gear Box Pressure Check Altitude
Swash Plate Temperature Check Power
Fire APU Decouple
Smoke In Cabin Level Off
Honeywell
3.3.18.3 Inhibit All Except Minimum Type Callout and 100 Ft Callout Select
This option alters the above list to inhibit all audio messages except the following messages and the 100 foot
callout.
Minimums Altitude
Minimums Minimums Altitude Altitude
Check Height Check Height
This option is most often used on aircraft operating offshore and combined with audio menus and callout
options using Check Height.
3.3.18.4 Inhibit All Except Minimum Type Callout Select
This option alters the inhibit list in 3.3.18.2 to inhibit all audio messages except the following message.
Minimums Altitude
Minimums Minimums Altitude Altitude
Check Height Check Height
This option is most often used on aircraft operating onshore and combined with audio menus and callout
options using Check Height.
3.3.18.5 Inhibit Includes Too Low Gear Select
This option adds the Too Low Gear message to those messages inhibited by the Timed Audio inhibit. This
option is intended for those aircraft that perform low altitude rescue operations with landing gear up.
3.3.18.6 Inhibit Altitude Callouts 50 ft and Below Over Runway Select
This option will inhibit selected altitude callouts at 50 feet and below when the aircraft is over an airport with a
published instrument approach. This silences altitude callouts during final approach when ATC
communications traffic maybe high.
3.3.18.7 Lower MDA/DH Value Select
This option is effective when Category 8 (Radio Altitude Input) ID 251, ID 252, ID 254 or ID 255 are
configured. These allow the input of two sources of MDA or DH. Normally the higher of the two values is
selected for use. This option allows the selection of the lower of the two values for use by the Mode 6
functions.
Honeywell
Category 19 selects the Low Altitude Mode of operation (Land, SAR, or Offshore transport).
1. Review the sections below for information on Low Altitude Mode options.
matches the aircraft operation, system response, and version (part number) being installed. Record the
ID number for the Options Select Group #4 from Appendix E Table 5.3 under the Ident No. heading for
Step (Category) 19. This number will be used for programming the configuration module
3.3.19.2 Low Altitude Mode
“Low Altitude Mode” is selected with the use of the Low Altitude Mode Select (Tactical) discrete. This
discrete is sourced from an analog switch or digital ARINC 429 bits. Prior to the -030 release when “Low
Altitude Mode” was activated GPWS classic modes and the forward looking terrain alert function were
modified to allow flight in congested areas, low altitude routes or while performing special operations.
In release -030 and on, this option category allows tailoring of the MK XXII system response to the Low
Altitude Mode Select (Tactical) discrete.
When Low Altitude Mode Select is true the HTAWS provides a “Reduced Protection Mode” allowing
operations below the defined alert envelopes without issuing alerts. Low Altitude Mode Select affects the
following modes regardless of the configuration option selected below (see table for further changes in
operation):
 GPWS Mode 2 inhibited.
 GPWS Mode 3 inactive above 100 feet AGL.
 Mode 6 provides the message “Altitude Altitude” or “Check Height” for each transitioning below the
selected decision height1.
 Forward Looking Terrain Alerting Threat Detection is biased to allow closer proximity to terrain.
1
For S-92 “Altitude Altitude” callout is always active.
Low Altitude Suggested Operations

Option See Appendix E
0 Low level operations over land for MK XXII
1 SAR over water system response
2 Offshore transport
3.3.19.3 Mode 2 Terrain Inhibit
Many HTAWS installations provide a Terrain Inhibit switch that allows the pilot to disable (or inhibit) Terrain
Awareness Alerts. When this switch is active the Forward Looking Terrain Alerting function is inhibited
Honeywell
however, the radio altimeter based, classic GPWS Mode 2 alerts are not. This can lead to pilot
dissatisfaction. The following is a scenario to illustrate the potential for confusion: Pilot is flying VFR and is
intentionally close to terrain; Forward Looking Terrain Alert activates providing “Caution! Terrain” aural and
alert visual; pilot inhibits terrain by selecting the Terrain Inhibit switch; Forward Looking Terrain Alert ceases
but due to close proximity to terrain the GPWS Mode 2 alert activates providing the “Terrain Terrain” aural
and alert visual. In this scenario the pilot has made the decision and commanded the system to inhibit terrain
alerts but the system continues to provide them albeit from a different mode. In the -030 release the Mode 2
Terrain Inhibit option allows the Terrain Inhibit switch to affect the Mode 2 function.
Mode 2 Terrain Inhibit = False; Terrain Inhibit does not affect Mode 2 (pre -030 release behavior).
Mode 2 Terrain Inhibit = True; Terrain Inhibit will also inhibit the Mode 2 alert function.
Honeywell
SECTION IV
CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING

AND
TERRAIN DATABASE LOADING
Honeywell
SECTION IV – CONFIGURATION MODULE PROGRAMMING AND

TERRAIN DATABASE LOADING
4.1 Introduction
The following procedures outline the steps necessary to accomplish a complete configuration of the MK XXII
EGPWS. This section must be accomplished in the order presented to minimize errors in configuring and
operating the system(s). If problems are encountered in performing these procedures, the installer may refer
to aircraft wiring diagrams for harness troubleshooting or the aircraft maintenance manual to isolate faulty
equipment. All discrepancies should be resolved before proceeding. This section will also load the Regional
Terrain Database in MK XXII EGPWS that will be operating outside of the North American region.
4.2 Harness Checkout and Power Check
Prior to installing any equipment, it is important to verify that all interfaces have been made and that power
and ground at each unit connector is correct, using the wiring diagrams for the installation. Any discrepancies
in the wiring must be resolved before proceeding.
The wire harness should also be checked for proper clearance near any control cables and other potential
areas that may cause binding and/or chafing.
4.3 Unit Installation
After the harness check has been completed and any discrepancies have been resolved, the units should be
installed into their respective racks, and all connections to the wiring harness should be made (connectors
attached). Verify that all of the units are secure in their respective racks, panels, etc., and all harness
connections are secure. Refer to aircraft installation drawings for the unit locations and mounting information.
4.4 EGPWC Initialization and Configuration
The first time a MK XXII EGPWS is turned on in a new installation, the Configuration Module in the EGPWS
harness must be programmed to the specific interface configuration for the aircraft. This programming is
done via RS-232 cable connection between the EGPWC and a PC running the Honeywell WinViews
software. This interface capability is provided to facilitate diagnostic and configuration functions with the
EGPWC during post installation checkout. Refer to Appendix C for instructions related to using the WinViews
software.
4.4.1 RS-232 Communication with the MK XXII EGPWS
The MK XXII EGPWS computer contains software that allows monitoring of its internal parameters, for
testing purposes, without altering its operation. The monitoring of these parameter values enables the
operator to quickly determine if the EGPWC is using the correct signal and scaling. The communication link
utilizes the RS-232 communication protocol configured as follows:
19200 Baud, No Parity, 8 Bits, and 1 Stop Bit
Honeywell
4.4.2 EGPWC Front Panel Test Connector
The RS-232 interface with the EGPWC is accomplished via a test connector provided on the EGPWC front
panel (J3). This provides access for a PC test monitor and portable data loading capabilities. The mating
connector for the EGPWC test plug (P3) is a male, 15 pin, double density D-subminiature type (or
equivalent).
The connection between the PC serial port connector (with standard DB9) and the EGPWC RS-232 interface
is defined as follows:
RS-232 Receive RS-232 Transmit RS-232 Ground

EGPWS Front Connector (J3) Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 1
Standard (PC)* DB9 Connector Pin 3 Pin 2 Pin 5
*NOTE: Some PC Comm Ports have Pins 2 & 3 reversed from what is described above.
Connector, AMP 204513-2*

Pin Contact, 204370-2, QTY 4*
Connector, AMP 205161-1 M39029/58-360
Socket Contact, AMP 205090-1, QTY 3 Backshell, AMP 745854-5
M39029/63-368 Jackscrew, AMP 747784-3
Grommet Set, AMP 747746-1
PCOM P3
3 3
2 4
5 1
Length as required (5' to 50')
* Alternate part number 748364-1 connector and 748333-4 or –7 pin contact.
4.4.3 WinVIEWS
(Windows Virtual Interface to the Enhanced Warning System)
WinVIEWS is a software tool developed by Honeywell to communicate with the EGPWS. WinVIEWS
provides a detailed status of the software configuration and input signals, which enables quick identification
of system configuration, and is utilized for programming the system Configuration Module. WinVIEWS
software can be downloaded from the internet website (www.egpws.com)
Honeywell
4.4.4 WinVIEWS Operation

1. Connect the PC to the EGPWC using the RS-232 cable as described in section 4.4.2.
2. On the PC, start Windows 3.1, or higher.
3. Start the WinVIEWS.EXE program.
4. Use F6 to select the Terminal Mode. Various commands are available in this mode. Type “HELP” or “?”
for a list of the commands available.
4.5 Configuration Module Programming
The EGPWC reads the aircraft configuration from the Configuration Module, which is installed in the EGPWC
connector. The Configuration Module must have the aircraft specific configuration ID string written to it before
the EGPWS is operational. The ID string is defined by 15 separate categories listed in Appendix E Table 3,
Category ID Selection Procedure.
For programming the Configuration Module, the following procedure is used:
1. Verify EGPWC interface to P2 connector (including Configuration Module) and RS-232 interface to PC.
2. Power EGPWC and PC and start WinVIEWS.
3. With WinVIEWS active in the Terminal Mode, configuration sub-mode commands are available for
programming purpose. Type “CFG” at the Terminal Mode prompt (>). At this point, the CFG> prompt is
displayed and the program and EGPWC are ready for entering the program command and data string.
Type “HELP” or “?” to display a list of the Terminal Mode commands and their description. “CUW” is the
preface command for entering the ID string.
4. Using the Category ID’s as chosen from the Appendix E (refer to completed Table 3), create a command
string with the following structure:
CUW 0/19 # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # #/
- CUW<space>0 is the command and version number. CUW writes the category ID’s defined by
version 0 definition (0 is the only version currently available) to the Configuration Module via the
EGPWC without a CRC (checksum) value attached (this is generated by the EGPWC when the data
is transmitted).
- /19 indicates the beginning of the data string (/) with 19 being the number of categories to follow.
- <space><Cat 1 ID#><space><Cat 2 ID #>…<Cat 19ID#>/ each Cat ID# is the chosen ID for the
category from the Appendix E Table 3. The ending slash (/) indicates the end of the data string.
Note: If 19 ID’s do not follow “/19”, the error message “Invalid Parameter. Not enough ID’s.
Configuration update failed, please try again.” will be given. The value entered for each
category must be an available ID for the associated category or a similar error message will be
given. If the number of categories provided is less than 19 (e.g., “/8 # … #/” with eight ID’s
defined), then the remaining categories (9 through 19) will be set to 0.
Honeywell
After completing the data string as defined above, pressing ENTER the cursor will flash waiting for an
answer “Y” or “N”. Pressing the Y (or y) key confirms the data and sends the data to the EGPWC to write
to the Configuration Module.
Note: Using Kermit or a similar terminal emulator pressing ENTER results in a question: “Confirm this
data reflects configuration to be programmed (Y/N)”. Pressing the Y (or y) key confirms the
data and sends the data to the EGPWC to write to the Configuration Module.
Following the writing to the Configuration Module the EGPWC is automatically rebooted in order for the
new configuration to take affect.
Note: If when the ENTER key is pressed the question response is not given (cursor just moves to the
next line), pressing any character key should provide the proper response.
Pressing the N key results in the message “Command aborted – No configuration module change
has been made”. If necessary, revise the data to correct or change as necessary and continue as
above. The backspace key can be used to make corrections.
5. Following the successful writing to the Configuration Module (no error messages) and EGPWC reboot,
pressing Control Z (Ctrl-Z) restarts the WinVIEWS Terminal Mode communication.
6. There are a couple ways to now confirm the Configuration Module programming with the following being
the preferred. As above, type “CFG” to restart the Configuration sub-mode. At the CFG> prompt, type
“CMR<Enter>”. Each category and its associated ID is read from the Configuration Module and listed on
the PC screen. Alternately, when not in the Configuration sub-mode, the command “PS<Enter>”
(Present Status) will display EGPWC and configuration data.
7. Configuration Module programming is complete. If the “CFG >” prompt is still present type “Exit<Enter>”
to exit the Configuration sub-mode.
4.5.1 CUW and CMR Commands
An example CUW command/data string, its definition, and the corresponding CWR list is provided below.
CUW command/data string:
CFG > CUW 0/19 128 3 2 134 128 3 29 1 0 2 0 0 129 0 15 1 0 18 0/

Above configuration defined:
Category 1 Aircraft/Mode Type: 128
Category 2 Air Data Type: 3
Category 3 Position Type: 2
Category 4 Altitude Callouts Menu: 2 (All Callouts)
Category 5 Audio Menu: 128 (Basic menu)
Category 6 Display Type: 3
Category 7 Options Select Group #1: 29 (Selections shown at end of list)
Category 8 Radio Altitude Type: 1
Category 9 Navigation Type: 0
Honeywell
Category 10 Attitude Type: 2

Category 11 Heading Type: 0
Category 12 Windshear select Type: 0
Category 13 Discrete I/O Type: 129
Category 14 Audio Output Level Type: 0
Category 15 Autorotation Threshold 15
Category 16 Torque Type 1
Category 17 Options Select Group #2 123 (Selections shown at end of list)
Peaks Mode Enable
Obstacle Awareness Enabled
GPS Altitude Ref. MSL
Auto Rotation Callout Option 1 Selected
Normal Pop Up Range 5 Selected
Low Altitude Pop Up Range 2.5 Selected
Normal Terrain With Airspeed Selected
SAR Low Altitude Selected
Audio Inhibit Time 5
CWR list: (based on the above configuration)

CFG > CMR<Enter>
CONFIGURATION MODULE:
Format Version: 0
Category 1 ID: 128
Category 2 ID: 3
Category 3 ID: 2
Category 4 ID: 2
Category 5 ID: 128
Category 6 ID: 3
Category 7 ID: 29
Category 8 ID: 1
Category 9 ID: 0
Category 10 ID: 2
Category 11 ID: 0
Category 12 ID: 0
Category 13 ID: 129
Category 14 ID: 0
Category 15 ID: 15
Category 16 ID: 1
Category 17 ID: 123
Category 18 ID: 18
Category 19 ID: 0
CRC: 527518533
4.5.2 Configuration Module Reprogramming

Reprogramming the EGPWS Configuration Module is accomplished similar to the programming process
above. Prior to reprogramming, the desired new configuration should be determined based on the MK XXII
Installation Manual (Appendix E), document number 060-4314-250.
For reprogramming the Configuration Module, the following procedure is used:
1. Verify EGPWC interface to P2 connector (including Configuration Module) and RS-232 interface to PC.
Honeywell
2. Power EGPWC and PC and start WinVIEWS.
3. With WinVIEWS active in the Terminal Mode, start the Configuration sub-mode by typing “CFG” at the
prompt (>). At this point, either all the ID’s can be rewritten using the CUW command as before, or
individual categories can be changed as follows:
4. At the CFG > prompt use the CAT command with the following structure:
- CAT<space><category #><space><ID#><space><T or F><Enter>
- <category #> is the Appendix E Category to change (example 7)
- <ID #> is the new ID to change to (example 29)
- <T or F> is True or False for rebooting the EGPWC. Use “T” if only one category is to be changed
and the EGPWC will reboot following <Enter>. Use “F” if another individual ID is to be changed by
another CAT operation.
Example: CFG > CAT 7 29 T<Enter>
5. After inputting the desired change information, pressing <Enter> will transmit the data to the EGPWC to
write to the Configuration Module. If a reboot is commanded (T), then the EGPWC will reboot at the
completion of the write process. If a reboot is not commanded (F), then a message “Writing to
configuration module … Category 7 ID updated successfully.” is given and the CFG > prompt is
again displayed. At this point the Configuration Module has been changed, but the change will not be
effective until the EGPWC is rebooted. Additional changes can be made with the final change set to
command the EGPWC to reboot (or cycle EGPWC power to reboot).
6. Verification of the changes made is the same as before. As above, type “CFG” to restart the
Configuration sub-mode. At the CFG > prompt, type “CMR<Enter>”. Each category and its associated ID
is read from the Configuration Module and listed on the PC display. Alternately, when not in the
Configuration sub-mode, the command “PS<Enter>” (Present Status) will display the EGPWC and
Configuration Module data.
7. Configuration Module reprogramming is complete.
4.5.3 Configuration Module RTC Update

To improve the EGPWS GPS card Time-to-first-fix performance a new configuration module has been made
available which includes a Real Time Clock and battery back up (super cap) RAM. Additional commands are
added for this function to initialize the RTC and the position data stored in the RAM during installation.
1. “RDT” – Read Date and Time returns the stored date and time from the configuration module and the
GPS card in Zulu time as follows:
RTC: hh:mm:ss_YYMMDD example: RTC: 20:15:30_040216

GPS: 20:15:31_040216
2. “RLL” – Read Latitude and Longitude returns the stored latitude and longitude from the configuration
module and the GPS card in the following format:
CFG MOD POS: (<Latitude>, <Longitude>) example: CFG MOD POS: 47.12345, -122.12345
INT GPS POS: 47.12345, -122.12345
3. “WDT” – Write Date and Time enters a date and time to be stored in the configuration module in Zulu
time as follows:
Honeywell
WDT hh:mm:ss_YYMMDD example: WDT 20:15:30_040216
4. “WLL” – Write Latitude and Longitude enters a latitude and longitude to be stored in the configuration
module in the following format:
WLL <Latitude>, <Longitude> example: WLL 47.12345, -122.12345
4.6 Regional Terrain Database Loading
4.6.1 Effectivity
The MK XXII EGPWS (965-1595-0XX) are shipped from the factory with the Regional Terrain Database
requested by the customer installed. Aircraft operating outside of the installed region will have to load one of
the other eight Regional Terrain Databases before beginning the ground test. Use (operation) of a MK XXII
EGPWS outside of the loaded Regional Terrain Database will result in the Terrain Awareness function being
unavailable.
4.6.2 Description
This modification consists of loading the PCMCIA card into the EGPWS either In The Aircraft or On The
Bench. An optional verification procedure is provided.
4.6.3 Approval
This procedure contains no modification information that revises the approved configuration and therefore
does not require FAA or other regulatory agency approval.
4.6.4 Material – Cost and Availability
Regional Terrain Database PCMCIA cards are available for Operators that will be operating outside of the
installed database region. To order a regional terrain database send a purchase order or request to
Orders@Honeywell.com or Quotes@Honeywell.com listing the part number and quantity required:

Honeywell XXXNAM North America 1 EA 718-1447-XXX
Honeywell XXXSAM South America 1 EA 718-1448-XXX
Honeywell XXXEUR Europe 1 EA 718-1449-XXX
Honeywell XXXEEU Eastern Europe 1 EA 718-1450-XXX
Honeywell XXXAFR Africa 1 EA 718-1451-XXX
Honeywell XXPAC Pacific 1 EA 718-1452-XXX
Honeywell XXXSPA South Pacific 1 EA 718-1457-XXX
Honeywell XXXMES Middle East 1 EA 718-1458-XXX
Honeywell XXXCAN Canada 1 EA 718-1647-XXX
Honeywell XXXSAF South Africa 1 EA 718-1654-XXX
Honeywell XXXASI Asia 1 EA 718-1453-XXX
Honeywell
4.6.5 Accomplishment Instructions
Load the PCMCIA card data as described in paragraphs 4.6.5 A. or 4.6.5 B. below. Loading time will be
approximately 70 minutes.
A. Loading the PCMCIA Card Data with the Computer mounted in the Aircraft.
(1) Connect the Smart Cable (Honeywell PN 951-0386-001) to the EGPWC J3 connector.
(2) Ensure that the 28 VDC circuit breaker to the EGPWC is ON and that the COMPUTER OK LED on
the EGPWC front panel is on.
(3) Insert the PCMCIA card into the Smart Cable PCMCIA card slot.
NOTE: Precautionary notes on the PCMCIA card, regarding insertion and/or removal while power is
applied, should be ignored since the EGPWC automatically handles the application and removal
of PCMCIA card power.
(4) While the loading is in progress, the IN PROG LED on the Smart Card remains ON and the
COMPUTER OK LED on the EGPWC is OFF.
(5) When loading is complete the XFER COMP LED on the Smart Card turns ON.
(6) Remove the PCMCIA card from the Smart Card slot.
(7) After approximately 15 seconds the COMPUTER OK LED comes ON to indicate that the contents of
the PCMCIA card were successfully transferred.
(8) Remove the Smart Card connector from the EGPWC front panel J3 connector.
(9) To perform the verification of the Terrain Database version, go to paragraph 4.6.6 below.
B. Loading the PCMCIA Card Data with the Computer removed from aircraft
(1) Locate a 28 VDC Power Supply with a minimum supply current of 2 amps.
(2) With the Power Supply turned OFF, connect the Power Supply to the J1 connector of the EGPWC as
follows:
J1 connector Pin Pin Nomenclature
J1-40, J1-60 28 VDC (+)
J1-41, J1-61 28 VDC (-)
J1-42, J1-53 Chassis GND
(3) Connect the Smart Cable (Honeywell PN 951-0386-001) to the EGPWC J3 connector.
(4) Turn the Power Supply ON and verify the COMPUTER OK LED on front of the EGPWC panel is on.
(5) Insert the PCMCIA card into the Smart Cable PCMCIA card slot.
Honeywell
NOTE: Precautionary notes on the PCMCIA card, regarding insertion and/or removal while power is
applied, should be ignored since the EGPWC automatically handles the application and removal
of PCMCIA card power.
(6) While the loading is in progress, the IN PROG LED on the Smart Card remains ON and the
COMPUTER OK LED on the EGPWC remains OFF.
(7) When loading is complete the XFER COMP LED on the Smart Card turns ON.
(8) Remove the PCMCIA card from the Smart Card slot.
(9) After approximately 15 seconds the COMPUTER OK LED comes ON to indicate that the contents of
the PCMCIA card were successfully transferred.
(10) Remove the Smart Card connector from the EGPWC front panel J3 connector.
(11) To perform the verification of the Terrain Database version, go to paragraph 4.6.6 below.
4.6.6 Verification of the Terrain Database Version
Since the EGPWC software verifies the PCMCIA card loading process, this verification is to assure the
operator/installer that the correct Regional Terrain Database version is installed.
Terrain Database version verification is accomplished with the EGPWS Self Test (ST) function. The ST
function may be initiated from the aircraft cockpit with the GPWS Test Switch. NOTE: Initiation of the cockpit
ST function may vary from one aircraft to another. For example, the ST function may be initiated by pressing
the GPWS (PULL-UP) light assembly, or by activating a separate ST switch.
The EGPWS ST function has 6 levels that describe the current condition and configuration of the EGPWS,
the fault and warning history, and the condition of the various inputs. To help navigate through the various
levels, there are 2 cancel functions: SHORT CANCEL (press and hold the ST button for more than 0.5
seconds, but less than 2 seconds) and LONG CANCEL (press and hold the ST button for more than 2
seconds, but less than 8 seconds). The Short Cancel and Long Cancel functions operate differently,
depending upon the ST level. To initiate a ST sequence, or to continue from level-to-level, the ST button
must also be ‘pressed and held’ for more than 0.5 seconds, but less than 2 seconds, which is identical to the
Short Cancel function.
Therefore, for simplicity, the phrase “Press ST Button” in the verification procedure means to press and hold
the ST button for more than 0.5 seconds, but less than 2 seconds. The procedure guides the operator
directly to ST Level 3, “System Configuration”, skipping most of ST Level 1 and Level 2.
To verify the Regional Terrain Database that was just loaded into the EGPWC, perform these steps:
NOTE: ‘On the Bench’, this test requires an audio speaker and a self test button.
(1) Ensure the EGPWC power is ON
Honeywell
(2) Press ST button to initiate ST Level 1.
(3) After ST Level 1 message starts, Press ST button to cancel Level 1 and start Level 2.
(4) After ST Level 2 message, “Current Faults”, is heard, Press ST button to cancel Level 2.
(5) When the message, “Press to Continue”, is heard, Press ST button to start ST Level 3.
(6) Verify the Terrain Database version annunciated in the following sequence:
a) “SYSTEM CONFIGURATION”
b) “PART NUMBER 965-1595-XXX”
c) “MOD STATUS XX”
d) “SERIAL NUMBER XXXX”
e) “APPLICATION SOFTWARE VERSION XXXXX”
f) “TERRAIN DATABASE VERSION XXXX”
The following example of Terrain Database Version annunciation: “424NAM” (for NORTH
AMERICA), “424EUR” (for EUROPE), or “424PAC” (for PACIFIC). Other versions/regions will
follow the same pattern.
(7) Other messages that follow the Terrain Database Version can be ignored. When ST Level 3 finishes, the
message “Press to Continue” is heard. If the ST button is not pressed again the ST sequence
terminates.
NOTE: If power was connected to the EGPWC per steps B1 through B4, perform shut-down per steps (7)
and (8) following.
(8) Turn Power Supply OFF.
(9) Disconnect Power leads from the EGPWC.
END OF TEST
Honeywell
SECTION V
CERTIFICATION
Honeywell
SECTION V – CERTIFICATION
5.1 Introduction
This section outlines the procedures required to obtain FAA approval for the MK XXII EGPWS installation.
5.2 Certification Procedure
5.2.1 Equipment Compatibility
Careful consideration must be paid to the electrical characteristics of existing equipment or possible
additions that will be interfaced to the MK XXII EGPWS, in order to ensure system compatibility. Section III of
this manual provides system-planning guidelines, and defines the electrical characteristics of the EGPWS.
The installing agency should contact Honeywell Complete Customer Care Center (800-601-2099), for
information regarding the compatibility of equipment not listed in Section III or interface into any
airframe not listed in Appendix E Table 5.3.1.
5.2.2 Equipment Location
The EGPWS and associated indicators, annunciators, and switches should be clearly visible and within easy
reach of the pilot(s). Refer to Section II of this manual for complete installation information.
5.2.3 FAA Requirements
The installing agency should contact a local FAA Inspector who will determine whether the installation may
be approved by Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) or by submitting FAA Form 337 with an applicable STC
package.
5.2.4 Ground Test
Honeywell has developed a generic Installation Ground Test Procedure for the MK XXII EGPWS, drawing
number 060-4167-251.
5.2.5 Flight Manual Revision
Honeywell has developed a generic Rotorwing Flight Manual Supplement for the MK XXII EGPWS, drawing
number 060-4314-009 for part number 965-1595-020 thru -024 and 060-4314-065 for part number 965-1595-
026.
Honeywell
5.2.6 Flight Test
Honeywell has developed a generic Flight Test procedure for the MK XXII EGPWS, drawing number 060-
4314-252. The Flight Test procedure was developed for first of type installations, for these installations all
sections of the Flight Test procedure shall be performed.
For follow on installations of the same aircraft type and interface, the flight test is not required. When
updating an STC to the current part number it is only necessary to flight test significant new features. The
notice of change is available in Honeywell Service Bulletins.
5.2.7 Pilots Guide
Honeywell has developed a Pilot’s Guide for the MK XXII EGPWS, drawing number 060-4314-200 that
provides a description of the modes and the controls of the EGPWS.
5.2.8 Failure Modes, Effects, and Safety Analysis
Honeywell has developed a Failure Modes, Effects, and Safety Analysis document for the MK XXII EGPWS,
drawing number 060-4314-002 that provides an analysis of the failure modes of the EGPWS.
5.2.9 Existing STC’s
For more information and a list of existing STC’s see the EGPWS web site www.egpws.com
Honeywell
APPENDIX A
CUSTOMER WORKSHEET
MK XXII EGPWS
ENHANCED GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM
The purpose for this work sheet is to obtain the necessary aircraft data for determining the specific interface configuration for the MK XXII Enhanced Ground
Proximity Warning System (EGPWS). For defined MK XXII EGPWS interface data, refer to Honeywell document No. 060-4314-250, Installation Manual for the
MK XXII For product description information, refer to Honeywell document No. 965-1595-601, Product Specification for the MK XXII Enhanced Ground
Proximity Warning System. Contact Honeywell EGPWS Applications Engineering for assistance.
Aircraft Operator: Installer:
Contact: Phone: Contact: Phone:
Aircraft Type (be specific): Engine Type (model number):
Model S/N N#
AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS INFORMATION: Please provide the manufacturer, model number, part number, software part number, quantity per aircraft, and
output data information for:
OUTPUT DATA FORMAT – NOTES
SYSTEM MFGR. MODEL NO. PART NO. S/W PART NO. QTY (ARINC 429, 547, 552, 575, DC, synchro, potentiometer,
discrete, etc. Identify available ARINC 429 labels)
Air Data
Computers
GPS *
Radio
Altimeters
ILS
Receivers
AHRS / IRU
/ INU
VG
DG
Engine
Torque
* GPS Altitude Reference: WGS-84 MSL Use “N/A” if Not Applicable
MK XXII EGPWS
COCKPIT DISPLAYS:
Please provide the following information for intended EGPWS display purposes (include any new displays planned):
SYSTEM QTY MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. PART NO. SOFTWARE NO.
EFIS Symbol Generator
EFIS Display
EFIS Display Control Panel
Multifunction Display (MFD)
Weather Radar Indicator
Weather Radar R/T
Weather Radar Controller
Other (specify)
DISCRETE INPUTS:
Please check applicable boxes for both up and down positions.
PARAMETER GND OPEN +28 VDC
DH >  > 
WOW <  < 
Landing Gear Down
Landing Gear Up
Notes:
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Listed below are typical parameters from each system, which are required to implement the EGPWS functions. Note that this list is a
typical example. Actual source systems may vary depending on aircraft configuration and selected options.
MK XXII EGPWS
SYSTEM PARAMETERS
RADIO ALTIMETER radio altitude, decision height
ADC barometric altitude, corrected baro altitude, baro rate, computed airspeed, static air temperature or total air
temperature
IRS / AHRS magnetic heading, vertical velocity, pitch, roll
ILS / NAV receiver glideslope deviation / flag , localizer deviation / flag
FMS / GPS altitude, latitude, longitude, ground speed, true track, true heading, mag variation, Nav mode, horizontal figure of
merit, horizontal integrity limit, vertical figure of merit
Engine 1 and 2 or FADEC Torque
Display Range
GENERIC MODEL INFORMATION
Aircraft Tail Geometry:
Manufacturer:
Model:
(be specific)
Height
of Tail
Engine(s):
Tip of Tail to CG
MK XXII EGPWS
Height of Nominal CG above ground
Distance from CG to Tail (Lowest point of tail or skid)
Distance from CG to center of Tail Rotor
Distance from lowest point of tail or tail-skid to ground
Distance from tail rotor blade (lowest point) to ground
Rotational Frequencies:
Main Rotor RPM No. Of Blades (Main Rotor)
SYSTEM Number of Engines DATA FORMAT Signal Scale Factor NOTES
(ARINC 429, RS 422, RS In % Torque

232, synchro, DC, AC
Engine
Torque
Honeywell
APPENDIX B
SAMPLE WIRING DIAGRAMS
P1
MK XXII EGPWS AUDIO
CKT BKR PNL P1
GPWS
AIRCRAFT +28 VDC 22 40 (+) LOW LEVEL (H) 75 UN-SWITCHED
ESS BUS PRE-AMP OUTPUT AUDIO IN PILOT
3 AMP 22 60 (+) POWER (C) 74 ICS
600 OHMS NOMINAL
INPUT: CHASSIS GND
22 41 (RETURN) 28 VDC AU
22 61 (RETURN)
UN-SWITCHED
AUDIO IN COPILOT COCKPIT CAT. 14
DC SPEAKER
42 CHASSIS GROUND ICS ID #
CAGE CODE: 97896

CHASSIS GND
53 GROUND AU
AIRCRAFT
CHASSIS/SIGNAL DC
GROUND DEDICATED
HIGH LEVEL (H) 70 GPWS SPEAKER
SPEAKER OUTPUT
8 OHMS NOMINAL (C) 71 8 OHM, 4 WATTS
RADIO ALTITUDE AU
P2 DO NOT CONNECT "SIGNAL RETURN" WIRE TO ANY GROUND
RADIO ALTIMETER
DISPLAY (A) 36
R/T UNIT HI 64 (+) RANGE #1
RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT COPLT DSPLY CTL (DC-811)
422 INPUT (B) 37
CAT. 8 LO 45 (-) ARINC 552 / ALT55 J1 J1 DISPLAY CONFIGURATION
ID # TERRAIN SELECT
29 RAD ALT VALIDITY: EXAMPLE: ID 250
VALID POP-UP
+28 VDC
OR P2 (SPZ7600 / EDZ705)
COPLT SYMBOL GENERATOR
21 (A) RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT J1A
4 (B) ARINC 429 LS 4 (–)
DC-811 DATA
(+)
SH CAT. 6
RAD ALT INDICATOR P1 TERR SEL OUT ID #
RAD ALT DH 33 DH DISCRETE J2B
SCALE: NONE
GND = BELOW DH
EGPWS OUTPUT (A) 43 (+)
ARINC 2 DATA
P2 ARINC 429 (B) 42 (–) COPILOT INSTRUMENT PANEL
AVIONIC SWITCH UNIT
GLIDESLOPE 22 (A) ILS BUS INPUT (CUSTOMER OPTION) WX VIDEO IN 1A
5 (B) ARINC 429 LS
AND/OR WX VIDEO IN 1B
4 TERR (GRN)
LOCALIZER SH P1 DISPLAY
AVIONIC SWITCH UNIT
WX IN #1 ON (GRN)
(CUSTOMER OPTION) 453 (A)
TERRAIN DISPLAY (A) 58
OR P1 WX IN #1
GLIDESLOPE RCVR NO.2 OUTPUT DATA #1 453 (B) MOM.
COPLT G/S DEV (+UP) ARINC 453 (B) 59
SIZE: A
UP 65 G/S DEV (+UP) SH –
3
+
G/S DEV (+DN) WX IN #2 SH
DN 46 G/S DEV (+DN) 453 (A)
G/S VALID TERRAIN DISPLAY (A) 56
SH TTL OUTPUT DATA #2 WX IN #2
SH 20 DC GND ILS FREQ 453 (B) 15 ANNUNCIATOR BOX
OR ARINC 453 (B) 57 8
39 +28 VDC SELECT SEE SHEET 2, ZONE D3
VAL –
38
GLIDESLOPE RCVR NO.1 SH
+
PILOT SH
G/S DEV (+UP) +
- G/S VALIDITY
11
+28 VDC
Honeywell
G/S DEV (+DN) OR

G/S DEV
30 DC SIGNAL LOW LEVEL PILOT INSTRUMENT PANEL
G/S VALID TERR DISPLAY
CAT. 9 POPUP DISCRETE 51
ID # SH 10 SIG RETURN VALIDITY
250mVDC OUTPUT
+
- SH
TTL NO.2 P2
ILS SEL (GND) TERR (GRN)
DISPLAY (A) 10 DISPLAY
RANGE #2 PLT DSPLY CTL (DC-811) ON (GRN)
422 INPUT (B) 11
J1 J1 C/S
TTL NO.1 3 POP-UP
OR MOM.
ILS SEL (GND) TYP, 2 PLCS TERRAIN SELECT
PLT SYMBOL GENERATOR

FLT DIR CTRL PNL NO.2
J1A
BACKCOURSE (–)
DC-811 DATA
(+)
38 +28 VDC ILS
OR TERR SEL OUT
19 DC GND BACKCOURSE
FLT DIR CTRL PNL NO.1
BACKCOURSE J2B
WX VIDEO IN 1A
DWG NO: 060-4314-250

WX VIDEO IN 1B
LOCALIZER RCVR NO.1
PILOT LOC DEV (+LT) 30 LOC DEV (+LT) (+)
ARINC 2 DATA
LOC DEV (+RT) LOC DEV (+RT) (–)
10
LOC VALID 48 LOC VALIDITY
SH +28 VDC
Honeywell International Inc.
SH Redmond, Wasington 98073-9701
DWG TITLE
WIRING DIAGRAM, WORKSHEET
Mk XXII ENHANCED GPWS
REV: E
REV.
FIGURE B1-1 C
SHEET 140
8 PILOT/COPILOT
ANNUNCIATOR BOX 15 INSTR PANEL
PRESS-TO-TEST OUTPUT 38 SHEET 1, ZONE B2
(GROUND = TEST) INPUT/OUTPUT
GPWS LIGHTS DISCRETE
VISIBLE WHITE LEGEND PWR
(0VDC DAY/+16VDC NIGHT) AIRCRAFT +28VDC
NO. 2 AVIONICS BUSS FUNCTIONS
AIR DATA DEADFACE LEGEND PWR 1 AMP
P1 (+28VDC DAY/+16VDC NIGHT)
AIR DATA COMPUTER
P2 MK XXII EGPWS
PILOT INSTRUMENT PANEL
GPWS WARN OUTPUT
STATIC GND = LAMP ON 78
ARINC 429 (A) 39 (A) AIR DATA INPUT GPWS (RED)
OUTPUT (B) 38 (B) ARINC 429 CAT. 13
CAGE CODE: 97896

4 P/TEST (GRN) ID #
PITOT SH
P1 SELF TEST INPUT
SELF TEST = GND 34 MOM.
62 (+) AIR DATA INPUT
OR GPWS CAUT OUTPUT
43 (-) ANALOG DC GND = LAMP ON 77
CAT. 2
ID # GPWS (AMBER)
SH AIR DATA VALIDITY G/S CANCELLED
9 G/S (GRN)
LAMP OUTPUT 76 CANCLD
DISCRETE (+28VDC)
GND = LAMP ON
25 +5VDC REF G/S CANCEL INPUT 15 MOM.
63 AIR TEMP CANCEL = GND
(+) 73
OAT LOW ALT OUTPUT
OAT GND = LAMP ON LOW (GRN)
PROBE
PROBE INPUT ALT
AIR TEMP ON (GRN)
44 (-)
53 LOW ALT INPUT
GROUND 14 MOM.
LOW ALT = GND
SH
POSITION
P2 AUDIO (GRN)
CAT. 3 ARINC 743(A) GPS INHIB
ID # GPS #1 OUTPUT (A) 25 (A) GPS INPUT ON (AMBER)
AUDIO INHIBIT
SCALE: NONE
ARINC 429 (B) 8 (B) ARINC 429 INPUT
INHIBIT = GND 17 ALT. OPTIONAL
SH SH TERR INHIBIT
OR DUAL
TERR AWARENESS & 12 SEE BELOW
ARINC 743(A) GPS TCF INHIBIT INPUT
GPS #2 OUTPUT (A) 23 (A) GPS INPUT INHIBIT = GND
ARINC 429 (B) 6 (B) ARINC 429 COPILOT INSTRUMENT PANEL
SH SH
TIMED AUDIO INHIBIT GPWS (RED)
OR LAMP OUTPUT 52
GND = LAMP ON P/TEST (GRN)
SIZE: A
NC 45 TX
GPS INPUT MOM.
29 RX
RS232
28 COM C/S
OR GPWS (AMBER)
GPS ANT. G/S (GRN)
CANCLD
GPS
Honeywell
ANTENNA MOM.
TNC
ATTITUDE/MAGNETIC HEADING J3 LOW (GRN)

ALT
COM 1 ON (GRN)
EGPWS MONITOR
NO.1 VG or AHRS P1 (RX) 3
RS232C
MOM.
(TX) 4
(X) 1 (X) REF
ROLL ROLL
CAT. 10 ATTITUDE (Y) 21 (Y) 12 ONLY
ID # ATTITUDE
SYNCHRO SYNCHRO AUDIO (GRN)
(Z) 2 (Z) GND 13 INHIB
14 ON (AMBER)
(X) 5 (X)
PITCH PITCH
ATTITUDE (Y) 7 (Y) ATTITUDE
SYNCHRO ALT.
(Z) 6 SYNCHRO
(Z)
ATTITUDE VALIDITY
ATTITUDE VALID 68
DISCRETE (+28 VDC) P1 TERR (GRN)
INHIB
(X) 22 (X) (AMBER)
MAGNETIC ON
HEADING SYNCHRO (Y) 23 (Y) HEADING
CAT. 11
DWG NO: 060-4314-250

CENTER INSTRUMENT PANEL
ID # (Z) 3 (Z) SYNCHRO GPWS INOP ALT.
72
GND = LAMP ON GPWS
MAG HEADING VALIDITY INOP
(AMBER)
HEADING VALID 28
DISCRETE (+28 VDC) TAD/TCF INOP TERR (AMBER)
55 INOP
(H) 4 (H) GND = LAMP ON
26 VAC REF 26 VAC REF
(L) 24 (L)
Honeywell International Inc.
OR
Redmond, Wasington 98073-9701
NO.1 DG or AHRS P2
A1A
TCAS TPT-66A DWG TITLE
23 (A) AUDIO ON /
AHRS BUS INPUT
TCAS INHIBIT OUT 69 18 AUDIO INHIBIT 2
6 (B) ARINC 429 HS WIRING DIAGRAM, WORKSHEET
REV: E
4 Mk XXII ENHANCED GPWS
SH
REV.
FIGURE B1-2 C
SHEET 141
Honeywell
Honeywell
APPENDIX C
WinViews OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS
Honeywell
MK XXII Installation Manual
APPENDIX C – WinViews Operation Instructions

RS-232 COMMUNICATION WITH THE EGPWS
The EGPWS contains software that allows monitoring of its internal parameters, for testing purposes, without
altering its operation. The monitoring of these parameter values enables the operator to quickly determine if
the correct signal and scaling is being used by the EGPWS computer. The communication link utilizes the
RS-232 Communication Protocol configured as follows:
19200 Baud, No Parity, 8 bits, and 1 stop bit.
The RS-232 interface with the EGPWS is accomplished via the J3 test connector on the front of the EGPWS.
The connection between a PC (with a standard DB9 serial port connector) and the EGPWS RS-232 interface
is defined as follows: (Please note that the EGPWS will activate its RS-232 port only when it receives the
command CONTROL Z after power is applied to the EGPWS. The CONTROL Z command is automatically
sent by WinVIEWS)
RS-232 Receive RS-232 Transmit RS-232 Ground

EGPWS Front Connector Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 1
Standard DB9 Connector (for a PC)* Pin 3 Pin 2 Pin 5
*NOTE: Some PC Comm Ports have Pins 2 & 3 reversed from what is described above.
The mating connector for the EGPWS J3 test connector is a male (pins) 15 pin double density D-
subminiature type, Positronics Industries (kit) part number ODD15M1OYOZ or the following individual parts:
Nomenclature (AMP) Amp Part Number Military Part Number

Connector Shell (HDP-22 Crimp Snap In Contact) 748364-1 reference MIL-C-24308
Size 22 DM Crimp Snap In Contacts Pin 0.030 204370-2 M39029/58-360
Backshell (Shielded Cable Clamp Assembly) 745854-5
Jackscrews, 2 required (4-40 Male Jackscrew Kit) 747784-8
Grommet Sets 747746-1
The following tools will work with Positronics, Amp, and Mil Spec Connectors:
Insertion / Extraction Tool 91067-1 M81969/1-04

Hand Crimp Tool M22520/2-01
Positioner M22520/2-09
Honeywell
WinVIEWS OPERATION:
Windows Virtual Interface to the Enhanced Warning System
WinVIEWS software is a tool developed by Honeywell to monitor or view values within the EGPWS. The
WinVIEWS software provides a monitor function that does not alter the operation of the EGPWS. The
monitoring of values assists in the installation testing of the EGPWS by allowing the operator to quickly
determine if the correct signal and scaling is being used by the EGPWS. Additionally, WinVIEWS provides a
detailed status of the software configuration and input signals which enables quick identification of system
anomalies.
WinVIEWS software can be ordered as Honeywell part number 998-2846-500. A User’s Guide to WinVIEWS
is available as Honeywell document number 998-2846-600. The software consists of the WinVIEWS
executable file, a help file, and sample command files. Command file updates are available at
http://www.egpws.com.
The command file is a simple text file that should include each CVT Item used in this test procedure. A
sample command file for this test procedure is found on the following page. The file must be a ‘Text Only’
type of file, such as those created in the Microsoft Windows Note Pad program. It should have a filename
extension of .CMD. Once this file is loaded, WinVIEWS can automatically display the current value of each
parameter listed in the file.
Normal Operation for Ground Testing the EGPWS:
STEP 1 - Connect the PC to the EGPWS via the RS-232 cable as defined above.
STEP 2 - On the PC, start Windows 3.1, or higher.
STEP 3 - Start the WinVIEWS program.
STEP 4 - Under the File Menu select the “Load Command File” option and load the appropriate Command
File.
STEP 5 - Use F6 to select Data Display Mode. Each CVT Item listed in the Command File will be
continuously updated at a rate of greater than once per second. The values shown for the CVT
Items listed will be the test values.
Honeywell
Command File: MK XXII_GTP.CMD
The format for the WinVIEWS command file is:
1. ASCII Text Only; no spaces

2. A CVT Item as specified in the test procedure
3. Each CVT Item Name is followed by a <return> or <enter>
RawRA1 VF
ARA1Val V
DHDsc V
RawBAlt1 VF
RawBaroRt1 VF
RawCAS1 VF
RawSAT1 VF
ILSTuned1 V
GnILSTuned1 V
RawAACGS1 VF
AGS1Val V
GPSLatude1 VF
GPSLngude1 VF
RawGLat1 VF
RawGLng1 VF
RawGAlt1 VF
RawVFOM1 VF
RawHFOM1 VF
RawGGSpd1 VF
RawHil1 VF
RawGTTk1 VF
RawRoll1 VF
RawPitch1 VF
AnAtt1Val V
RawAACMHD VF
AACMHDVal V
WOWDsc V
LandGrDsc V
GSCan V
AudInhDsc V
M6LwVolDsc V
GSInh V
GSlnhDsc V
TAWxRng1 VF
TAWxRng2 VF
TerrDis V
AnaTerrDis V
RawTorque1 VF
RawTorque2 VF
TacticalSel V
TAInop C
TAInop1 C
TAInop2 C
EngTorque1 VF
EngTorque2 VF
DispRngOut1 V
DispRngOut2 V
Honeywell
APPENDIX D
VENDOR DRAWINGS
Honeywell
APPENDIX D – VENDOR DRAWINGS

D 1.0 Vendor Contact Information
The vendor contact information provided below is current at the time of publication of this document.
AMP 2800 Fulling Mill Road

MS 038-035
Middletown, PA 17507
800 806-0480
Barry Controls Burbank, CA United Kingdom:

818 843-1000 Surrey, England
44 (0932) 22-4122
Brighton, MA Germany:
616 787-1555 Raunheim, Germany
49 (6142) 43077/8/9
Donel Systems Don Wilen

(516) 876-8400
EDMO 5505 E. Rutter Ave.

Spokane, WA 99212
www.edmo.com
1 800 235-3300
Electronic Cable Specialists 5300 W Franklin Drive

and Electrical Conservation Franklin, WI 53132-8642
Systems, Inc. 414 421-5300
EMTEQ, Inc. S84 W18693 Enterprise Drive

Muskego, WI 53150
(888) 679-6170
(262) 679-6170
(262) 679-6175 Fax
e-mail: smatar@emteq.com
FreeFlight Systems 3700 Interstate 35 Todd Ellison, Sales Engineer

Waco, TX 76706
254-662-0000
Hollingsead International Sante Fe Springs, CA
213 921-3436
IDD Aerospace Redmond, WA

425 885-4353
ITT Cannon Santa Ana, CA

714 557-4700
Kollsman CIC Kollsman @ 603-889-2500

Cheryl Colby @ 603-886-2298
Honeywell
Korry Electronics 901 Dexter Avenue North

Seattle, WA
Attention: Airline Sales
206 281-1300
800 257- 8921
For orders and AOG requirements, contact:
Sonya Cordova
206 281-3567
email: scordova@korry.com
fax: 206 281-3576
SITA: SEAKEXD
For engineering inquiries, contact:
Bob Jacques Tom Howard
Airline Business Manager Airline Business Manager
206 281-3584 206 281-1458
email: bjacques@korry.com email: thoward@korry.com
fax: 206 273-4128 fax: 206 273-4128
Master Specialties Co. Costa Mesa, CA

714 642-2427
Optima Wire 1120 Harpeth Industrial Ct. Cathy Harper

Franklin, TN 37064 cathy.h@mindspring.com
615 599-3770
PIC Wire & Cable Supply N63 W22619 Main Street

P.O. Box 330
Sussex, WI 53089-0330
414 246-0500
Fax: 414 246-0450
Sensor Systems, Inc. 8929 Fullbright Avenue

Chatsworth, CA 91311
818 341-5366
Fax: 818 341-9059
StacoSwitch 1139 Baker Street Dan Sugg

Costa Mesa, CA 92626-4191 dsugg@stacoswitch.com
www.stacoswitch.com
714-549-3041 Also contact EDMO – Avionics
Fax: 714-549-0930 Distributor for StacoSwitch
West Coast Specialties P.O. Box 5010

Preston, WA 98050
425 222-3118
Fax: 425-222-3119
Contact:
Bruce Maxwell, (Rep)
206-232-2871
Fax: 206-232-3174
Honeywell
D 1.1 EDMO
EDMO Distributors (800)235-3300 – “One Stop Shopping” for the following EGPWS and TAWS support
products:
* MD41-12XX/13XX TAWS ACU’s from Mid-Continent Instruments
* 90-44802-1 PMA’d TAWS ACU from West Coast Specialties
* Eaton and StacoSwitch EGPWS split switch & annunciator kits
* Shadin XYZ compass to RS-232/422 Converters
* Shadin low cost Airdata computers
* Solid State Altitude Encoders (most models)
* GAE-1575 GPS Repeater for hangar testing
* Installation Supplies
Honeywell
D 1.2 EMTEQ
EMTEQ, Inc. supports all EGPWS/TAWS systems manufactured by Honeywell, Inc. by offering products to
help complete your installation. The installation provisions are fully compliant with ARINC specifications and
standards.
We have a full understanding of the system requirements for coaxial components, wire harnesses,
Switchpanels and mounting accessories.
 Fully certified and tested RF cable sets for GPS
 Bulk coax cable (cut to length) and the necessary coax connectors to complete the installation on your
own
 Avionics Trays
 Switchpanel and mounting hardware
 ARINC Rack Connectors, Circular Connectors, etc
 Wire harnesses
GPS - RF Cable Sets
EMTEQ performs the critical electrical testing for GPS cables using a Hewlett Packard 8753D Vector
Network Analyzer. The state of the art equipment stores all profiles at the exact time the cables were tested.
Comprehensive reports are supplied on all cable assemblies manufactured. Individual assemblies can be
matched electrically to an original set of cables when necessary due to the assignment of unique serial
numbers on all cable units.
EMTEQ offers a unique option in the marketplace with a choice in two families of RF cable types to meet
your specifications and budget. We offer Teflon ® (TFLX series) and PE (PFLX series) cables as shown in
Table 1 (Table 1.A. Teflon ®; Table 1.B. Polyethylene (PE)) . Both types are Skydrol resistant, meet or
exceed MIL-C-17, and meet or exceed FAA Flammability requirements. The characteristics of each option
give you the choice that fits your requirements. Pricing will differ between the two options, so please call us
to discuss your particular project requirements. This phone call may give you the competitive edge required
to win your bid. We have this outcome in mind when we offered options to our customers.
For each option, EMTEQ offers connectors to meet the system requirements. Connectors for PFLX and
TFLX cable types are listed in Table 2.
Honeywell
TABLE 1
Table 1.A. (Teflon ® Jacketed RF Coax) (High Temp)
Cable Type Loss @ 1600 Mhz O.D. Bend Radius

P/N Per 100 ft (inches) Minimum
TFLX130-100 21.60 dB 0.130 “ ½”
TFLX165-100 17.00 dB 0.161” 1 ¾”
TFLX205-100 13.90 dB 0.195 “ 1 ¾”
TFLX295-100 7.60 dB 0.205 “ 3.0 “
TFLX480-100 4.75 dB 0.480 “ 2.40 “
Table 1.B. (PE – Polyethylene Jacketed RF Coax) (85 C temp)
Cable Type Loss @ 1600 Mhz O.D. Bend Radius

P/N Per 100 ft (inches) Minimum
PFLX195-500 14.00 dB 0.195 “ ½”
PFLX240-500 11.00dB 0.242 “ ¾”
PFLX340-500 7.59 dB 0.340 “ 1”
PFLX500-500 4.27 dB 0.500 “ 1 ¼”
Honeywell
TABLE 2
Table 2.A.1 Connectors (for TFLX cable series) - GPS
GPS
Connector Application Description TFLX130-100 TFLX165-100 TFLX205-100
Type
TNC male Antenna Straight TMS130-1 TMS165-1 TMS205-1
TNC male Antenna Right Angle TMR130-1 TMR165-1 TMR205-1
TNC female Disconnects Bulkhead Straight TFS130- 2 TFS165-2 TFS205-2
C male Antenna Straight CMS130-1 CMS165-1 CMS205-1
C male Antenna Right Angle CMR130-1 CMR165-1 CMR205-1
GPS
Connector Application Description TFLX295-100 TFLX480-100
Type
TNC male Antenna Straight TMS295-1 TMS488-1
TNC male Antenna Right Angle TMR295-1 TMR488-1
TNC female Disconnects Bulkhead Straight TFS295-2 TFS488-2
C male Antenna Straight CMS295-1 CMS488-1
C male Antenna Right Angle CMR295-1 CMR488-1
Honeywell
TABLE 2 (continued)
Table 2.B.1 Connectors (for PFLX cable series) – GPS
GPS
Connector Application Description PFLX195-500 PFLX240-500 PFLX340-500
Type
TNC male Antenna Straight TMS195-1 TMS240-1 TMS340-1
TNC male Antenna Right Angle TMR195-1 TMR240-1 TMR340-1
TNC female Disconnects Bulkhead Straight TFS195-2 TFS240-2 TFS340-2
C male Antenna Straight CMS195-1 CMS240-1 CMS340-1
C male Antenna Right Angle CMR195-1 CMR240-1 CMR340-1
GPS
Connector Application Description PFLX500-500
Type
TNC male Antenna Straight TMS500-1
TNC male Antenna Right Angle TMR500-1
TNC female Disconnects Bulkhead Straight TFS500-2
C male Antenna Straight N/A
Honeywell
Tool Frame and Die Part Numbers

Mil-Spec P/N Daniels
Cable Type for Hex Die P/N for Hex Die Tool Frame Die Hex
PFLX195 M22520/5-19 Y142 M22520/5-01 (HX4) B Hex
PFLX200 M22520/5-19 Y142 M22520/5-01 (HX4) B Hex
PFLX240 M22520/5-43 Y141 M22520/5-01 (HX4) A Hex
PFLX340 M22520/5-35 Y137 M22520/5-01 (HX4) A Hex
PFLX500 M22520/5-21 Y149 M22520/5-01 (HX4) A Hex
TFLX130 M22520/5-43 Y141 M22520/5-01 (HX4) A (ARINC) / B Hex
TFLX165 M22520/5-19 Y142 M22520/5-01 (HX4) B Hex
TFLX205 M22520/5-43 Y141 M22520/5-01 (HX4) A Hex
TFLX295 M22520/5-35 Y137 M22520/5-01 (HX4) A Hex
TFLX488 M22520/5-27 Y151 M22520/5-01 (HX4) A Hex
Installation Considerations:
Meeting the specifications when faced with a long cable run could be challenging at some times. Solutions
typically are found when combining a Low Loss Cable (large OD) for the majority of the run with a “pig tail” at
the box or antenna sides. The “pig tail” cable will have a small OD, and will be very flexible to make the
installation in difficult areas easier. Please use the Tables above for additional information. You can also
call EMTEQ’s knowledgeable staff at the below numbers to help in the configuration and meet your
requirements.
EMTEQ, Inc.
S84 W18693 Enterprise Drive
Muskego, WI 53150
(888) 679-6170 Toll Free
(262) 679-6170
Fax: (262) 679-6175
e-mail: smatar@emteq.com
Honeywell
D 1.3 Aerospace Optics
Aerospace Optics Inc.
Aerospace Optics Inc. is pleased to support the Honeywell EGPWS/TAWS team with our line of Vivisun LED
lighted switches and indicators. We would welcome the opportunity to assist with your installation and
address your Honeywell EGPWS/TAWS lighting requirements.
LED Lighting
The Honeywell EGPWS/TAWS systems offer state-of-the-art performance. Accordingly, several recent
innovations in LED cockpit lighting have emerged which truly complement the performance of the Honeywell
Systems. Traditionally, lighted cockpit switches have used incandescent lamps which are known for the
excessive face cap temperatures they generate. The lamps are also subject to high failure rates which
degrades sunlight readability and creates reliability concerns. LED lighting resolves each of these limitations
as they consume less than half the power of typical incandescent lamps and offer life-of-the-aircraft
reliability. However, the use of LED lighting also has a number of additional challenges, which can quickly
dilute their utility.
When using LED lighting in the past, sunlight readability and viewing angles were limited and uniform
dimming required special pulse width modulation. Additionally, unprotected LEDs were susceptible to
damage from transients and voltage spikes from severe electrical environments as defined in RTCA/DO-
160D. However, today, with the evolution of LED technology and innovative design techniques, it is possible
to take advantage of the efficiencies afforded by LEDs while continuing to meet the lighting and
environmental requirements of aircraft design.
The Vivisun LED resolves each of these challenges including DO-160D compliance and standard voltage
controlled dimming. LEDs are the lighting source for the future and the ideal compliment to the Honeywell
EGPWS/TAWS Systems.
Please feel free to contact the Aerospace Optics Technical Sales Team for assistance in addressing the use
of LED lighted switches and indicators.
Aerospace Optics Inc.

3201 Sandy Lane
Fort Worth TX, 76016
1-(888)VIVISUN- (848-4786) Toll Free

Fax (817) 654-3405
www.vivisun.com
e-mail : switches@vivisun.com
Honeywell
D 1.4 StacoSwitch
StacoSwitch
As a supplier of high reliability switches and indicators for avionics since 1958, StacoSwitch is proud to be
integrated with many Honeywell products and divisions. Through our relationship with EDMO Distributors in
Spokane, WA, we supply AV17 kits that include all the switches, annunciators, and crimp pins needed to
complete the installation of your Honeywell EGPWS (TAWS) system. These kits meet all lighting and color
requirements in the shortest and lightest switch and indicator units available on the market. EDMO stocks
these kits and can even generate customized legend and color combinations with extremely fast delivery,
usually within a couple days.
StacoSwitch can also provide solutions to most switch needs that may arise, such as LED lighting, Night
Vision (NVIS) compatibility, EMI/RFI shielding, watertight seals, Digital Dimming Modules that can dim both
incandescent and LED lights with consistency, pushbutton guards, and customized-legend switch and
indicator assemblies that can be packaged into impressive matrix mounts.
Please check out our full line of products at www.stacoswitch.com. It includes all the detailed information to
help answer any questions you may have during an installation and also a link to EDMO.
Contact Information:
Dan Sugg – Vice President of Sales

dsugg@stacoswitch.com
StacoSwitch
1139 Baker Street
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
Phone: (714) 549-3041
Fax: (714) 549-0930
www.stacoswitch.com
Honeywell
APPENDIX E
INTERFACE DESCRIPTION DOCUMENT
Honeywell
APPENDIX E - INTERFACE DESCRIPTION DOCUMENT
1.0 PART NUMBER

This document is the Interface Description for the MKXXII Helicopter Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
(EGPWS) part number 965-1595-0XX. The MK XXII EGPWC 10 digit part number will identify the configuration of
the EGPWC as follows:
 965-1595-XXX (example 965-1595-020)
 XXX = Application Software (including Configuration Software)
The Terrain Database (including the Envelope Modulation Database) Version is not identified in the 10-digit part
number but with a separate identifier on the nameplate. All modification changes not affecting form, fit or function will
be identified via “mod dots”. The digits identifying the Application software will match the respective version number
of the Application software.
2.0 PURPOSE
This Appendix describes all of the system external interfaces for the MK XXII Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning
System (EGPWS).
3.0 SYSTEM OVERVIEW

For more information please refer to the EGPWS Product Specification document 965-1595-601.
4.0 ELECTRICAL INTERFACE
4.1 INTRODUCTION
The MK XXII EGPWS provides electrical interfaces for aircraft systems and to support maintenance functions. The
interfaces are made via the front panel aircraft interface connectors, front panel maintenance/test port and front panel
LED’s. A TNC coaxial connector is located on the front panel for the internal GPS receiver in the 965-1595-0XX MK
XXII EGPWC. The following sections describe the types of electrical interfaces provided in the EGPWC. See Section
E 5 for the specific interface configuration capabilities of the MK XXII EGPWS.
4.2 SIGNAL INTERFACES

This section identifies and describes the number and characteristics of each interface type provided in the front panel
aircraft interface connectors. The aircraft interface connectors are defined as P1 (78 pins) and P2 (50 pins). Section E 7
identifies the connector pin assignments. The signal mnemonic for each signal in Section E 7 is included in the
following sections. All synchro inputs are brought in as three or five wire devices. No two wire absolute AC signals are
available. All analog inputs provide broken wire detection on all input signal legs. Unless otherwise stated, the
“Maximum reverse fault current” is defined as the current resulting from an internal component failure, with the input
signal at zero volts.
4.2.1 GROUNDS
Chassis Ground
Used for redundant metal connection. This pin is internally connected to DC Ground.
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic): J1-42, J1-53 (GND)
DC Ground
For discrete inputs and lamp driver outputs. These pins are also internally connected to Chassis Ground.
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic):
(same as +28 VDC Return) J1-41, J1-61 (PWR_L)
NOTE: All analog signals are differential input.
Honeywell
4.2.2 PRIMARY POWER INPUT

Nominal Input 28 VDC
Normal Voltage Range 22.0 to 30.3 VDC
Normal Surge Voltage Range 15 – 40VDC (30 msec)
Abnormal Voltage Range 20.5 to 32.2 VDC
Abnormal Surge Voltage Range 37.8 VDC (1sec); 46.3 VDC (100 msec)
Normal Frequency Range not applicable
Frequency Transients not applicable
Power Requirements 9 Watts - No Warnings
+7 Watts with warning voice over 8 speaker
+3 Watts with Internal GPS (includes antenna
power)1
+49 Watts (typical) with heater blanket on2
Recommended Power Control Device 3 Amp delayed action circuit breaker.
+28 VDC Input J1-40, J1-60 (PWR_H3)
+28 VDC Return J1-41, J1-61 (PWR_L3)
1
Based on the Honeywell GPS Pxpress card specification.
2
The heater blanket turns on at temperatures  -23 C and turns off at temperatures  -20 C.
3
Note that this is not a floating input. +28 VDC must be applied to both PWR_H and +28 VDC Return to
both PWR_L inputs.
4.2.3 DC ANALOG INPUTS
Unless otherwise specified, Input Signal accuracy is 1% linearity +0.1% full scale offset.
4.2.3.1 RADIO ALTITUDE

Quantity 1
Input Impedance, each leg > 83 K
Maximum Reverse Fault Current < 200 A
Signal Range 0 to 2500 feet
Input Voltage Range (VRA) 37.7V  VRA  -2.5V
Conversion Range (Vc) 29.7V  Vc  -0.4V
Input Filter 0.1 Second Low Pass,  10%
Broken Wire Detect Input will be biased to less than -50 feet
Signal (+) J1-64 (RALT_H)
Return (-) J1-45 (RALT_L)
4.2.3.2 LOW LEVEL GLIDESLOPE
Quantity 1
Input Impedance, each leg > 2.5 M
Reverse Fault Current < 6.2 A
Signal Range 12 Dots
Input Voltage Range 0.9VDC
Input Type Differential
Common Mode Voltage Range (VCM) 11V  VCM  -2V
Broken Wire Detect Input will be biased less than -15 dots
+Up, Below Beam, Fly Up J1-65 (GSDEV_H)
+Down, Above Beam, Fly Down J1-46 (GSDEV_L)
Honeywell
4.2.3.3 LOCALIZER DEVIATION OR LOW LEVEL GLIDESLOPE VALIDITY

This input can be configured as either a low level glideslope valid, or as a localizer deviation input. Installations that
only have the low level validity signal for glideslope cannot activate the analog localizer input. See section 5.3.9 for
more information.
Quantity 1
Input Impedance, each leg > 2.5 M
Reverse Fault Current < 6.2 A
Common Mode Voltage Range (VCM) 11V  VCM  -2V
When used as a validity input:

+ Flag J1-30 (GS_VAL_H)
- Flag J1-10 (GS_VAL_L)
Active Voltage Range (Logic True) +160 to +840 mVDC
Inactive Voltage Range (Logic False) 0 to 50 mVDC
Broken Wire Detect Input will be biased less than -1 VDC
When used as a localizer input:

CRS DEV + Fly Right J1-30 (LCDEV_H)
CRS DEV + Fly Left J1-10 (LCDEV_L)
Signal Range 12 Dots
Input Voltage Range 0.9VDC
Broken Wire Detect Input will be biased less than -15 dots
4.2.3.4 BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE
Quantity 1
Reverse Fault Current < 200 A
Input Voltage Range -0.18VDC to +15VDC
Broken Wire Detect Input will be biased less than -3000 feet
Signal (+) J1-62 (ALT_H)
Return (-) J1-43 (ALT_L)
4.2.3.5 OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
Quantity 1
Input Voltage Range +0.3 VDC to +0.6VDC
Broken Wire Detect Input will be biased less than -80 C
Signal (+) J1-63 (OAT_H)
Return (-) J1-44 (OAT_L)
NOTE: For temperature probe voltage reference see section 4.2.11.
Honeywell
4.2.3.6 TORQUE INPUTS - DC

Quantity 2
Input Voltage Range 5 VDC
Broken Wire Detect Input will be biased less than -6 VDC
#1 Signal (+) J1-26 (TORQUE_1H)
#1 Return (-) J1-27 (TORQUE _1L)
#2 Signal (+) J1-66 (TORQUE _2H)

#2 Return (-) J1-47 (TORQUE _2L)
4.2.4 AC ANALOG INPUTS
Unless otherwise specified:
Input Impedance: X leg > 140 K
Input Impedance: Y leg > 140 K
Input Impedance: Z leg > 140 K
Input Voltage Range 11.8 VACRMS ± 20% (leg to leg)
Accuracy 2.5% linearity + 0.1% full scale offset
4.2.4.1 SYNCHRO ROLL ATTITUDE
Quantity 1
Synchro Angle Range ±80 deg
Reference Voltages Not Required
X leg J1-1 (SYN_1X)
Y leg J1-21 (SYN_1Y)
Z leg J1-2 (SYN_1Z)
4.2.4.2 SYNCHRO MAGNETIC HEADING
Quantity 1
Reference Voltages 26 VACRMS ± 20% (see 4.2.5)
X leg J1-22 (SYN_2X)
Y leg J1-23 (SYN_2Y)
Z leg J1-3 (SYN_2Z)
4.2.4.3 SYNCHRO PITCH ATTITUDE
Quantity 1
Reference Voltages Not Required
X leg J1-5 (SYN_3X)
Y leg J1-7 (SYN_3Y)
Z leg J1-6 (SYN_3Z)
Honeywell
4.2.4.4 SYNCHRO TORQUE

Quantity 2
Reference Voltages 26 VACRMS ± 20% (see 4.2.5)
#2 X leg J2-1 (SYN_4X)
#2 Y leg J2-2 (SYN_4Y)
#2 Z leg J2-18 (SYN_4Z)
#3 X leg J2-19 (SYN_5X)

#3 Y leg J2-20 (SYN_5Y)
#3 Z leg J2-3 (SYN_5Z)
4.2.5 SIGNAL TIMING REFERENCE INPUTS
These inputs accept 400 Hz AC signals, and detect the “zero crossings” of these signals. These zero crossings are used
to time the conversion and input of AC signals. Absolute voltage level of these signals is not measured, but it must be
within the range specified below. Voltage below the specified minimum value may result in intermittent or “jittery”
zero cross detection.
Timing reference signals are required for input of most AC devices (not required for pitch and roll). These references
can be brought into the appropriate timing reference input, or the system can be configured to derive a reference from
the signal. Timing reference signals are specified for synchro inputs requiring a range greater than  80 degrees. Inputs
requiring less (i.e., Roll Attitude) are configured to derive a reference from the synchro input signal and do not require a
separate reference voltage input.
Quantity 2
Input Impedance > 140K each line to signal ground
A/C Input Signal Frequency Range 400 Hz, 10%
Maximum Input Voltage Swing (differential) 50V between input legs
Maximum Input Voltage Swing (ref. to Gnd) 50V from any leg to signal ground
Input Hardware Filtering None
Minimum Input Voltage < 0.5 VAC
26VAC Reference #1 H J1-4 (26REF_1H)
26VAC Reference #1 C J1-24 (26REF_1L)
26VAC Reference #2 H J2-34 (26REF_2H)

26VAC Reference #2 C J2-35 (26REF_2L)
4.2.6 ARINC 429/575 DIGITAL SERIAL BUS INPUTS

Quantity 8
Format DITS, ARINC 429/575 Low or High speed 1
Low Speed Data Rate 12.0 KBPS to 14.5 KBPS
High Speed Data Rate 100 KBPS  1%
Direction of Information Flow Type ‘A’ broadcast for ARINC 429/575
Word/Frame Structure Type ‘B’ 32 bit words consisting of 8 bits label
and 24 bits data/status
Data definition Refer to Section 6 of the Interface Control
document
1 The bus speed is defined in the configuration selection, see Section 5 for details.
Honeywell
Channel Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic)

Receive #1 A leg J2-37 (429/422RX_1A)
Receive #1 B leg J2-36 (429/422RX_1B)
Receive #2 A leg J2-39 (429RX_2A)

Receive #2 B leg J2-38 (429RX_2B)






SSM/SDI Definition: Refer to Section 6 of this document
4.2.7 RS-232 / RS-422 DIGITAL SERIAL BUS INPUTS

Two full duplex RS-232 / RS-422 buses and a third RS-422 receiver are provided at the aircraft interface connectors.
The RS-422 transceivers are electrically multiplexed with the RS-232 transceivers, and are selected through the
configuration process. The third RS-422 receiver is electrically multiplexed with the ARINC 429 channel 1 receiver.
The maintenance RS-232 bus is described in section 4.2.18.1. The specific characteristics (data rate, parity, data bits,
stop bits) is defined in the configuration selection, see Section 5 and 6 for details. RS-422 cable termination will not be
required for typical applications, see TIA/EIA-422-B Annex A.
The RS-232 bus meets the characteristics specified in RS232C and supports the following characteristics:
Data Rate 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 or 38400 bits/Sec
Parity None, Odd or Even
Data bits 7 or 8
Stop bits 1 or 2
Maximum Recommended Cable Length 15 meters
Data definition Refer to Section 6 of this document
The RS-422 bus meets the characteristics of TIA/EIA-422-B and supports the following characteristics:
Data Rate 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 12000, 19200 or 38400 bits/Sec
Maximum Transceivers on Bus 20
Receiver Input Impedance 12 K
Word/Frame Structure Refer to Section 6 of this document
Data definition Refer to Section 6 of this document
Honeywell
4.2.7.1 GPS RS-232 DIGITAL SERIAL BUS (SERIAL PORT 3)

One port is provided for use with external or internal RS-232 GPS interfaces. This port is common with the GPS RS-
422 port described in Section 4.2.7.2 and can only function as a RS-232 interface or a RS-422 interface but not both.
Transmit J2-45 (GPS_TXA)
Receive J2-29 (GPS_RXA)
Common J2-28 (GND)
NOTE: If the internal GPS configuration (Cat. 3 ID 2) is used then the receive input will be non-functional.
4.2.7.2 GPS RS-422 DIGITAL SERIAL BUS (SERIAL PORT 3)

One port is provided for use with external GPS interfaces. This port is common with the GPS RS-232 port described in
Section 4.2.7.1 and can only function as a RS-232 interface or a RS-422 interface but not both.
Transmit A leg J2-45 (GPS_TXA)
Transmit B leg J2-46 (GPS_TXB)
Receive A leg J2-29 (GPS_RXA)
Receive B leg J2-12 (GPS_RXB)
NOTE: If the internal GPS configuration (Cat. 3 ID 2) is used then the receive input will be non-functional.
4.2.7.3 AIR DATA RS-232 DIGITAL SERIAL BUS (SERIAL PORT 2)

One port is provided for use with Air Data computer or Static Pressure Sensor interfaces. This port is common with the
Air Data RS-422 port described in Section 4.2.7.4 and can only function as a RS-232 interface or a RS-422 interface but
not both.
Transmit J2-27 (ADC_TXA)
Receive J2-11 (ADC_RXA)
Common J2-28 (GND)
4.2.7.4 AIR DATA RS-422 DIGITAL SERIAL BUS (SERIAL PORT 2)
One port is provided for use with Air Data computer or Static Pressure Sensor interfaces. This port is common with the
Air Data RS-232 port described in Section 4.2.7.3 and can only function as a RS-232 interface or a RS-422 interface but
not both.
Transmit A leg J2-27 (ADC_TXA)
Transmit B leg J2-44 (ADC_TXB)
Receive A leg J2-11 (ADC_RXA)
Receive B leg J2-10 (ADC_RXB)
4.2.7.5 SCI RANGE RS-422 DIGITAL SERIAL BUS (SERIAL PORT 1)

Two ports are provided for use with the SCI range bus interfaces. Port 1 is common with the ARINC 429 channel 1
port described in Section 4.2.6 and can only function as a RS-422 interface or an ARINC 429 interface but not both.
Port 2 is common with the RS-232 port described in Section 4.2.7.4 and can only function as a RS-422 interface or an
RS-232 interface but not both.
Receive A leg J2-37 (429/422RX_1A)
Receive B leg J2-36 (429/422RX_1B)
Note: SCI Display Range RS-422 bus A and B legs are reversed from ARINC 429.
Honeywell
4.2.7.6 TORQUE INPUTS RS-422 DIGITAL SERIAL BUS (SERIAL PORT 1)

Two ports are provided for use with the Torque Input bus interfaces. Port 1 is common with the ARINC 429 channel 1
port described in Section 4.2.6 and can only function as a RS-422 interface or an ARINC 429 interface but not both.
Port 2 is common with the RS-232 port described in Section 4.2.7.4 and can only function as a RS-422 interface or an
RS-232 interface but not both.
Note: Torque Inputs RS-422 bus A and B legs are reversed from ARINC 429.
4.2.8 DISCRETE INPUTS

Discrete signals are intended for remote switching through the aircraft, and are therefore subject to being connected to
other signals, and are also subject to transient voltage conditions. For these reasons, the following rules apply to each
input, unless otherwise stated.
Each input is capable of withstanding voltage transients of  600VDC for 10 s and 50VDC continuously, without
damage. The +28 VDC discrete(s) are internally biased via a pull down resistor, and are externally pulled up to
+28VDC when active. The characteristics of each +28 VDC discrete input are as follows:
+28 VDC Discrete Characteristics
Quantity 13
Active Voltage Range (Logic True) > +17 VDC
Inactive Voltage Range (Logic False) < +4.4 VDC
Diode Isolation None
Input Impedance > 95 K
Maximum Fault Current < 60 A
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic): See specific discrete in Category 13 (28V_DISC_xx)
The Ground discrete(s) are internally biased via a pull up resistor, and are externally pulled down to ground when
active. The characteristics of each Ground discrete input are as follows:
Ground Discrete Characteristics
Quantity 15
Active Voltage Range (Logic True) < +3 VDC
Inactive Voltage Range (Logic False) > 100 K (to ground) or > +4.5 VDC
Diode Isolation Each input is diode isolated to prevent current sinking
Maximum Fault Current < 100 A (at +28 VDC input)
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic): See specific discrete in Category 13 (GND_DISC_xx)
4.2.9 CONFIGURATION MODULE INTERFACE

System configuration is defined via a Configuration Module, which resides in the MK XXII EGPWS aircraft wiring
harness backshell. The EGPWS Configuration Module contains the aircraft interface and functionality definitions
specific to the installed aircraft. Refer to Section 5 for interface and functional definitions by category. Note that both
Configuration Module part numbers, 700-1710-001 and 700-1710-020, have identical electrical interfaces.
Electrical Characteristics Refer to the EGPWS Configuration Module specification
Data definition Refer to the EGPWS Configuration Module specification
Honeywell

Clock J2-32 (RED) (SPICLK)
Master Data Out J2-50 (BLK) (SPIMOSI)
Master Data In J2-33 (ORN) (SPIMISO)
Configuration Module Select J2-49 (WHT) (SPISEL_CM#)
Configuration Module +5VDC J2-17 (VIO) (SC_PWR)
Configuration Module +5VDC J2-16 (BLU) (GND)
Return
Output to Config Module

Logic Low (nominal) Logic High (nominal)
EMK 22 EMK 22
Clock Out 0V 5V
Master Data Out 0V 5V
Config Module Select 0V 5V
INTERFACE OF EGPWS OUTPUTS TO CONFIGURATION MODULE
4.2.10 GPS ANTENNA INPUT

A GPS input connector is available on the front of the MK XXII EGPWS (965-1595-0XX).
Quantity 1
Cable Length/Allowed Signal Loss Not more than 8 dB, at 1575.42 MHz, for cable and
connector loss from antenna to unit.
Connector Type TNC
Low Level DC on RF Output +5 VDC ±5%, 50 mAmps maximum, Shield Ground.
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic): GPS ANT (COAX)
4.2.11 OAT VOLTAGE REFERENCE OUTPUT

This output is an accurate voltage source for 500 resistive temperature sensors.
Quantity 1
Output Voltage 5.000 VDC 10 mVDC (no load)
Nominal Load 500
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic): J1-25 (OAT_REF)
NOTE: This output has a source impedance of 4.42 K, 0.1%.
4.2.12 LAMP DRIVER OUTPUTS

The MK XXII EGPWS supports two kinds of Ground/Open discrete outputs used to signal various discrete conditions.
Monitor outputs are used to signal failure conditions for the MK XXII EGPWS. Monitor outputs default to an active
state when there is a failure or if power is removed from the MK XXII EGPWS. The other Lamp Driver outputs are
used to signal the alert or mode control status of the MK XXII EGPWS.
Short-term current limit protection is provided on all drivers for output shorting conditions. Ground going output
discrete(s) may be connected together to produce a “wired OR” function for the active low state of the signals. If output
discrete(s) are “wire OR’d” then diodes must be installed for isolation.
4.2.12.1 MONITOR OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS

Quantity 3
Type of Output: Switch Closure to Ground
Max. Open Circuit Voltage: 30 VDC
Current Limit 1A
Potential Across “Closed” Switch: 2.5 VDC Max
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic): See specific output in Category 13 (MON_OUT_xx)
NOTE: Intended to operate with +28VDC lamp sources and will not operate with +5VDC lamp sources.
Honeywell
4.2.12.2 DISCRETE OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS

Quantity 9
Type of Output: Switch Closure to Ground
Max. Open Circuit Voltage: 30 VDC
Current Limit 500 mA (typical)
Potential Across “Closed” Switch: 1 VDC Max
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic): See specific output in Category 13 (DISC_OUT_xx)
NOTE: Intended to operate with +28VDC pullup external to the EGPWS.
4.2.13 AUDIO OUTPUTS
There are two audio outputs provided, one 8-ohm output and one 600-ohm output. There are several possible volume
levels available with the MK XXII EGPWS as shown below, with maximum output being 2.45W (8) or 20mW
(600). The actual audio level output by the EGPWS is dependent on several items:
 Selection of nominal alert audio volume level (max, -6, -12, -18 or -24 dB) via Category 14. (see Section 5.3.14)
 If a ‘soft’ Glideslope alert is being issued (given 6 dB below nominal alert volume level).
 If a Self Test is in progress, alerts are given 6 dB below nominal alert volume level.
 Selection of Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete lowers callout volume by 6 dB (see Section 5.3.13).
4.2.13.1 HIGH LEVEL (SPEAKER) AUDIO OUTPUT

The 8-ohm output is capable of driving a speaker directly but can also be used to drive other devices with equal or
higher impedance.
Quantity 1
Maximum Power Output 2.45 Watts Nominal
Nominal Output Impedance 8
Load Impedance 8 or greater
Number of Available Power Output Levels 5 selectable levels excluding the Mode 6 Audio
Reduction function.
Signal (+) J1-70 (AUD_HL_H)
Return (-) J1-71 (AUD_HL_L)
4.2.13.2 LOW LEVEL (INTERPHONE) AUDIO OUTPUT

The 600-ohm output is capable of driving one 600-ohm load at the specified level (or at a reduced level). This output is
primarily designed for headphones and interphone systems.
Quantity 1
Nominal Output Impedance 600 10%
Maximum Single Channel Power Output 20 mW Nominal ()
Available Power Output Levels 5 Selectable levels excluding the Mode 6 Audio
Reduction function.
Signal (+) J1-75 (AUD_LL_H)
Return (-) J1-74 (AUD_LL_L)
Honeywell
4.2.14 ARINC DIGITAL SERIAL OUTPUT BUSES
4.2.14.1 ARINC 429 OUTPUT BUS

The ARINC 429 output buses are defined in the terrain display select Section 5.3.6, output 429 bus group.
Quantity 2
Format DITS, ARINC 429
Low Speed Data Rate 12.0 KBPS to 14.5 KBPS
High Speed Data Rate 100 KBPS  1%
Direction of Information Flow Type ‘A’ broadcast for ARINC 429
Word/Frame Structure Type ‘B’ 32 bit words consisting of 8 bits label and 24
bits data/status
Data definition See Section E-6.
Bus #1 (A leg) J2-43 (429TX_1A)
Bus #1 (B leg) J2-42 (429TX_1B)
Bus #2 (A leg) J2-26 (429TX_2A)
Bus #2 (B leg) J2-9 (429TX_2B)
4.2.14.2 ARINC 453 OUTPUT BUS

Quantity 2
Format 1600 bit Manchester BI-phase per ARINC 708A
Data Rate 1 Mb per second
Word/Frame Structure See 060-4303-000
Data definition See 060-4303-000
Bus #1 (A leg) J1-58 (KCPB_1A)
Bus #1 (B leg) J1-59 (KCPB_1B)
Bus #2 (A leg) J1-56 (KCPB_2A)
Bus #2 (B leg) J1-57 (KCPB_2B)
4.2.15 FRONT PANEL TEST INTERFACE

The MK XXII EGPWS provides a 15 pin (double density, D-Sub) test connector on the front panel, which supports
interfaces for various test and maintenance functions. This connector provides the following interfaces.
4.2.15.1 RS-232 MAINTENANCE PORT (SERIAL PORT 4)

One port is provided which meets the characteristics specified in RS232C. This bus can be used to read internal data
from the MK XXII EGPWS for both bench, and aircraft testing or transmitting configuration data for selected EGPWS
interfaces and options.
Baud Rate 19,200
Parity None
Data bits 8
Stop bits 1
Transmit J3-4 (RS232TXD_MON)
Receive J3-3 (RS232RXD_MON)
Common J3-1 (GND)
Honeywell
4.2.15.2 PCMCIA / SMARTCABLE PORT

One port is provided which meets the Motorola SPI characteristics. The PCMCIA / SmartCable interface allows for
both the uploading, and downloading of internal MK XXII EGPWS information. Using this interface system, software
and databases can be updated. Control of the upload/download process is accomplished by connection of the
SmartCable to the MK XXII EGPWS front panel test connector and insertion of the PCMCIA card. LEDs are provided
on the SmartCable for PCMCIA interface operation. The PCMCIA / SmartCable is not intended as an on-line/in-flight
storage medium and must be removed after completion of the upload/download operation.
Electrical Characteristics Refer to the Motorola SPI specification
Data definition Refer to the Motorola SPI specification
Clock J3-7 (SPICLK)
Master Data Out J3-9 (SPIMOSI)
Master Data In J3-8 (SPIMISO)
SmartCable Select J3-10 (SPISEL_SC#)
SmartCable +5VDC J3-6 (SC_PWR)
SmartCable +5VDC Return J3-1 (GND)
PCMCIA Card Present J3-2 (CARD_PRES#)
SmartCable Ground J3-12, -13, -14 (GND)
NOTE: SmartCable +5VDC Return is common with RS-232 Maintenance Port common.
4.2.15.3 GSE PRESENT DISCRETE INPUT

A discrete input for test and Ground Support Equipment is provided. Grounding this pin indicates to the EGPWS that
test or Ground Support Equipment is connected to the computer.
Active Threshold Voltage (Logic True) < 0.8 VDC
Inactive Threshold Voltage (Logic False) > 2.0 VDC
Maximum Fault Current < 500 A
Pin Assignment (Signal Mnemonic): J3-11 (GSE_PRES#)
4.2.15.4 FRONT PANEL STATUS INDICATORS
The MK XXII EGPWC front panel provides three LEDs for indicating system and LRU status. A yellow LED labeled
“EXTERNAL FAULT” is activated when a signal fault external to the MK XXII EGPWC is detected. A green LED
labeled “COMPUTER OK” is activated when the MK XXII EGPWC itself is okay. A red LED labeled “COMPUTER
FAIL” is activated when the MK XXII EGPWS has detected an internal computer fault.
Refer to Product Specification 965-1595-601 for a detailed discussion of status indications, recommended maintenance
actions, Self-Test activation and response.
Honeywell
5.0 AIRCRAFT APPLICATION DATA

This section describes the MK XXII EGPWS interfaces for aircraft applications. Section 5.1 is a listing of the selection
categories defining the various aircraft sensor interfaces and EGPWS functional options. Section 5.2 describes how the
Category ID’s are selected and programmed for the interface to aircraft sensors and EGPWS functional options.
Section 5.3 and its sub-sections define the specific aircraft interfaces available for the MK XXII EGPWS.
5.1 CONFIGURATION TYPES

The selection of the basic interfaces to the MK XXII EGPWS can be found in the following categories:
Category 1 Aircraft / Mode Type Select

Category 2 Air Data Input Select
Category 3 Position Input Select
Category 4 Altitude Callouts
Category 5 Audio Menu Select
Category 6 Terrain Display Select
Category 7 Options 1 Select
Category 8 Radio Altitude Input Select
Category 9 Navigation Input Select
Category 10 Attitude Input Select
Category 11 Heading Input Select
Category 12 Windshear Input Select
Category 13 I / O Discretes Select
Category 14 Audio Output Level
Category 15 Autorotation Threshold
Category 16 Torque Input Select
5.2 CONFIGURATION SELECTION

Each category provides information relative to aircraft interfaces or EGPWS functional options required or used for
EGPWS operation. Each category must be defined for the specific aircraft application according to the available
aircraft sensors or equipment and the intended EGPWS function. The choices provided are available in each category
identified by an “ID” number. The ID number is selected for each category and is used to load the selected
configuration in a configuration module installed in the aircraft wiring (physically part of one of the EGPWC mating
connectors). For example, selecting Category 2, ID 1 defines the Air Data Input as ARINC 429 per Table 5.3.2-1 in
Category 2. With this ID programmed into the configuration module the EGPWC will look for and use the interface
defined for this ID. Table 3 can be used to record the selected ID for each category for later reference when
programming the configuration module. This programming is accomplished using a programming software tool
available from Honeywell or generating a data text string and transferring this data (in either case) via the EGPWC RS-
232C to the configuration module (see Section 4.2.18). Once programmed, the configuration is available and read by
any installed EGPWC on power up.
LIMITATIONS: The described use of the configuration module provides for maximum flexibility in selection of
input sensors and output behavior. Every attempt has been made to avoid conflicts arising between categories and to
reflect the known configurations of aircraft. However in the case of input sensors it should not be construed that all
combinations are valid configurations. There may be configurations not supported by the EGPWS software
configuration building process (which will cause the EGPWS to fail in an obvious manner). In general you cannot have
redundancy through the mixing of analog and digital sources; however redundant digital signals on different buses are
permissible. As it is not practical to verify all possible sensor combinations, verification of particular sensor
combinations is part of the installation certification process. If you intend to implement a sensor configuration not
currently identified in Section 5.3, please contact Honeywell or an authorized dealer/installer.
Honeywell
Table 3 Category ID Selection procedure
Step Signal
(Category) Instruction Ident No.
Selection
Selects: Using Table 5.3.1, and any sub-tables
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
1 a) Aircraft / contained within, locate the Aircraft / Mode
available on Ident column of this table.
Mode Type Type. ID #
2 a) Air Data contained within, locate the desired Air
Source Data signal type. ID #
3 a) Position contained within, locate the desired Position
Source signal type. ID #
Selects:
Using Table 5.3.4 and any sub-tables
a) Altitude Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
4 contained within, locate the desired Altitude
Callouts Call-Out Menu. ID #
Menu
Selects: Using Table 5.3.5 and any sub-tables
5 contained within, locate the desired Audio
a) Audio Menu Menu type. ID #
Selects: Using Table 5.3.6 and any sub-tables
6 a) Display contained within, locate the desired Display
Config. indicator type / range bus type. ID #
Selects:
a) TA&D
Alternate
Pop Up
b) Peaks Mode
Enable
Using Table 5.3.7 and any sub-tables
c) Obstacle contained within, select the desired True or
Awareness False condition for TA&D Alternate Pop
7 Enable Up, Peaks Mode Enable, Obstacle
Awareness Enable, Bank Angle Enable, ID #
d) Bank Angle WOW Reversal Select, and GPS Altitude
Enable Reference type.
e) Weight on
Wheels
Reversal
f) GPS
Altitude
Reference
Selects:
Using Table 5.3.8, and any sub-tables
a) Radio Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
8 contained within, locate the desired Radio
Altitude Altitude and Decision Height signal type. ID #
Source
Selects:
a) Glideslope Using Table 5.3.9, and any sub-tables
9 and/or contained within, locate the desired
Localizer Navigation signal type. ID #
Source
Honeywell
Step Signal
Selection
10 a) Attitude contained within, locate the desired Attitude
Source signal type. ID #
Selects:
Using Table 5.3.11, and any sub-tables
a) Magnetic Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
11 contained within, locate the desired
Heading Magnetic Heading signal type. ID #
Source
Selects: Using Table 5.3.12, Windshear is not
12 available for helicopter applications. Please
Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space 0
select ID 0.
ID #
Selects:
a) Input
Discrete
Functions Using Table 5.3.13, and any sub-tables
13 b) Output contained within, locate the desired I / O
Discrete Discrete type and Lamp Format. ID #
Functions
c) Lamp
Format
14 a) Audio contained within, locate the desired Volume
Output Level type. ID #
Selects: Using Table 5.3.15, locate the desired
15 a) Autorotation Autorotation Threshold. This Category is
Threshold used on helicopters only. ID #
16 a) Torque contained within, locate the desired Torque
Source signal type ID #
Selects:
a) Helo Normal
Pop-Up
Range
b) Helo Low Using Table 5.3.17 select the desired Auto
Altitude Rotation callout menu. In addition, if the
Pop-Up selected display supports auto-range then use
Range this category to select the desired Terrain
Display Range to be used for auto-ranging
c) Auto
during Normal operation and the range to be
Rotation
used during Low-Altitude operation. Select
Callouts
the Mode 6B Always On option (Normally
17 d) Mode 6B used for Offshore Operation). Select Normal Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
always ON Terrain (Not Tactical select) function use of available on Ident column of this table. ID #
enable Airspeed in Lieu of Ground speed for
SAR/EMS Operation. Select Low Altitude
e) Normal (Tactical select) function use of Airspeed in
Terrain Lieu of Ground speed for SAR/EMS
Airspeed Operation. Select Low Altitude No VFOM
select for No VFOM Bias.
f) Low Altitude
Airspeed
Select
g) Low Altitude
No VFOM
Select
Honeywell
Step Signal
Selection
Selects:
a) Audio Inhibit
Time
(Minutes)
b) Inhibit All
except
Minimums
type Callout
Using Table 5.3.18 select the desired inhibit
and 100 ft
time for the Timed Audio Inhibit. Select
Callout
additional Inhibit options where all audio
c) Inhibit All except the selected Minimums Type Callout
except and 100 Ft Callout are inhibited, or all audio
except the selected Minimums Type Callout Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
18 Minimums
type Callout is inhibited and/or where the Too Low Gear ID #
alert is added to the inhibited message list.
d) Inhibit Select inhibiting of Altitude Callouts at 50
includes Too feet and below when over a runway. Select
Low Gear using the Lower of two MDA/DH Inputs as
the Callout Altitude.
e) Inhibit
Altitude
Callouts
below 50 ft
over runway
f) Lower
MDA/DH
select logic
Selects:
Using Table 5.3.19 select the desired Low
a) Low Altitude Altitude Option to Inhibit/Enable Mode 1
option ‘PULLUP’ and ‘SINKRATE’, Mode 4 ‘TOO
LOW GEAR’, Mode 4 ‘TOO LOW Record the Ident (ID No.) on the space
19 b) Mode 2 TERRAIN’, Forward Looking Terrain available on Ident column of this table.
Terrain inhibit Alerting – Look down and enable Peaks ID #
Water Priority. In addition, select Mode 2
Inhibit option to inhibit/Enable Mode 2 alerts
when Terrain Inhibit switch is activated.
Honeywell
5.3 CONFIGURATION SELECTION TABLES

Configuration selection is defined by category (or group of functions or inputs). The Category number identifies the
subsection where the details are defined. For example Air Data, Category 2, is defined in Section 5.3.2, and Position
Input Source, Category 3, is defined in Section 5.3.3.
5.3.1 CATEGORY 1, AIRCRAFT / MODE TYPE SELECT

Category 1 defines the Aircraft Type. The Aircraft Type determines the Warning/Alert Modes Type, Operational Speed
Type, Fixed/Retractable Gear Type and Tail Strike Type.
Warning/Alert Modes Type The MK XXII uses helicopter optimized GPWS modes, which are defined in the MK
XXII Product Specification 965-1595-601. Mode 1 is inhibited continuously on the S-92 aircraft. The only Mode that
varies for the Helicopter types listed below is Mode 4 where the difference is shown in Table 6.2.4.1-1 of the MK XXII
Product Specification.
Operational Speed Type Slow speed helicopters are those whose operational speed range is 90 knots and above, and
whose approach speed profile is approximately 60 knots. Fast speed helicopters are those whose operational speed range
is 100 knots and above, and whose approach speed profile is approximately 70 knots.
Fixed/Retractable Gear Type Category 1 Aircraft Type and Category 5 Audio Menu Select have unique ID’s for
Fixed Gear and Retractable Gear aircraft. For Fixed Gear aircraft an ‘inair’ condition will be indicated when the aircraft
is greater than 10 feet AGL for more than 1 second. For Retractable Gear aircraft an ‘inair’ condition will be indicated
when Weight on Wheels indicates airborne or the aircraft is greater than 10 feet AGL for more than 1 second. A Gear
stuck fault will be indicated when the Weight on Wheels indicates “loaded” but gear is up or Weight on Wheels
indicates “unloaded” but gear is down and the aircraft is less than 10 feet AGL and pitch is less than a flat pitch
threshold.
Tail Strike Type The Tail Strike function provides an aural advisory of impending tail strike. The warning is computed
from Radar Altitude and Pitch Angle. Warning boundary parameters are designed to accommodate most airframe
geometry’s however some aircraft have unique warning boundaries and some have characteristics that do not require a
Tail Strike advisory (like no tail rotar). Tail Strike Type 0 turns off the Tail Strike warning. Tail Strike Types 1 through
4 have additional slope/offset boundaries that make the Tail Strike advisory more or less sensitive. See in the MK XXII
Product Specification 965-1595-601 for further details of the Tail Strike advisory.
TAIL STRIKE BOUNDARY

50 50
30
40
RADIO ALTITUDE
1
Y PE ary
T nd il
30 u a
Bo gh T
Hi
TYPE 2 TYPE 4
20 Boundary Boundary
Low Tail AW 139
TYPE 3
10
11 Boundary
5 S-92
3
0 10 20 30 40
PITCH
Honeywell
The following table provides ID values for each of the basic helicopter type descriptions. For purposes of selecting an
ID, use the “Description” provided in Table 5.3.1 appropriate to the desired variables as given above.
TABLE 5.3.1 AIRCRAFT / MODE TYPE SELECT
Aircraft /
ID Mode DESCRIPTION Effectivity
Type 1
S-76, AS-332, Agusta 109
128 128 -020
Retractable Gear, Tail Strike Type 1
EC-155B, AS-365, HH-65, Bell 430, Agusta 109
129 129 -020
SLOW
Bell 407, Bell 412, Bell 212
130 130 -020
Cruise Fixed Gear, Tail Strike Type 1
>90 kts EC-135, Bell 430, Bell 427, AS-355, AS-350
131 131 -020
App
Fixed Gear, Tail Strike Type 2
60-90 kts
132 132 -020
Hover
MD-900, MD-902
133 133 <60 kts -020
S-92 3
134 134 -024
S-92 3
135 135 -024
S-76, AS-332, Agusta 109
136 136 -020
FAST
EC-155B, AS-365, HH-65, Bell 430, Agusta 109
137 137 -020
Cruise Retractable Gear, Tail Strike Type 2
>100 kts Bell 407
138 138 -020
App
70-100 kts EC-135, Bell 430, Bell 427, AS-355, AS-350
139 139 -020
Hover
140 140 <70 kts -020
2
MD-900, MD-902
141 141 -020
142 142 -026
SLOW
143 143 -026
144 144 -026
145 145 -026
FAST EC-225, EC-725
146 146 -028
Retractable Gear, Tail Strike Type 1, Gear Down Fault Inhibited
Agusta-Westland AW-139
147 147 -030
Offshore operation, Retractable Gear, Tail Strike Type 4
Note 1: The only attitude types in Category 10 that may be used with these aircraft types are those with both pitch
and roll (analog attitude types) or pitch, roll, pitch rate and roll rate (digital attitude types).
Note 2: MD-900, MD-902 use Mode 4 type 13, Fixed Gear (Slow).
Note 3: For S-92 aircraft Mode 1 was turned off and Mode 6 and Tail Strike type were changed in –022 software
version. Bank Angle type was changed in -024 software version.
Honeywell
5.3.2 CATEGORY 2, AIR DATA INPUT SELECT

The following table provides identification of the Air Data source type. The entry in the Air Data Type corresponds to a
table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Air Data Type #2 are found
in Table 5.3.2.In this category, only the following signals are defined:
 Uncorrected Barometric Altitude in analog and/or RS-422 or ARINC 429 format, and associated validity.
 Temperature (Outside Air or Static Air) in analog or ARINC 429 format.
 Corrected Barometric Altitude in ARINC 429 format.
 Barometric Rate in ARINC 429 format.
 Computed Airspeed in ARINC 429 format.
TABLE 5.3.2 AIR DATA INPUT SELECT

ID Air Data Type Description Effectivity
(Table 5.3.2-x)
0 0 Kollsman CIC 04077 Analog – altitude and 500 OAT (Note 3) -020
1 1 ARINC 429 Digital without Corrected Altitude label 204 -020
2 2 ARINC 575 Digital (i.e., Collins ADC-80, 81, 82) -020
3 3 Collins ADS-65 Analog - altitude and 500 OAT (Note 3) -020
4 4 Kollsman CIC 02702 Analog - altitude and 500 OAT (Note 2, 3) -020
5 5 ARINC 429 Digital with Corrected Altitude label 204 -020
6 6 ARINC 429 Digital without Baro Rate label 212 -020
10 10 ARINC 429 Digital with 500 OAT (i.e. Shadin 2000) -020
11 11 Honeywell AZ-241 or AZ-800 with additional OAT -020
Analog – altitude and 500 OAT (Note 2, 3)
12 12 Honeywell AZ-241 OR AZ-800 -020
Analog – altitude and internal constant for OAT (Note 2,3)
14 14 ARINC 429 Digital without Corrected Altitude label 204 -024
High Speed bus
253 253 ARINC 429 Digital (via dual IOC buses). (Note 1) -020
254 254 ARINC 429 Digital (via dual IOC buses). (Note 1) -020
Note 1: IDs 253 and 254 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections for categories 6, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12, 13 and 16 that use the same ARINC 429 receiver channels and bus speeds.
Note 2: The AZ-800 provides an OAT signal with reference provided by the ADC. This is not compatible with
the EGPWS interface. The AZ-241 provides no OAT interface. The customer may either add an
additional OAT probe (ID 11) or use the internal constant (ID 12). ID 11 is to be recommended in
operations in temperature extremes.
Note 3: ID 0, 3, 4, 11, and 12 may not be used with Radio Altitude type 6 (APN-209).
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.2-0: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #0

SIGNAL CONNECTION SUMMARY DATA
Format: DC with Validity Flag
Uncorrected Barometric (+) = J1-62 Input Type: Basic
Altitude (-) = J1-43 Fault Designation: BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE FAULT
Validity: Barometric Alt Valid (+28V)
Outside Air Temp Format: DC
Total Air Temperature Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: STATIC AIR TEMPERATURE FAULT
Probe element
Excitation: 5 V = J1-25 J1
25 (5 V Ref)
Temp Input (+) = J1-63 4.42 K Ohms
(probe element): (-) = J1-44
OAT PROBE
ELEMENT
63 + Temp In
Voat
Ground GND = J1-53 44
-
53 Chassis Gnd
Note: Nominal 500  Temperature Probe only.

Resistance @ 0C: 500  0.6
Connection example:
Kollsman CIC Temperature Sensor, P/N 05257 (2 wire). Connect positive lead to both J1-25 and
J1-63. Connect negative lead to both J1-44 and J1-53 (Chassis Ground).
Other probes may have three contacts.
Computed Airspeed No Connection Substitute Ground Speed for Airspeed (airspeed is not available with this air data input)
CHANNEL
PIN FUNCTION CONNECTION PIN TYPE DESIGNATION Polarity/Configuration
REFERENCE
Barometric Altitude >+17V = Valid
J1-9 Input 28V_DISC_08
Validity Discrete (+28V) < +4.4V = Invalid
Configuration Data Type Summary Data
Baro Altitude Rate is derived using Uncorrected Barometric Altitude. Baro
Derive Baro Altitude Rate Analog
Rate is not available with this air data source.

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: ADC #1 Fault Designation: AIR DATA BUS
429RX_2 Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed) Bus Type: Basic
Data Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Uncorrected. Baro. Alt 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5
A = J2-39
Computed Airspeed 206 14 ±1024 KTS Basic 0.0625 62.5-125
B = J2-38
Barometric Rate 212 11 ±32768 FPM Basic 16.0 31.3-62.5
Static Air Temperature 213 11 512 Degrees Basic 0.25 250-500

A = J2-39
B = J2-38
Static Air Temperature 213 10 ±512 Degrees Basic 0.5 250-500
Honeywell

Probe element
25 (5 V Ref)
OAT PROBE
ELEMENT
63 + Temp In
Voat
-
53 Chassis Gnd

Resistance @ 0C: 500  0.6
Connection example:
CHANNEL
REFERENCE
Honeywell

Probe element
25 (5 V Ref)
OAT PROBE
ELEMENT
63 + Temp In
Voat
-
53 Chassis Gnd

Resistance @ 0C: 500  0.6
Connection example:
CHANNEL
REFERENCE

A = J2-39 Corrected Baro. Alt 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5
B = J2-38 Computed Airspeed 206 14 ±1024 KTS Basic 0.0625 62.5-125

A = J2-39 Uncorrected. Baro. Alt 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5
Baro Altitude Rate is derived using Uncorrected Barometric
Derive Baro Altitude Rate Digital
Altitude. Baro Rate is not available with this air data source.
Honeywell

Data Label
Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
A = J2-39
Corrected Baro. Alt 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5
B = J2-38
Probe element
25 (5 V Ref)
OAT PROBE
ELEMENT
63 + Temp In
Voat
-
53 Chassis Gnd

Resistance @ 0C: 500  0.6
Connection example:
Honeywell

Probe element
25 (5 V Ref)
OAT PROBE
ELEMENT
63 + Temp In
Voat
-
53 Chassis Gnd

Resistance @ 0C: 500  0.6
Connection example:
CHANNEL
REFERENCE

Format: Internal Constant 250C and Valid.
Outside Air Temp No Connection Input Type: Basic
Fault Designation: Static Air Temperature.
Computed Airspeed No Connection Substitute Ground Speed for Airspeed (airspeed is not available with this air data input).
CHANNEL
REFERENCE
Baro Altitude Rate is derived using Uncorrected Barometric Altitude.
Derive Baro Altitude Rate Analog Although the AZ-800 provides Baro rate, the EGPWS does not have an
analog connection available.
Honeywell

429RX_2 Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed) Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-39
B = J2-38
Static Air Temperature 213 11 512 Degrees Basic 0.25 250-500
TABLE 5.3.2-253 AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #253 (EH-101)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: IOC #1 Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Rate (ms)
Data Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution
See Note
Rate (ms)
Data Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution
See Note
Note: Rates shown are the typical ARINC 429 update rates, actual rates may vary. For example in the EH-101
application the update rate for all labels is 80ms.
TABLE 5.3.2-254: AIR DATA INPUT SELECT #254 (S-92, AW-139)

Honeywell
5.3.3 CATEGORY 3, POSITION INPUT SELECT

The following table provides identification of the Position source signal. Each entry in the Position Input Type column
has a corresponding table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Position
Input Type #0 are found in Table 5.3.3-0.
In this category, only the following Position signals are defined:
 Altitude  Sensor Status
 Date  True Track Angle
 Ground Speed  Universal Time Correlation
 Horizontal Figure of Merit (HFOM)  Vertical Figure of Merit (VFOM)
 Horizontal. Integrity Limit  North/South Velocity
 Latitude Position (course/fine)  East/West Velocity
 Longitude Position (course/fine)  Vertical Velocity
TABLE 5.3.3: POSITION INPUT SELECT
Position Input
ID Description Effectivity
Type
(Table 5.3.3-x)
0 0 GPS, ARINC 429 low speed, ARINC 743A format -020
1 1 GPS, ARINC 429 low speed, ARINC 743 format -020
2 2 GPS, Internal -020
3 3 GPS, RS-232 GPS-PXPRESS format -020
4 4 GPS, ARINC 429 high speed, ARINC 743A format -020
5 5 GPS, ARINC 429 high speed, ARINC 743 format -020
GPS, ARINC 429 low speed, ARINC 743A format:

10 10 -020
No N/S-E/W velocities (Note 2 and 3)
GPS, ARINC 429 low speed, ARINC 743 format:
11 11 -020
GPS, ARINC 429 high speed, ARINC 743A format:
12 12 -020
GPS, ARINC 429 high speed, ARINC 743 format:
13 13 -020
GPS, ARINC 429 low speed, ARINC 743A format:
14 14 -024
Honeywell HT-1000 (label 366 & 367, no Sensor Status)
Dual GPS, ARINC 429 low speed, ARINC 743A format

252 252 -026
(Note 3)
Dual IOC GPS, ARINC 429 high speed, ARINC 743A
253 253 -020
format: No N/S-E/W velocities
Dual GPS, ARINC 429 high speed, ARINC 743A format
255 255 -020
(Note 3)
Note 1: The GPS Altitude Reference in Category 7, Options 1 Select, must be properly applied for the appropriate
GPS Position type. At the time of release of this document, all GPS sources except the Universal GPS1000
based systems are of MSL type. The Universal GPS1000 based GPS sources are of WGS-84 type. If the
internal GPS source (ID=2) is defined, the GPS altitude reference in Category 7 must be MSL.
Note 2: ID 10, 11, 12, 13, and 253 may only be used when pitch and roll attitude inputs are configured for use in
Category 10 Attitude Input Select.
Note 3: ID 10, 11, 12, 13 and 255 are valid for helicopter application but are not preferred sources because they do
not provide Vertical Velocity.
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.3-0: POSITION INPUT TYPE 0 (LOW SPEED ARINC 743A GPS)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: GPS (ARINC 743A-2) Fault Designation: GPS BUS
Data Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution *Rate (ms)
A = J2-25 Latitude - Normal 110 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.000171661377 1000
B = J2-8 Longitude - Normal 111 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.000171661377 1000
GPS Hor. Int. Limit 130 17 16 nm Basic 0.00012207 1000
Altitude 076 20 ±131,072 FT Basic 0.125 1000
VFOM 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
VDOP*** 102 15 1024 meters Basic 0.03125 1000
HDOP*** 101 15 1024 meters Basic 0.03125 1000
Ground Speed 112 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 1000
True Track Angle 103 15 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.005493164063 1000
North/South Velocity 166 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 1000
East/West Velocity 174 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 1000
Vertical Velocity 165 15 ±32768 fpm Basic 1 1000
Sensor Status 273 19 Discrete Wd Basic n/a 1000
**UTC 125 19 Discrete Wd Basic 0.1 min 1000
**Date 260 19 Discrete Wd Basic 1 day 1000
*Slowest acceptable update rate in milliseconds.
**This label is not required. Data used if present.
***HDOP(101) and VDOP(102) labels added in -030.
TABLE 5.3.3-1: POSITION INPUT TYPE 1 (LOW SPEED ARINC 743 GPS)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: GPS (ARINC 743) Fault Designation: GPS BUS
***HFOM and VFOM internally computed by EGPWS from HDOP and VDOP. HDOP(101) and VDOP(102)
labels added in -030.
TABLE 5.3.3-2: POSITION INPUT TYPE 2 (INTERNAL GPS)
Fault Designation: INTERNAL GPS
CHANNEL Internal GPS
Bus Type: Basic
Data ID/byte Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Latitude 15/1-4 32 ±180 Degrees Basic real single-precision 1000
Longitude 15/5-8 32 ±180 Degrees Basic real single-precision 1000
HP Error 15/9-12 32 meters Basic real single-precision 1000
Altitude 16/1-4 32 meters Basic real single-precision 1000
VP Error 16/5-8 32 meters Basic real single-precision 1000
Ground Speed 17/1-4 32 meters/sec Basic real single-precision 1000
True Track Angle 17/5-8 32 360 Degrees Basic real single-precision 1000
East Velocity 18/1-4 32 meters/sec Basic real single-precision 1000
North Velocity 18/5-8 32 meters/sec Basic real single-precision 1000
Vertical Velocity 18/9-12 32 meters/sec Basic real single-precision 1000
GPS State 1C/0 8 Discrete Wd Basic n/a 1000
Integrity State 1C/1 8 Discrete Wd Basic n/a 1000
Error Status 1C/6-7 8 Discrete Wd Basic n/a 1000
Note: "MSL" reference must be selected when an internal GPS is utilized. Refer to Table 5.3.7
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.3-3: POSITION INPUT TYPE 3 (RS-232 GPS, PXPRESS FORMAT)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: GPS (Pxpress format) Fault Designation: GPS BUS
GPS_RXA Format: RS-232 (9600 baud) Bus Type: Basic
Data ID/byte Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution *Rate (ms)
J2-28 (cm) Latitude 15/1-4 32 ±180 Degrees Basic real single-precision 1000
J2-29 (Rx) Longitude 15/5-8 32 ±180 Degrees Basic real single-precision 1000
HP Error 15/9-12 32 meters Basic real single-precision 1000
Altitude 16/1-4 32 meters Basic real single-precision 1000
VP Error 16/5-8 32 meters Basic real single-precision 1000
Ground Speed 17/1-4 32 meters/sec Basic real single-precision 1000
True Track Angle 17/5-8 32 360 Degrees Basic real single-precision 1000
East Velocity 18/1-4 32 meters/sec Basic real single-precision 1000
North Velocity 18/5-8 32 meters/sec Basic real single-precision 1000
Vertical Velocity 18/9-12 32 meters/sec Basic real single-precision 1000
GPS State 1C/0 8 Discrete Wd Basic n/a 1000
Integrity State 1C/1 8 Discrete Wd Basic n/a 1000
Error Status 1C/6-7 8 Discrete Wd Basic n/a 1000
* Slowest acceptable update rate in milliseconds.
TABLE 5.3.3-4: POSITION INPUT TYPE 4 (HIGH SPEED ARINC 743A GPS)
VFOM 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
TABLE 5.3.3-5: POSITION INPUT TYPE 5 (HIGH SPEED ARINC 743 GPS)
VFOM 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.3-10: POSITION INPUT TYPE 10 (LOW SPEED ARINC 743A GPS, NO N/S-E/W VELOCITIES)
VFOM 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
TABLE 5.3.3-11: POSITION INPUT TYPE 11 (LOW SPEED ARINC 743 GPS, NO N/S-E/W VELOCITIES)
VFOM 136 15 1024 meters Basic 0.03125 1000
HFOM 247 15 1024 meters Basic 0.03125 1000
TABLE 5.3.3-12: POSITION INPUT TYPE 12 (HIGH SPEED ARINC 743A GPS, NO N/S-E/W VELOCITIES)
VFOM 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
**This label is not required. Data used if present
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.3-13: POSITION INPUT TYPE 13 (HIGH SPEED ARINC 743 GPS, NO N/S-E/W VELOCITIES)
VFOM 136 15 1024 meters Basic 0.03125 1000
HFOM 247 15 1024 meters Basic 0.03125 1000
TABLE 5.3.3-14: POSITION INPUT TYPE 14 (LOW SPEED ARINC 743A, HT-1000 GPS)
VFOM 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.3-252: POSITION INPUT TYPE 252 (DUAL LOW SPEED ARINC 743A GPS)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: GPS #1 (ARINC 743A-2) Fault Designation: GPS BUS 1
VFOM 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
VFOM 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
Note: This configuration may not be selected if an AHRS configuration is required for Attitude and Heading information
(refer to Category 10 type 1 and Category 11 type 1), due to the conflict with Channel 429RX-7.
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.3-253: POSITION INPUT TYPE 253 (DUAL IOC HIGH SPEED ARINC 743A GPS)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: IOC #1 (ARINC 743A-2) Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
Latitude - Fine 120 11 ±0.000172 Basic 0.000000083819 1000
Longitude - Fine 121 11 ±0.000172 Basic 0.000000083819 1000
VFOM 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: IOC #2 (ARINC 743A-2) Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
Latitude - Fine 120 11 ±0.000172 Basic 0.000000083819 1000
Longitude - Fine 121 11 ±0.000172 Basic 0.000000083819 1000
VFOM 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
Note: This Position Input Type is designed to be used with Category 6 Terrain Display Select Types that also source
their data from dual IOC buses and other compatible IOC tables in Categories 8, 9, 10, 11, and 16. See Tables
5.3.6-231, -234, -235, -236, -249, and -251.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.3-255: Position Input Type 255 (Dual High Speed ARINC 743A GPS)
VFOM 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
VFOM 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
Note: This configuration may not be selected if an AHRS configuration is required for Attitude and Heading information
(refer to Category 10 type 1 and Category 11 type 1), due to the conflict with Channel 429RX-7.
Honeywell
5.3.4 CATEGORY 4, ALTITUDE CALLOUTS

The following table provides identification of the Altitude Callouts Menu. Each entry in the ID column corresponds to
a particular menu selection.
The Altitude Callouts menu consists of standard callout options. The Auto-rotation mode reversion (helicopter) callout
options, previously selected in this Category are now selected via category 17. Selecting Auto-rotation Option 0 in
Category 17 will result in the callouts listed being enunciated whether the aircraft is in auto-rotation or not. Selecting a
non-zero auto-rotation option in Category 17 will result in the identified standard callouts if the aircraft is not in auto-
rotation and the selected auto-rotation callouts if the aircraft is in auto-rotation.
Smart Callout activation (“Smart 500”) is reflected by a “500” callout being spoken at the end of the selected callout
menu sequence in the Long Level 1 Self-Test. In addition, the Callout menu ID number and the “Smart Callout
Selected” configuration message, will both be given during level 3 Self-Test and in the RS232 Present Status display.
FOR PART NUMBERS -022:
Altitude callout ID 16 thru ID 40 were added in an attempt to satisfy the European AVAD callout requirement. Those
are replaced in part number -024 with an improved callout function. See table at end of section.
FOR PART NUMBER -024:
Unique altitude callouts ID 17 thru ID 46 are similar to the other callout except that the callout between 100 feet and
160 feet does not latch and only has a 20 foot hysteresis to re-enable the callout. These callouts are intended for over
water operation only and meet the AVAD requirements.
FOR PART NUMBER -026 AND ON:
Unique altitude callouts ID 17 thru ID 46 and ID 63 thru ID 68 are similar to the other callout except that the callout
between 100 feet and 160 feet does not latch and only has a 20 foot hysteresis to re-enable the callout. These callouts
are intended for over water operation only and meet the AVAD requirements.
TABLE 5.3.4: ALTITUDE CALLOUTS
ID MENU Effectivity
1
0 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, Smart 500 , 200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20 ,10 -020
1 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, Smart 500 1, 200 -020
2 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, Smart 500 1, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -020
3 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, Smart 500 1 -020
4 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -020
5 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 200 -020
6 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -020
7 (no callouts) -020
8 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS -020
14 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 100 -020

15 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 200, 100 -020
16 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 200, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -024
17 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 200, 100A -024
24 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 100A, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -024
Honeywell
ID MENU Effectivity
31 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 100A -024
38 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 200, 100A, 80, 60, 40, 20 -024
39 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 200, 100A, 50 -024
40 MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 200, 100A, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -024
47 CHECK HEIGHT2, Smart 500 1, 200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -026
48 CHECK HEIGHT2, Smart 500 1, 200 -026
49 CHECK HEIGHT2, Smart 500 1, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -026
50 CHECK HEIGHT2, Smart 500 1 -026
51 CHECK HEIGHT2, 200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -026
52 CHECK HEIGHT2, 200 -026
53 CHECK HEIGHT2, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -026
54 CHECK HEIGHT2 -026
55 CHECK HEIGHT2, 500, 200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -026
56 CHECK HEIGHT2, 500, 200 -026
57 CHECK HEIGHT2, 500, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -026
59 CHECK HEIGHT2, 1000, 500, 400, 300, 200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -026
61 CHECK HEIGHT2, 200, 100 -026
62 CHECK HEIGHT2, 200, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -026
63 CHECK HEIGHT2, 200, 100A -026
64 CHECK HEIGHT2, 100A, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -026
65 CHECK HEIGHT2, 100A -026
66 CHECK HEIGHT2, 200, 100A, 80, 60, 40, 20 -026
67 CHECK HEIGHT2, 200, 100A, 50 -026
68 CHECK HEIGHT2, 200, 100A, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 -026
Note: Selecting an Altitude Callout ID without a minimums callout can be accomplished by leaving the Decision
Height input discrete open or connected to +28VDC.
1 The Smart 500 Callout function will not be given if in autorotation.
2 The Check Height callout in menus 47-68 can only be used in conjunction with Category 5 Audio Menu selects
129, 251 and 252.
A
Unique altitude callouts ID 17 thru ID 46 and ID 63 thru ID 68 are similar to the other callout except that the
callout between 100 feet and 160 feet does not latch and only has a 20 foot hysteresis to re-enable the callout.
These callouts are intended for over water operation only and meet the European AVAD requirements.
Honeywell
5.3.5 CATEGORY 5, AUDIO MENU SELECT

The following table provides identification of the Voice Menu type. Each entry in the Voice Menu column has a
corresponding table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Voice Menu #
128 are found in Table 5.3.5-128.
TABLE 5.3.5: AUDIO MENU TYPE
ID Audio Menu Type Description Effectivity
(Table 5.3.5.-x)
128 128 Basic Helicopter Menu -020
129 129 Basic Helicopter Menu with Check Height -026
251 251 S-76 Helicopter Menu with Check Height -026

252 252 S-92 Helicopter Menu with Check Height -026
253 253 S-92 Helicopter Menu with Single Altitude -026
254 254 S-76 Helicopter Menu -024
255 255 S-92 Helicopter Menu -020
TABLE 5.3.5-128: AUDIO MENU TYPE 128 (BASIC HELICOPTER)

ALERT/WARNING CONDITION AUDIO MENU NOTES
MODE 1 PULL UP PULL UP 1
MODE 2 PULL UP PREFACE TERRAIN TERRAIN 1, 2
TERRAIN AWARENESS PREFACE WARNING! TERRAIN 1, 2
TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING WARNING! TERRAIN 1, 3
OBSTACLE AWARENESS PREFACE WARNING! OBSTACLE 1, 2
OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING WARNING! OBSTACLE 1, 3
MODE 2 TERRAIN TERRAIN
MODE 6 MINIMUMS SELECTED CALLOUTS (See 5.3.4)
MODE 6 ALTITUDE ALTITUDE ALTITUDE (See 5.3.4)
TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION CAUTION TERRAIN (PAUSE) CAUTION TERRAIN 4
OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION CAUTION OBSTACLE (PAUSE) CAUTION OBSTACLE 4
MODE 4 TOO LOW TERRAIN TOO LOW TERRAIN
TCF TOO LOW TERRAIN TOO LOW TERRAIN
MODE 6 ALTITUDE CALLOUTS SELECTED CALLOUTS (See 5.3.4)
MODE 4 TOO LOW GEAR TOO LOW GEAR
MODE 1 SINKRATE SINKRATE Note: The basic warning is “SINKRATE (PAUSE) SINKRATE”. 5
However, if the Mode 1 Pullup curve is violated only a single
“Sinkrate” may occur prior to the pull up voice.
MODE 3 DON’T SINK DON’T SINK (PAUSE) DON’T SINK
MODE 5 GLIDESLOPE GLIDESLOPE
MODE 6 BANK ANGLE BANK ANGLE (PAUSE) BANK ANGLE,
BANK ANGLE BANK ANGLE (Honeywell algorithm at low altitudes)
MODE 6 TAIL STRIKE TAIL TOO LOW
TA&D INVALID ALERT BE ALERT TERRAIN INOP
Note 1: These are the only voices that can interrupt.
Note 2: The preface voices will always be given prior to the warning voice.
Note 3: Voice message is continuous.
Note 4: Voice message will repeat every 10 seconds.
Note 5: Long Self-Test will only issue a single ‘Sinkrate”.
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.5-129: AUDIO MENU TYPE 129 (BASIC HELICOPTER WITH CHECK HEIGHT)
MODE 6 MINIMUMS SELECTED CALLOUTS (See 5.3.4)
MODE 6 ALTITUDE CHECK HEIGHT (PAUSE) CHECK HEIGHT (See 5.3.4)
Note 5: Long Self-Test will only issue a single ‘Sinkrate”.
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.5-251: AUDIO MENU TYPE 251 (S-76 HELICOPTER FACTORY INSTALLATIONS ONLY)
LOW ROTOR DISCRETE LOW ROTOR 1, 3
FIRE ENGINE 1 DISCRETE FIRE ENGINE 1 (PAUSE) FIRE ENGINE 1 1
ENGINE 1 FAILURE DISCRETE ENGINE 1 FAILURE (PAUSE) ENGINE 1 FAILURE 1
MODE 6 MINIMUMS SELECTED CALLOUTS (See 5.3.4) 1
DE-COUPLE DISCRETE DECOUPLE
Note 5: Long Self-Test will only issue a single 'Sinkrate".
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.5-252: AUDIO MENU TYPE 252 (S-92 HELICOPTER WITH CHECK HEIGHT)
GEAR BOX OIL OUT DISCRETE GEAR BOX OIL OUT (PAUSE) GEAR BOX OIL OUT 1
GEAR BOX PRESSURE DISCRETE GEAR BOX PRESSURE (PAUSE) GEAR BOX PRESSURE 1
SWASH PLATE TEMPERATURE (PAUSE)
SWASH PLATE TEMPERATURE DISCRETE 1
SWASH PLATE TEMPERATURE
FIRE APU DISCRETE FIRE APU (PAUSE) FIRE APU 1
SMOKE IN BAGGAGE DISCRETE SMOKE IN BAGGAGE (PAUSE) SMOKE IN BAGGAGE 1
SMOKE IN CABIN DISCRETE SMOKE IN CABIN (PAUSE) SMOKE IN CABIN 1
HOVER ALTITUDE DISCRETE HOVER ALTITUDE 1, 3
AIRSPEED DISCRETE AIRSPEED 1, 3
CHECK POWER DISCRETE CHECK POWER 1
CHECK ALTITUDE DISCRETE CHECK ALTITUDE
LEVEL OFF DISCRETE LEVEL OFF
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.5-253: AUDIO MENU TYPE 253 (S-92 HELICOPTER WITH SINGLE ALTITUDE)
MODE 6 ALTITUDE ALTITUDE (triggered by DH setting)
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.5-254: AUDIO MENU TYPE 254 (S-76 HELICOPTER FACTORY INSTALLATIONS ONLY)
MODE 6 ALTITUDE ALTITUDE ALTITUDE (triggered by DH setting)
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.5-255: AUDIO MENU TYPE 255 (S-92 HELICOPTER)

MODE 6 ALTITUDE ALTITUDE ALTITUDE (See 5.3.4)
Honeywell
5.3.6 CATEGORY 6, TERRAIN DISPLAY SELECT

The following table (5.3.6) has an identification number (ID) associated with each Terrain Display configuration. Each
of the ID rows has a group number for the Display Configuration, the Input Control. The TA&D Pop Up Disable
function is defined by a Boolean. The ID groups will completely identify a particular Terrain Display Interface.
ID
Table Application Notes Effectivity
5.3.6-x
0 KC Picture Bus (KCPB) with Terrain Awareness Corrected Altitude GSL (Note 1) -020
1 No Display, TA&D and TCF Enabled -020
2 No Display, TA&D and TCF Disabled -020
3 Collins ProLine II (4x4) (Note 3) -020
4 Honeywell/Bendix PPI-4A/4B (Note 2) -020
5 Collins ProLine II (5x6) (Note 3) -020
6 Collins ProLine II (5x4,5x5) (Note 3) -020
9 Honeywell/Bendix EFIS 40/50 (Non-Integrated) -020
10 Honeywell/Bendix EFIS 40/50 (Integrated) (Note 7) -020
12 Collins WXI-701/711, without Auto Range -020
13 Honeywell Primus 880/660/440 (Integrated) WXPD w/ SCI range -020
14 Honeywell/Bendix PPI-4A/4B without Auto Range (Note 2) -020
15 Honeywell Primus 880/660/440 (Integrated) WXPD w/ SCI range and aircraft symbol on overlay -020
16 Honeywell/Bendix,IN182A, IN812A (RDR 2000, RDS 81/82) -020
17 Honeywell/Bendix, IN842A, IN862A (RDR 2100, RDS 84/86) -020
18 KC Picture Bus (KCPB) w/o presentation of Terrain Awareness Corrected Altitude (Note 1 and Note 5) -020
19 KC Picture Bus (KCPB) with Digital Discrete Word and Terrain Awareness Corrected Altitude GSL (Note 1) -020
KC Picture Bus (KCPB) with Digital Discrete Word, w/o presentation of Terrain Awareness Corrected Altitude
20 -020
(Note 1 and Note 5)
228 Collins 8x10 -028
229 Honeywell/Bendix,IN182A, IN812A (RDR 2000 with Binary Peaks) -024
230 KC Picture Bus (KCPB) with Digital Discrete Word (Note 1 and Note 6) -020
231 Collins FDS-255 (Integrated with binary Peaks) -020
232 Collins FDS-255 (Non-integrated) -020
233 KC Picture Bus (KCPB) (Note 1) -020
234 Collins 8x10 for S-92 helicopters -020
235 Collins ProLine 4 (Non-Integrated) -020
236 Collins ProLine 4 (Integrated) -020
242 KC Picture Bus (KCPB) (Note 1 and Note 6) -020
246 Honeywell/Bendix EFIS 10 (Non-Integrated) -020
249 Honeywell Primus Epic & Epic CDS/R with overlay Peaks Elevations -021
250 Honeywell EDZ-705 (5x5), EDZ-756 (5x6) (Integrated) with DC-811 range push button control -020
251 Honeywell Primus Epic & Epic CDS/R with binary Peaks Elevations -020
255 Honeywell SPZ8000 (Integrated) w/ SCI range (Note 5) -020
Note 1: For a description of the KCPB features implemented in a particular software release, see Appendix B: KCPB Phased Implementation in the
EGPWS Interface Methodology document 060-4303-000.
Note 2: This configuration is applicable to RDR-4B with a mod that makes it capable of displaying blue.
Note 3: Refer to Rockwell Collins Service Information Letter, EFIS 84/85/86 SIL 2-99 Dated March 16/99 or later revision, for information
describing the requirements to interface an EGPWS to the Collins Pro Line II system equipped with EFIS 84/85/86 Displays and WXR-
350/840/700 or TWR-850 Weather Radar systems.
Note 4: For helicopters applications (MK XXII) Peaks Enable is always true regardless of the selection from Category 7 Table 5.3.7.
Note 5: With this configuration the EGPWC shall not overlay Terrain Awareness Corrected Altitude.
Note 6: This is the only display configuration applicable to helicopters using Category 16, Torque Input Select Type ID 6. This display type is the
only one available that uses RX429-8 for range control. Torque Input Select Type 6 inputs torque data as RS-422 on RX429/422-1.
Note 7: ID 10 must have Category 7, Peaks Mode Enabled, selected.
Honeywell
In this category the following signals are configured by the ID number:

Signal Name Signal Type Defined By
Terrain Display Bus: KCPB or ARINC Display Configuration Group
Range Bus: ARINC 429 or RS-422 Display Input Control Group
TA&D Alternate Pop Up Boolean Defined directly in Table
In cases where the signals are on the same ARINC 429 bus with other signals (IOC, EFIS), you may:
 In other categories select the same bus type with the same interface connection and the same Fault Designation
name and Channel as this category. In this case a single physical bus with a single connection satisfies more than
one category, or;
 In other categories select a different bus Fault Designation name and Channel connection and wire the
connections to the same source (if loading permits). Note: In this case a single bus failure will result in multiple bus
names being faulted in the EGPWS self test. In this case a single physical bus with multiple connections satisfies
more than one category.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-0 KC Picture Bus with Terrain Awareness Corrected Altitude

DISPLAY CONFIGURATION GROUP 0
Function Value
Display Type KC Picture Bus (KCPB)
Sweep Type Curtain (Vertical or Horizontal scan)
Auto Pop Up Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Category 7, Options Select Group #1, TA&D Alternate Pop Up: Always False
Peaks Mode Peaks On
(Elevations via overlay) Category 7, Options Select Group #1 Peaks Enable: Always True
Manual select None (Terrain selection is controlled by display system)
Manual deselect None (Terrain deselection is controlled by display system)
Auto Range Controlled by display response (if selected a 10 nm range will be used)
Moving Marker None
Overlay Page Controlled by display
Display bus type KCPB
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: DISPLAY BUS #1
453TX_1 Format: KCPB
A = J1-58 Terrain Display data
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
DISPLAY INPUT CONTROL GROUP 0
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: KCPB-IND # 1 Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 1
429_422RX_1 Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed) Bus Type: Basic
4 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM Basic 0.5 250
Range
A = J2-37 Query/Continuous Response 011 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 1000
B = J2-36 DSU Status Data (DSU only) 350 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 1000
4 012 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 250
Key Press/Display Mode
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: KCPB-IND # 2 Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 2
4 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM Basic 0.5 250
Range
OUTPUT 429 BUS GROUP 0
Channel Pins Comments
A = J2-43
429TX_1 (Low Speed) Transmits (Section 6) Label sets: 6.1.1.x, 6.1.2.x, 6.1.3.x, and 6.1.4.x
B = J2-42
Integration notes:
1. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
channels. This prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
2. This Display Group is configured by the Display using response labels on its ARINC 429 data bus.
3. This display will cause the GPWS, TERRAIN, and TERRAIN INOP lamps to turn on only at the beginning of the
EGPWS Self-Test (standard operation is for the INOP lamps to be on for the entire Self-Test).
4. Label 012 is optional. The current fault and fault history message “RANGE” for label 271 (Range) is not shown if
Range Keys are requested on label 012 (Key Press/Display Mode).
5. Some KCPB compatible displays require the EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus be connected to the KCPB display.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-1 No Display – TAD and TCF Enabled

A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Table 5.3.6-2 TA&D / TCF Disabled

A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-3 Collins ProLine II (4x4)

Function Value
Display Type Collins Pro-Line II (4x4) Display
Sweep Type Standard with +/-60 degree limit
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Manual select Anytime
Manual deselect Anytime
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Yes; Peaks Elevations located on the upper left side of Terrain image.
Display bus type Standard ARINC 453
453TX_1 Format: ARINC 708/708A
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
CONNECT TO: WX-IND #1
CHANNEL Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
(range)
429_422RX_1 Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed)
A = J2-37 Data Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = J2-36 Range (Display Word 2) 271 Discrete 5-320NM Basic N/A 100
CHANNEL Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
(range)
429RX_3 Bus Type: Basic
CONN PIN # REFERENCE NAME PIN FUNCTION Polarity/Configuration
Type 1 (Momentary)
J1-32 GND_DISC_12 Display Select Discrete #1 Gnd = Display Select Toggle
<not> Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration note:
1 When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-4 Honeywell/Bendix PPI-4A/4B

Function Value
Display Type Bendix PPI-4A/4B (MAP-MODE)
Sweep Type Standard
3
Peaks Mode2 Peaks On
Auto Range Yes 10NM
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Peaks numbers located in the lower right corner.
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: WX-IND #1 (range) Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration note:
2 Honeywell/Bendix PPI 4B (mod 24 or later) with blue water capability required for Peaks display, PN 2041222-
0434, -4434, -5451, -5454, -6429.
3 Popup occurs on all display modes via the PWS Caution bit in the ARINC 453 word. All PPI except (-6429) are
popup capable.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-5 Collins ProLine II (5x6)

Function Value
Display Type Collins ProLine II (5x6)
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Peaks Elevations located on upper left side of Terrain image.
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration note:
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-6 Collins ProLine II (5x4,5x5)

Function Value
Display Type Collins ProLine II (5x4, 5x5)
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Peaks Elevations located on upper left side of Terrain image
A = J1-58 Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration note:
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-9 Honeywell/Bendix EFIS 40/50 (Non-Integrated)

Function Value
Display Type Honeywell/Bendix EFIS 40/50 Non-Integrated
Sweep Type Sweep range +/- 60 degrees
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Manual select Anytime WXR is on and display is in proper Mode
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Peaks Elevations at upper right corner of display.
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
Data Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate
A = J2-37 Mode (Display Word 1) 270 Discrete Mode, Tilt, Gain Basic N/A 100 ms
B = J2-36 Range (Display Word 2) 271 Discrete 5-320NM Basic N/A 100 ms
2 273 Discrete VP Mode, Bit 11 Basic N/A 100 ms
Discrete Word (VP)
Discrete Word (VP)
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration note:
2. Not compatible with Radar indicators without VP mode.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-10 Honeywell/Bendix EFIS 40/50 (Integrated)

Function Value
Display Type Honeywell/Bendix EFIS 40/50 Integrated
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode Peaks Always Enabled
The EFIS display supplies the Peak Elevations as stroked characters. The EFIS can be
configured to place the Elevations on the bottom left or right side of the display.
Auto Range 2 None (Terrain selection is controlled by display system)
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page No, the display supplies a “TERR” mode annunciation.
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: TERRAIN DISPLAY BUS #1
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
Discrete Word (VP)
Discrete Word (VP)
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration notes:
1. Peaks Elevations are transmitted digitally to the display via Label 025 on the ARINC 453 bus; they are then displayed as stroked characters on
the bottom left or right of the display (depending on EFIS strapping).
2. To Pop Up for a Terrain Caution or Warning it is necessary for the EFIS to receive two discrete signals from the EGPWS (one to indicate that
Terrain is selected and one to indicate that selection was due to an alert). The EFIS needs to distinguish between manual selection and alert
conditions so it will know when it should auto-range. Both EFIS and EGPWS start to auto-range on a Caution or Warning to minimize any
latency problem displaying status during an alert.
3. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input channels. This prevents the
EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
4. Not compatible with Radar indicators without VP mode.
5. This display will cause the GPWS and TERRAIN INOP lamps to turn on only at the beginning of the EGPWS Self-Test (standard operation is
for the INOP lamps to be on for the entire Self-Test).
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-12 Collins WXI-701/711 PPI, without Auto Range

Function Value
Display Type Collins WXI-701/711 PPI
Sweep Type Fan
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Peaks located at the bottom left of display.
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration note:
1. Left/Right shift keys on the display are not to be used when displaying terrain.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-13 Honeywell P880/660/440 (Integrated WXPD w/ SCI range)

Function Value
Display Type Honeywell P880/660/440 radar displays Integrated
Sweep Type Honeywell
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Auto Range No
Moving Marker Yes (across bottom of display)
Overlay Page Peaks located at the bottom left of display.
Display bus type Honeywell picture bus
453TX_1 Format: WXPD
A = J1-58 Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #1
B = J1-59
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Not supported for this display type
453TX_2

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: SCI Bus 1 Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
429_422RX_1 Format: RS-422 (12K baud) Bus Type: Basic
B = J2-37 Range (Mode/Range Word) 80 4 2000NM Basic N/A 100
Discrete
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration note:
1. The Radar Indicator part number must end in –X1X.
2. The RS-422 receive channel J2-36 / J2-37 is swapped High and Low from ARINC 429 receive channels.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-14 Honeywell/Bendix PPI-4A/4B without Auto Range

Function Value
Display Type Bendix PPI-4A/4B (MAP-MODE)
Sweep Type Standard
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Peaks numbers located in the lower right corner.
453TX_1 Format: ARINC 453
B = J1-59
453TX_2 Format: ARINC 453
B = J1-57
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration note:
2. Honeywell/Bendix PPI 4B (mod 24 or later) with blue water capability required for Peaks display, PN 2041222-
0434, -4434, -5451, -5454, -6429.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-15 Honeywell P880/660/440 Integrated

Function Value
Display Type Honeywell Integrated P880/660/440 radar displays with A/C symbol
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Auto Range No
Moving Marker Yes (across bottom of display)
Overlay Page Peaks numbers located in the lower left of display.
B = J1-59
TERRAIN DISPLAY BUS #2 CONNECT TO: Not supported for this display type
453TX_2

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: SCI Bus 1 Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
B = J2-37 Range (Mode/Range Word) 80 4 Discrete 2000NM Basic N/A 100
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration Notes:
1. This display type overlays an inverted T aircraft symbol
2. The Radar Indicator part number must end in –X1X.
3. The channel 429_422RX polarity is reversed from ARINC 429 receive applications.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-16 Honeywell/Bendix IN182A/IN812A Radar display (RDR 2000)

Function Value
Display Type Bendix IN182A/IN812A Radar Display (RDR-2000 radar system)
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Peaks Elevation located on upper right side of Terrain image.
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: WX-IND #1 (range) 1 Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Discrete Word (VP) 2 273 Discrete VP Mode, Bit 11 Basic N/A 100 ms
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: WX-IND #2 (range) 1
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration Notes:
2 Not compatible with Radar indicators without VP mode, part numbers RDS-81 IN-812A 066-3114-00, IN-812A 066-
3114-01; RDS-82 IN-182A 066-3084-00, IN-182A 066-3084-01, IN-182A 066-3084-02, IN-182A 066-3084-03.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-17 Honeywell/Bendix IN842A/IN862A Radar display (RDR 2100)

Function Value
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Peaks Elevation located on upper right side of Terrain image.
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: WX-IND #2 (range) 1
Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration Notes:
2 Not compatible with Radar indicators without VP mode, part numbers RDS-84 IN-842A 066-3085-00, IN-842A
066-3085-01, RDS-86 IN-862A 066-3086-00, IN-862A 066-3086-01, RDR 2100 IN-862A 066-3086-00, IN-862A
066-3086-01.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-18 KC Picture Bus w/o presentation of Terrain Awareness Corrected Altitude
Function Value
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Manual select None (Display Control Selection)
Manual deselect None (Display Control Selection)
Moving Marker None
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: KCPB-IND #1 (range) 1 Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 1
A = J2-37 5 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM Basic 0.5 250
Range
B = J2-36 Query/Continuous Response 011 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 1000
DSU Status Data (DSU only) 350 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 1000
A = J2-41 5 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM Basic 0.5 250
Range
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration Notes:
4. This display will cause the GPWS and TERRAIN INOP lamps to turn on only at the beginning of the EGPWS Self-
Test (standard operation is for the INOP lamps to be on for the entire Self-Test).
5. Label 012 is optional. The current fault and fault history message “RANGE” for label 271 (Range) is not shown
if Range Keys are requested on label 012 (Key Press/Display Mode).
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-19 KC Picture Bus with Digital Discrete Word and Terrain Awareness Corrected Alt.
Function Value
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Moving Marker None
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
A = J2-37 5 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM Basic 0.5 250
Range
017 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 200
Discrete Word
A = J2-41 5 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM Basic 0.5 250
Range
Discrete Word
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration Notes:
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-20 KC Picture Bus with Digital Discrete Word w/o Terrain Awareness Corrected Alt.
Function Value
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Moving Marker None
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
A = J2-37 5 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM Basic 0.5 250
Range
Discrete Word
A = J2-41 5 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM Basic 0.5 250
Range
Discrete Word
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration Notes:
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-228 Collins 8x10

Function Value
Display Type Collins
Sweep Type Fan
Auto Pop Up Category 7, Options Select Group #1 not used for this display
The display system will monitor EGPWS ARINC label 274, bit 28 (left) and bit 29
(right), on the transition from 0 to 1 the display will automatically Pop-Up to the
Terrain display mode. The display is always deselected manually. The display can be
configured to not Pop-Up.
Peaks Mode Category 7, Options Select Group #1 not used Peaks always enabled
Binary Peaks Elevations Yes - Data passed by ARINC 429, Labels 011 and 012
Auto Range Yes (The display will monitor EGPWS label 274, bit 28 (left) and bit 29 (right) on the
‘0’ to ‘1’ bit transition the affected display will change its range to 5 NM if EGPWS
label 300, bit 26 = 0 or 2 NM if bit 26 = 1.
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page For Terrain Database version display only
Display bus type Standard ARINC 708/453 label 055
A = J1-58 Terrain Display data to switching relay/MFD #1
B = J1-59
A = J1-56 Terrain Display data to switching relay/MFD #2
B = J1-57
2
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Display #1 Bus Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
429_422RX_1 Format: ARINC429 (High Speed) Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37 Range (Display Word 2 type 2) 271 N/A 0.25-320NM Basic N/A 100
B = J2-36 MFD Discrete Word 1 301 Discrete Mode, Format Basic N/A 100
2
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Display #2 Bus Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
429RX_3 Format: ARINC429 (High Speed) BUS TYPE: BASIC
A = J2-43 Transmits (Section 6) Label sets: 6.1.1.x, 6.1.2.x, 6.1.3.x, 6.1.4.x, 6.1.5.x, and
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
B = J2-42 6.1.6.x
429TX_2 (Low Speed)
B = J2-9 6.1.6.x
Integration Notes:
1. This display requires the ARINC 429 data from the EGPWS. Output 429 Bus Group 1 supports the Collins Fault
Summary Words (Labels 350, 351, 355). The displays will Pop-up in response to EGPWS label 274, bit 28 (left
side) and bit 29 (right side).
2. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration, the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-229 Honeywell/Bendix IN182A/IN812A Radar display (RDR 2000) with Binary Peaks
Function Value
Auto Pop Up Pop Up On Caution or Warning when the display is in the proper mode.
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Category 7, Options Select Group #1 Peaks Enable: Always True
Binary Peaks Elevations Yes; Data passed by ARINC 429 labels 011 and 012 (Terrain Mode and Peaks
Elevation digits are located at the top left corner of display)
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Yes; TERR located on upper right side of Terrain image.
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
B = J2-36 Range (Display Word 2 type 2) 271 Discrete 0.25-320NM Basic N/A 100 ms
Discrete Word (VP)
B = J2-40 Range (Display Word 2 type 2) 271 Discrete 0.25-320NM Basic N/A 100 ms
Discrete Word (VP)
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
429TX_1 (Low Speed) Transmits (Section 6) Label sets: 6.1.1.x, 6.1.2.x, 6.1.3.x, 6.1.4.x, and 6.1.6.x
B = J2-42
Integration Notes:
2 Not compatible with Radar indicators without VP mode, part numbers RDS-81 IN-812A 066-3114-00, IN-812A 066-
3114-01; RDS-82 IN-182A 066-3084-00, IN-182A 066-3084-01, IN-182A 066-3084-02, IN-182A 066-3084-03.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-230 KC Picture Bus with Digital Discrete Word, Receive Channel 8
Function Value
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Moving Marker None
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
6
A = J2-24 5 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM Basic 0.5 250
Range
Discrete Word
A = J2-41 5 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM Basic 0.5 250
Range
Discrete Word
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration Notes:
1. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input channels. This
prevents the EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
4. This display will cause the GPWS and TERRAIN INOP lamps to turn on only at the beginning of the EGPWS Self-Test
(standard operation is for the INOP lamps to be on for the entire Self-Test).
5. Label 012 is optional. The current fault and fault history message “RANGE” for label 271 (Range) is not shown if Range
Keys are requested on label 012 (Key Press/Display Mode).
6. This Display type and type 242 are the only display configurations applicable to helicopters using Category 16, Torque Input
Select Type ID 6. These display types are the only ones available that uses RX429-8 for range control. Torque Input Select
Type 6 inputs torque data as RS-422 on RX429/422-1.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-231 Collins FDS-255 (Integrated with binary Peaks Elevations)

Function Value
Display Type Collins FDS-255 with binary Peaks Elevations
Sweep Type Fan
Auto Pop Up 2 Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Binary Peaks Elevations Yes - Data passed by ARINC 429, Labels 011 and 012 (Terrain Mode and Peaks
Elevation digits are located at the top left corner of display)
Auto Range 2 Yes to 5 NM normal or 2 NM Low Altitude mode (controlled by display, see
integration note 2.)
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page No
Display bus type Standard ARINC 708 with divide by 20 range discrete bit
TX453-1 Format: ARINC 708/708A
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
1
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: IOC #1 Bus Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
B = J2-36 Range (Display Word 2 type 2) 271 N/A 0.25-320NM Basic N/A 100
1
B = J2-40 Range (Display Word 2 type 2) 271 N/A 0.25-320NM Basic N/A 100
A = J2-43 Transmits (Section 6) Label sets: 6.1.1.x, 6.1.2.x, 6.1.3.x, 6.1.4.x, 6.1.5.x and
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
B = J2-42 6.1.6.x
429TX_2 (Low Speed)
B = J2-9 6.1.6.x
Integration Notes:
2. Pop-Up and Auto-range:
The FDS-255 will monitor EGPWS 429 label 051 for Pop-Up bits, (bit 11 left channel and bit 12 right channel).
When the Pop-Up bit for the affected channel transitions from a ‘0’ to a ‘1’ the corresponding display will :
a) If Terrain is not selected then the display will automatically select Terrain mode and the Display Format shell be
commanded to ARC.
b) The FDS-255 shell monitor EGPWS 429 label 300, bit 26. If bit 26 is not set (‘0’) then the FDS-will command
the range to the EGPWS be changed to 5 NM, or if bit 26 is set (‘1’) a range of 2 NM (all ranges are full scale).
c) The display range or mode are reselectable by the operator immediately after the display has began sweeping the
Terrain data.
d) The ‘1’ to ‘0’ transition of EGPWS 429 label 051, bits 11 or 12 will be ignored by the display (unless there is a
failure condition the deselection of Terrain mode is always done manually).
Honeywell
3. Status and Failure Monitoring

The FDS-255 shell further monitor EGPWS labels, and display Terrain mode annunciations as shown below:
Priority ARINC Label FDS-255 Annunciation Description

274, bits 31/30 During EGPWS Self-Test a Terrain test pattern will be
High
= 1/0 “TERR TEST” (white) displayed (display will follow Pop-Up logic as described
1
above)
2 274, bit 14 “GPWS INOP” (yellow) EGPWS classic modes INOP
3 274, bit 24 “TERR INOP” (yellow) The FDS-255 will clear the Terrain display
4 274, bit 27 “TERR N/A” (yellow) The FDS-255 will clear the Terrain display
The FDS-255 will continue to display Terrain when
5 050, bit 17 “TERR INHB” (white) selected, Pop-Up will not be commanded by the EGPWS
(Helicopter specific)
6
- “TERR” (white) Terrain selected by FDS-255 (manually or via Pop-Up)
Low
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-232 Collins FDS-255 (Non-Integrated )

Function Value
Display Type Collins FDS-255 with selection controlled by the EGPWS
Sweep Type Fan
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Yes; Peaks numbers are located at the lower left of the display.
Display bus type Standard
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Interface Notes:
1. At the time of this writing this interface has not been verified with an actual Helicopter FDS-255 display. It is
highly recommended that you discuss the suitability of this interface for your application with a Honeywell
EGPWS representative prior to installation.
3. The FDS-255 will show the “WX” annunciations when Terrain is displayed.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-233 KC Picture Bus with Terrain Awareness Corrected Altitude

Function Value
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Manual select None (Display Control Selection)
Manual deselect None (Display Control Selection)
Moving Marker None
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
5 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM Basic 0.5 250
Range
5 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM Basic 0.5 250
Range
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
B = J2-42 6.1.6.x
429TX_2 (Low Speed)
B = J2-9 6.1.6.x
Interface Notes:
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-234 Collins 8x10 (S-92)

Function Value
Display Type Collins
Sweep Type Fan
Auto Pop Up Category 7, Options Select Group #1 not used for this display
The display system will monitor EGPWS ARINC label 274, bit 28 (left) and bit 29
(right), on the transition from 0 to 1 the display will automatically Pop-Up to the
Terrain display mode. The display is always deselected manually. The display can be
configured to not Pop-Up.
Peaks Mode Category 7, Options Select Group #1 not used Peaks always enabled
Auto Range Yes (The display will monitor EGPWS label 274, bit 28 (left) and bit 29 (right) on the
‘0’ to ‘1’ bit transition the affected display will change its range to 5 NM if EGPWS
label 300, bit 26 = 0 or 2 NM if bit 26 = 1.
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page For Terrain Database version display only
Display bus type Standard ARINC 708/453 label 055
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
2
B = J2-36 MFD Discrete Word 1 301 Discrete Mode,Format Basic N/A 100
2
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
B = J2-42 6.1.6.x
429TX_2 (Low Speed)
B = J2-9 6.1.6.x
Integration Notes:
1. This display requires the ARINC 429 data from the EGPWS. Output 429 Bus Group 1 supports the Collins Fault
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-235 Collins ProLine IV (Non-Integrated)

Function Value
Display Type Collins ProLine IV (5x6)
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Peaks Elevations located on upper left side of Terrain image.
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
1
B = J2-36 Range (Mode/Range Word) 155 Discrete 5-640NM Basic N/A 50
1
Range (Mode/Range Word) 155 Discrete 5-640NM Basic N/A 50
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration Notes:
1 When interfacing to a single display controller configuration, the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-236 Collins ProLine IV (Integrated)

Function Value
Display Type Collins ProLine IV (5x6)
Auto Pop Up Pop Up On Caution or Warning – Popup controlled by display system
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Pop Down Never Automatically pop down
Auto Range Yes (controlled by display system)
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Peaks Elevations located on upper left side of Terrain image. Peaks does not support
blue water.
Display Priority Standard
Display bus type ARINC compatible format – Collins ProLine 4 (label 077)
Terrain Mode Annunciation Standard
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
1
1
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
A = J2-26
B = J2-9
Integration Notes:
1 When interfacing to a single display controller configuration, the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input
2 This display requires the ARINC 429 data from the EGPWS. Output 429 Bus Group 1 supports the Collins Fault
3 This display will cause the GPWS and TERRAIN INOP lamps to turn on only at the beginning of the EGPWS Self-
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-242 KC Picture Bus without Digital Discrete Word, Receive Channel 8
Function Value
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Manual select None (Display Controls Selection)
Manual deselect None (Display Controls Selection)
Moving Marker None
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
CONNECT TO: KCPB-IND #1
CHANNEL 1 Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 1
4 (range)
429RX_8
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed) Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-24 3 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM Basic 0.5 250
Range
CONNECT TO: KCPB-IND #2
CHANNEL 1 Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 2
(range)
429RX_3 Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-41 3 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM Basic 0.5 250
Range
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
A = J2-26
429TX_2 No Connection (No Data Output)
B = J2-9
Integration Notes:
3. Label 012 is optional. The current fault and fault history message “RANGE” for label 271 (Range) is not shown if
Range Keys are requested on label 012 (Key Press/Display Mode).
4. This Display type and type 230 are the only display configurations applicable to helicopters using Category 16,
Torque Input Select Type ID 6. These display types are the only ones available that uses RX429-8 for range
control. Torque Input Select Type 6 inputs torque data as RS-422 on RX429/422-1.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-246 Honeywell /Bendix EFIS 10 (Non-Integrated)

Function Value
Display Type Bendix EFIS 10 display with EFIS 86 radar system
Sweep Type Normal, Sweep range +/- 90 degrees
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Manual select Anytime 1
Manual deselect Anytime 1
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Yes; Peaks numbers are located at the lower left of the display.
Display bus type Standard ARINC 708/453
B = J1-59
B = J1-57
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: WX-IND #1
2 Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
429_422RX (range)
_1 Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed) Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL 2 Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
429RX_3 (range)
Format: ARINC 429 (Low Speed) Bus Type: Basic
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Type 1 (Momentary)
<not> Gnd = Normal
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
A = J2-26
B = J2-9
Integration note:
1. Either weather or a weather test pattern must be displayed before Terrain can be viewed. The white weather
annunciation “WX” will still be present when terrain is displayed.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6.-249 Honeywell Primus Epic & Epic CDS/R, with overlay Peaks Elevations (Integrated)
Function Value
Display Type Honeywell Integrated Primus Epic CDS/R (Control Display System/Retrofit), with
overlay peaks elevations
Auto Pop Up Pop Up On Caution or Warning from neither, based upon Honeywell display configuration.
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Auto Range Yes, 10 NM
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Yes, for Peaks Elevations only (located lower right side of display)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: TERRAIN DISPLAY BUS #1/#2
TX453-1 Format: WXPD
A = J1-58 Honeywell left/right interleaved picture bus to MFD and PFD
B = J1-59
CHANNEL
CONNECT TO: IOC Bus #1 Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
429_422RX
Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed) Bus Type: Basic
_1
A = J2-37 FWC & GP Discrete word 171 15-18 Format 1, Type 1 Basic N/A 100
B = J2-36 25-28 2000NM Discrete
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: IOC Bus #1 Fault Designation: IOC BUS 2
B = J2-40 25-28 2000NM Discrete
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration notes:
1. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the display.
2. Display channels 1 and 2 are multiplexed on ARINC 453 Bus 1.
3. The ‘IOC BUS’ fault will be present only if both MG inputs have failed.
4. The Honeywell EFIS SG & MG provide terrain display relay control.
5. This display will cause the GPWS and TERRAIN INOP lamps to turn on only at the beginning of the EGPWS Self-Test (standard operation is
for the INOP lamps to be on for the entire Self-Test).
6. This display uses the following ARINC 429 labels from the EGPWS for annunciation’s:
Label 050 If bits 11-14 left range output from EGPWS does not match left MFD range (via label 171), then display white “RANGE
MISMATCH” on left PFD and MFD.
If bits 15-18 right range output from EGPWS does not match right MFD range (via label 171), then display white “RANGE
MISMATCH” on right PFD and MFD.
Label 051 If Bit 17 = 1 then Epic CDS/R will place “TERRAIN OFF” message on PFD and MFD.
Labels 052-055 EGPWS ASCII characters are not used. Green TERRAIN on PFD and MFD by EFIS.
Label 274 If Bit 13 or 22 =1 then display red “PULL UP” on left and right PFD.
If Bit 12 or 23 =1 then display amber “GND PROX” on left and right PFD.
If Bit 14 = 1 then display white “GPWS FAIL” message on PFD.
If Bit 24 = 1 then display amber “TERRAIN FAIL” message on PFD and MFD (Terrain cleared by Epic).
If Bit 27 = 1 then display amber “TERRAIN NA” message on PFD and MFD (Terrain cleared by Epic).
If Bit 28 = 1 and display configured for pop on Pilots side, then Pop Up Terrain on left MFD.
If Bit 29 = 1 and display configured for pop on CoPilots side, then Pop Up Terrain on right MFD.
If Bit 14 and Bit 24 = 1 then display amber “EGPWS SYS FAIL” on PFD in lieu of “GPWS FAIL” message on the PFD.
If bits 30 and 31 = 01 (functional test) then display white “TERRAIN TEST” on PFD and MFD.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.1.6-250 Honeywell EDZ705 (5x5), EDZ756 (5x6) with DC-811 range push button control
Function Value
Display Type Honeywell (SPZ8000 new style - every fourth display line is blanked)
Pop Up On Caution or Warning
Auto Pop Up
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Auto Range Yes (10NM)
Moving Marker Yes (Honeywell type)
Overlay Page Yes for Peaks Elevations only (located middle right of display).
A = J1-58 Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #1 and MFD left channel
B = J1-59
A = J1-56 Terrain Display data to switching relay/Symbol Generator #2 and MFD right channel
B = J1-57
1
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: DC-811 #1 Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
429_422RX_12 Format: RS-422 (7.8125K baud) Bus Type: Basic
B = J2-37 Range (Up/Down) N/A Basic N/A 100
1
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: DC-811 #2 Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 2
422RX_2 Format: RS-422 (7.8125K baud) Bus Type: Basic
B = J2-11 Range (Up/Down) N/A Basic N/A 100
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
Integration Notes:
1. When interfacing to a single display controller configuration the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input channels. This prevents the
EGPWS from reporting an external bus fault on the second channel.
The Terrain display will annunciate:
“TERR" in green or cyan (depending on the program) when the Terrain is selected and valid.
“TERR” in amber if Terrain is selected and any of the following conditions are TRUE:
 The EGPWS ARINC 429 output bus is missing or labels 050 and 051 are absent or unreadable for 2 seconds.
 EGPWS ARINC label 051 bit 13 = 0 (“Terrain Display Valid” bit FALSE)
 EGPWS ARINC label 050 bit 17 = 1 (“Terrain Inhibit” bit TRUE)
Note - Per customer request for EDZ705 and EDZ756, the display does not blank when Terrain is Inhibited, nor is an amber TERR
presented. This change is part of the EFIS system
 EGPWS ARINC labels are valid, but range in label 050 disagrees with range via SCI bus label 80 (Label 050 bit 11-14 contain left
display range and bits 15-18 the right).
The display will be blanked when the amber “TERR” is present.
The Terrain display will Pop Up to Terrain mode as follows:
 If all the conditions indicated by for the amber “TERR” above are FALSE.
 If the display is in normal MFD mode (not HSI backup, or SG backup) AND if Label 051 bit 11 transitions from 0 to 1 (rising edge),
AND Checklist is not selected on the MFD, AND TCAS Auto Pop Up is not occurring.
 The display will change to Map mode.
 The display will energize the Terrain selection relays.
 The display will annunciate “TERR”.
 The display will change to the range indicated by the EGPWS ARINC 429 Label 050.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6.-251 Honeywell Primus Epic & Epic CDS/R, with binary Peaks Elevations (Integrated)
Function Value
Display Type Honeywell Integrated Primus Epic CDS/R (Control Display System/Retrofit), with
binary peaks elevations
Auto Pop Up Pop Up On Caution or Warning from neither, based upon Honeywell display configuration.
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Auto Range Yes, the autorange will be 5 NM standard, or 2 NM when low altitude mode is
indicated by EGPWS ARINC label 300, bit 26 being set to ‘1’.
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page No
Display Priority Standard
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: TERRAIN DISPLAY BUS #1/#2
TX453-1 Format: WXPD
A = J1-58 Honeywell left/right interleaved picture bus to MFD and PFD
B = J1-59
429_422RX_1 Format: ARINC 429 (High Speed) Bus Type: Basic
B = J2-36 25-28 2000NM Discrete
B = J2-40 25-28 2000NM Discrete
429TX_1 (Low Speed)
B = J2-42 6.1.6.x
429TX_2 (Low Speed)
B = J2-9 6.1.6.x
Integration notes:
2. Display channels 1 and 2 are multiplexed on ARINC 453 Bus 1.
3. The ‘IOC BUS’ fault will be present only if both MG inputs have failed.
4. The Honeywell EFIS SG & MG provide terrain display relay control.
Label 011/012 Upper/Lower Peaks Elevations – “xxx/xxx” on PFD and MFD.
Label 050 If bits 11-14 left range output from EGPWS does not match left MFD range (via label 171), then
display white “RANGE MISMATCH” on left PFD and MFD.
If bits 15-18 right range output from EGPWS does not match right MFD range (via label 171),
then display white “RANGE MISMATCH” on right PFD and MFD.
Label 051 If Bit 17 = 1 then the Epic CDS/R will place “WARNINGS INHIBITED” centered within the
Terrain window.
Labels 052-055 EGPWS ASCII characters are not used. Green TERRAIN on PFD and MFD by Epic.
Honeywell
Label 274 If Bit 13 or 22 =1 then display red “PULL UP” on left and right PFD.
If Bit 12 or 23 =1 then display amber “GND PROX” on left and right PFD.
If Bit 14 = 1 then display white “GPWS FAIL” message on PFD.
If Bit 24 = 1 then display amber “TERRAIN FAIL” message on PFD and MFD (Terrain cleared
by Epic).
If Bit 27 = 1 then display amber “TERRAIN NA” message on PFD and MFD (Terrain cleared
by Epic)..
If Bit 28 = 1 and display configured for pop on Pilots side, then Pop Up Terrain on left MFD.
If Bit 29 = 1 and display configured for pop on CoPilots side, then Pop Up Terrain on right
MFD.
If Bit 14 and Bit 24 = 1 then display amber “EGPWS SYS FAIL” on PFD in lieu of “GPWS
FAIL” message on the PFD.
If bits 30 and 31 = 01 (functional test) then display white “TERRAIN TEST” on PFD and MFD.
Honeywell
Table 5.3.6-255 Honeywell SPZ8000 (w/ SCI range)

Function Value
Display Type Honeywell (5x6) (SPZ8000) older style; does not blank every fourth weather radar
display line. This interface supports SG-810 and SG-811 SPZ8000 systems only.
Peaks Mode Peaks On
Auto Range Yes (10 NM)
Moving Marker Yes (Honeywell type)
Overlay Page Yes, Peaks Elevations (located lower right of display)
B = J1-59
B = J1-57 (NOTE: Range setting always follows Display Bus #1).
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: SCI Bus #1 Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
B = J2-37 Range (Mode/Range Word) 80 4 Discrete 2000NM Basic N/A 100
A = J2-43
B = J2-42
A = J2-26
B = J2-9
Integration Notes:
1. The EGPWS ARINC 429 Output Bus must be connected to the SPZ8000 display.
3. This display type may also be used for an integrated P880/660/440 display, but requires Auto Pop Up to be disabled and
relay selection to be controlled directly from an alternate action switch (for new installations of P880/660/440 use ID 13).
Honeywell
5.3.7 CATEGORY 7, OPTIONS 1 SELECT

The following table provides identification of the Options 1 Select. Each entry in the ID column corresponds to a
particular combination of TA&D Alternate Pop Up, Obstacle Awareness Enabled, Peaks Mode Enabled, Bank Angle
Enable, Steep Approach Enabled, Flap / WOW Reversal and GPS Altitude Reference selection. Refer to section 7.5 for
configuration messages that will be present for each option selected.
Note: For Helicopter applications Peaks Mode Enable is always True and Steep Approach & TA&D Alternate Pop Up
are always False. The Option Select Group #1 table has been minimized to reflect only the remaining valid ID’s.
TABLE 5.3.7: OPTIONS SELECT GROUP #1
ID Steep TA&D Peaks Obstacle Bank Flap / GPS

Approach Alternate Mode Awareness Angle WOW Altitude Effectivity
Enabled1 Pop Up Enabled2 Enabled Enable3 Reversal Reference4
16 False False True False False False WGS-84 -020
17 False False True False False False MSL -020
18 False False True False False True WGS-84 -020
19 False False True False False True MSL -020
20 False False True False True False WGS-84 -020
21 False False True False True False MSL -020
22 False False True False True True WGS-84 -020
23 False False True False True True MSL -020
24 False False True True False False WGS-84 -020
25 False False True True False False MSL -020
26 False False True True False True WGS-84 -020
27 False False True True False True MSL -020
28 False False True True True False WGS-84 -020
29 False False True True True False MSL -020
30 False False True True True True WGS-84 -020
31 False False True True True True MSL -020
1 TRUE enables steep approach selection via Steep Approach Select Discrete (see Section 5.3.13 and 6.6.29). This
option must be FALSE for helicopter applications.
2 Enables PEAKS mode display if display supports (see display configuration group Section 5.3.6). This mode is
always true for helicopters regardless of the option selection provided for in this category.
3 This option must be FALSE if Roll Angle is configured to No Connection. Refer to Table 5.3.10.
4 "MSL" reference must be selected when an internal GPS is utilized. Refer to Table 5.3.3-2
Honeywell
5.3.8 CATEGORY 8, RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT

The following table provides identification of the Radio Altitude type. The entry in the Radio Altitude Type
corresponds to a table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Radio
Altitude Type #1 are found in Table 5.3.8-1. ARINC 552, ALT 55 and digital ARINC 429 compatible Radio
Altimeters are supported.
CAUTION:
ALT 50 and 55 radio altimeters use an average altitude tracking technique that does not track the nearest
terrain. This can produce errors up to 200 to 300 feet in high bank turns and mountainous terrain. This
characteristic may degrade EGPWS performance for Modes 1 thru 6.
In this category, only the following signals are defined:
 Radio Altitude source selection, input scaling, and associated validities.
 Decision Height (DH)
 Minimum Decision Altitude (MDA)
TABLE 5.3.8: RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT

Radio Altitude
ID Type Effectivity
Description
(Table 5.3.8-x)
0 0 Analog Radio Altitude (ARINC 552) -020
1 1 Analog Radio Altitude (ALT 55) -020
2 2 Digital Radio Altitude (ARINC 429) (Note 2) -020
3 3 Analog Radio Altitude (RT-200/300) -020
4 4 Analog Radio Altitude (KRA 405) -020
5 5 Analog Radio Altitude (ALT 50) -020
6 6 Analog Radio Altitude (APN 209) (Note 4) -022
Digital Radio Altitude with DH/MDA (170)

251 251 -020
via dual IOC buses (ARINC 429) (Note 1)
Digital Radio Altitude with DH (370)
252 252 -020
Digital Radio Altitude with DH Discrete
253 253 -020
Digital Radio Altitude with DH (370) and MDA (170)
254 254 -020
via dual IOC buses (ARINC 429) (Notes 1,3)
Digital Radio Altitude (ARINC 429)
255 255 -020
via dual IOC buses (ARINC 429) (Notes 1)
Note 1: IDs 251-255 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections for categories 2, 6,
9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 16 that use the same ARINC 429 receiver channels and bus speeds.
Note 2: Digital Radio Altimeters cannot be used on two engine Helicopters with Digital Torque.
Note 3: ID 254 must be used in conjunction with Category 9, ID 254, since this provides Label 163
which determines from bits 19-21 whether MDA or DH is displayed.
Note 4: ID 6 (APN 209) may not be used with analog Air Data types 0, 3, 4, 11 and 12. ID 6 is not
compatible with TSO C151 requirements (0 to 1500 ft range).
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.8-0: RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT TYPE 0 (ARINC 552)

Format: ARINC 552 with Validity Flag
(+) = J1-64 Input Type: Basic
Radio Altimeter #1
(-) = J1-45 Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER FAULT
Validity: Radio Altitude Valid Discrete #1 (+28V)
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
PIN FUNCTION CONNECTION PIN TYPE Polarity/Configuration
REFERENCE
Radio Altitude Validity >+17V = Valid
Discrete #1 (+28V) <+4.4V = Invalid
Gnd = Below DH
DH Discrete (Gnd) J1-33 Input GND_DISC_11
<not> Gnd = Above DH
CONFIGURATION DATA Description Value
Out of Track Maximum Pseudo altitude is only allowed to operate within 2800
Out of Track Minimum these limits. -20
Roll Engage 30° / DisEngage 25°
Pseudo Altitude Type Selects parameters for pseudo altitude engage logic Pitch Engage 45° / DisEngage 43°
Engage Time Limit (Max) 120sec
Field Enable Type Selects pseudo altitude field elevation False
TABLE 5.3.8-1: RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT TYPE 1 (ALT 55)

Format: Alt 55 with Validity Flag
Radio Altimeter #1
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Gnd = Below DH
TABLE 5.3.8-2: RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT TYPE 2 (ARINC 429)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: LRRA #1 (Left) Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER BUS
B = J2-4 Radio Altitude 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 25-50
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Gnd = Below DH
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.8-3: RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT TYPE 3 (RT-200/300)

Format: DC with Validity Flag (RT-200/300)
Radio Altimeter #1
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Gnd = Below DH
TABLE 5.3.8-4: RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT TYPE 4 (KRA 405)

Radio Altimeter #1
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Gnd = Below DH
TABLE 5.3.8-5: RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT TYPE 5 (ALT 50)

Radio Altimeter #1
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Gnd = Below DH
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.8-6: RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT TYPE 6 (APN 209 - H60 BLACKHAWK)
Format: APN 209 (-7mVDC/FT, 1500 FT, 0V=0FT, Out-of-Trk= <-11VDC, PTT= 1000 FT)
(+) = J1-64
Input Type: Basic
Radio Altimeter #1 (-) = J1-45
Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER FAULT
Note 1
Validity: Radio Altitude Valid
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
(+) = J1-62 ALT_H >+3.5V = Valid
Radio Altitude Validity Input
(-) = J1-43 ALT_L <+1.0V = Invalid
Gnd = Below DH
Note 1: APN 209 connections as follows:
Remote Analog Alt Signal ………. RT 1115A pin J2-2 to MK XXII (+) J1-64 *
Signal Gnd ………………………. RT 1115A pin J2-11 to MK XXII (-) J1-45
Reliability Signal ……..……….… RT 1115A pin J1-12 to MK XXII (+) J1-62
Signal Gnd ………………………. RT 1115A pin J1-4 to MK XXII (-) J1-43
Low Altitude Warning Out ……… RT 1115A pin J1-1 to MK XXII J1-33
*The EGPWS analog card will reverse negative voltage and scale the input to positive altitude reading.
TABLE 5.3.8-251: RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT TYPE 251 (DUAL IOC BUSES WITH DH/MDA)
B = J2-36 Radio Altitude 164 16 ±8192 ft Basic 0.125 25-50
DH 12 0-4096 ft
Decision Height/MDA 170 Basic 1.0 1000
MDA 14 0-16384 ft
B = J2-40 Radio Altitude 164 16 ±8192 ft Basic 0.125 25-50
DH 12 0-4096 ft
Decision Height/MDA 170 Basic 1.0 1000
MDA 14 0-16384 ft
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.8-252: RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT TYPE 252 (DUAL IOC BUSES WITH DH)
A = J2-39
Radio Altitude 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 25-50
B = J2-38
Decision Height (format 1) 370 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 100-200
A = J2-21
B = J2-04
Format 1 = 0/0 SDI
TABLE 5.3.8-253: RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT TYPE 253 (DUAL IOC BUSES WITH DH DISCRETE)
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Gnd = Below DH
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.8-254: RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT TYPE 254 (DUAL IOC BUSES WITH DH & MDA)
A = J2-37 Radio Altitude 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 25-50
B = J2-36 Decision Height (format 3) 370 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 100-200
MDA (format 3) 170 16 ±65536 FT Basic 1 200
A = J2-41 Radio Altitude 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 25-50
B = J2-40 Decision Height (format 3) 370 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 100-200
MDA (format 3) 170 16 ±65536 FT Basic 1 200
Format 3 = no SDI
TABLE 5.3.8-255: RADIO ALTITUDE INPUT SELECT TYPE 255 (DUAL IOC BUSES WITH DH)
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Format 1 = 0/0 SDI
Honeywell
5.3.9 CATEGORY 9, NAVIGATION INPUT SELECT

The following table provides identification of the Navigation type. The entry in the Navigation Type corresponds to a
table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Navigation Type #1 are found
in Table 5.3.9-1. In this category, only the following signals are defined:
 Glideslope source selection
 Localizer source selection. (optional for digital only)
 PFD Mode Select Word
 ILS Select Source Configuration Data
 Selected Course
 Vertical & Lateral deviation (added -030 software)
In cases where the signals are on an ARINC 429 bus with other signals, you may:
 In other categories select the same but with the same Fault Designation name and Channel connection as the
category. In this case a single physical bus with a single connection satisfies more than one category, or;
connections to the same source (if loading permits). Note: In this case a single bus failure will result in multiple
bus names being faulted in the EGPWS self-test. In this case a single physical bus with multiple connections
satisfies more than one category.
Note: Numerous (but not all) Envelope Modulation cases require a localizer input. Therefore a NAV ID that
supplies both Glideslope and Localizer should be selected in this category if possible. However, due to hardware
limitations, use of localizer for installations that can only provide low level validity is not supported. In these
cases only ID #1 can be selected. Envelope Modulation will still function for these glideslope only installations,
but not for those envelope modulation areas that require a localizer crosscheck.
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.9: NAVIGATION INPUT SELECT

Navigation
ID Inputs Select Description Effectivity
(Table 5.3.9-x)
Analog Glideslope (ARINC 547)
0 0 -020
with +28V Validity Flag
Analog Glideslope (ARINC 547)
1 1 -020
with Low Level Validity
2 2 Digital Glideslope (ARINC 429) -020
3 3 Digital Glideslope and Localizer (ARINC 429) -020
4 4 Digital KN40 Glideslope and Localizer (ARINC 429) -020

Analog Glideslope/Localizer (ARINC 547)
5 5 -020
with +28V Validity Flags
Digital Glideslope, Localizer, Vertical Deviation,
6 6 -030
Lateral Deviation, and Mode Control (ARINC 429)
Digital Glideslope and Localizer, Vertical and Lateral

248 248 -030
Deviation via dual IOC buses (ARINC 429) (Note 1)
Digital Glideslope and Localizer w/SDI, Selected Course
249 249 -026
Digital Glideslope, Localizer, Selected Course, PFD Mode
250 250 -020
Digital Glideslope, Localizer, Selected Course
251 251 -020
Digital Glideslope and Localizer
252 252 -020
253 253 -020
Digital Glideslope, Localizer, PFD Mode
254 254 -020
255 255 -020
Note 1: IDs 248, 249, 251, 252, 253, and 255 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections
for categories 2,6,8,10,11, 12, 13 and 16 that use the same ARINC 429 receiver channels and bus
speeds.
Note 2: IDs 250 and 254 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections for categories
2,6,8,10,11, 12, 13 and 16 that use the same ARINC 429 receiver channels and bus speeds. The use
of either the left or right source is based on the displayed source provided on label 163.
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.9-0: NAVIGATION INPUTS SELECT 0

Format: ARINC 547 with Validity Flag & ILS Select
Glideslope Deviation
(-) = J1-46 Fault Designation: GLIDESLOPE FAULT
Validity: Glideslope Validity Discrete #1 (+28V)
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Glideslope Validity >+17V = Valid
Discrete #1 < +4.4V = Not Valid
+28V ILS Tuned >+17V = ILS Tuned
Discrete #1 < +4.4V = ILS Not Tuned
GND ILS Tuned Gnd = ILS Tuned
J1-20 Input GND_DISC_01
Discrete #1 <not> Gnd = ILS Not Tuned
Configuration Data Type
ILS Source Select Type None

Format: ARINC 547 with Low Level Validity & ILS Select
Validity: Low Level Glideslope Deviation Validity
Format: DC
Input Type: Basic
Low Level Glideslope (+) = J1-30
Fault Designation: GLIDESLOPE LOW LEVEL VALIDITY FAULT
Deviation Validity (-) = J1-10
> 0.145V = Valid (typical active range is 0.16V to 0.84V)
<= 0.145V = Invalid
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: ILS #1 Fault Designation: ILS BUS
B = J2-5 Glideslope 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6

A = J2-22
Glideslope 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
B = J2-5
Localizer 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
Honeywell

A = J2-22 Glideslope 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
B = J2-5 Localizer 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
ILS Select (VOR/ILS Freq) 034 Discrete n/a Basic Bit 14 = ILS 167-333
KN40 Nav Source True

Format: ARINC 547 with Validity Super Flag & ILS Select
Validity: Glideslope Validity Discrete #1 (+28V)
Format: ARINC 547 with Validity Flag & ILS Select
Localizer Deviation
(-) = J1-10 Fault Designation: LOCALIZER FAULT
Validity: Localizer Validity Discrete #1 (+28V)
CHANNEL DESIGNATION Polarity/Configuration
PIN FUNCTION CONNECTION PIN TYPE
REFERENCE Reference
Localizer Validity >+17V = Valid
Glideslope Validity >+17V = Valid
TABLE 5.3.9-6: NAVIGATION INPUTS SELECT 6 (EPIC/APEX)

A = J2-22 Glideslope 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-100
B = J2-5 Localizer 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-100
Vertical Deviation 117 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-100
Lateral Deviation* 116 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-100
Mode 5 Control 163 Discrete Discrete Basic n/a 33.3-100
* Fault message is “Horizontal Deviation”
Note: The installer should insure that the labels 116 and 117 will only transmit data in DDM form because this
selection does not use a PFD Mode Select Word to define valid modes.
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.9-248: NAVIGATION INPUTS SELECT 248 (EPIC)

Selected Course 100 11 ±180 degrees Basic 0.087890625 33.3-100
* Fault message is “Horizontal Deviation”

A = J2-39 Glideslope with SDI 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-100
B = J2-38 Localizer with SDI 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-100
A = J2-21 Glideslope with SDI 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-100
B = J2-04 Localizer with SDI 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-100
SDI Bits 9 & 10 00 = Not used 10 = ILS #1 01 = ILS #2 11 = MLS
Honeywell

A = J2-37
B = J2-36
PFD Mode Select Word 163 Discrete Type 4 Basic n/a 250
Selected Course 100 11 ±180 degrees Basic 0.087890625 200
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Selected Course 100 11 ±180 degrees Basic 0.087890625 200
ILS Source Select Type PFD


Honeywell

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1
429RX_1 IOC #1 (High Speed) Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-37
B = J2-36
A = J2-41
B = J2-40

ILS Source Select Type PFD
TABLE 5.3.9-255: NAVIGATION INPUTS SELECT 255 (PROLINE 4/21)

A = J2-37
B = J2-36
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Honeywell
5.3.10 CATEGORY 10, ATTITUDE INPUT SELECT

The following table provides identification of the Roll Attitude Angle type. The entry in the Attitude Input Select
corresponds to a table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Attitude
Input Select #1 are found in 5.3.10-1.

 Roll Attitude
 Pitch Attitude
 Roll Rate Source
 Pitch Rate Source
 Inertial Vertical Speed
 Inertial Altitude
TABLE 5.3.10: ATTITUDE INPUT SELECT

Attitude Input
ID Select Description Effectivity
(Table 5.3.10-x)
0 0 Analog Roll (3-Wire Synchro) without validity (Note 4) -020
2 2 Analog Pitch and Roll (3-Wire Synchro) -020
4 4 Analog Roll (3-Wire Synchro) with validity (Note 4) -020

Digital Pitch, Roll, Pitch Rate, Roll Rate, and IVS (High
6 6 -020
Speed ARINC 429) (Note 2 and 3)
Analog Pitch and Roll (3-Wire Synchro) with Gnd
7 7 -022
validity
Digital Pitch, Roll, Pitch Rate, and Roll Rate (High
128 128 -020
Speed ARINC 429) (Note 2)
Digital Pitch, Roll, Pitch Rate and Roll Rate, Vertical
253 253 Speed and Altitude (ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses) -020
(Note 1)
Digital Pitch, Roll, Pitch Rate and Roll Rate (ARINC
254 254 -020
429 via dual IOC buses) (Note 1)
Note 1: ID 253 and 254 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections for categories 2,6,8,9,11, 12, 13
and 16 that use the same ARINC 429 receiver channels and bus speeds.
Note 2: Category 10 and Category 11 use the same ARINC 429 receiver if a digital source is selected. It is acceptable
for digital sources to be used for both categories if desired, however it must be noted that both categories must
use high speed ARINC 429 ID's or both categories must use low speed ARINC 429 ID's.
Note 3: This ID may only be used with a Category 2 Barometric Altitude Rate sources that are digital. Analog sources
are not compatible with this ID because of the presence of IVS.
Note 4: Not compatible with ‘Dead Reckoning’. Dead Reckoning requires both Pitch and Roll signals.
TABLE 5.3.10-0: ATTITUDE INPUT SELECT TYPE 0

Format: 3 Wire Synchro
(X) = J1-1 Input Type: Basic
Roll Attitude (Y) = J1-21 Fault Designation: ROLL FAULT
(Z) = J1-2 Validity: None
Reference: None
Honeywell

Format: 3 Wire Synchro with Validity Flag
(Z) = J1-2 Validity: Attitude Validity Discrete #1
Reference: None
Pitch Attitude (Y) = J1-7 Fault Designation: PITCH FAULT
Reference: None
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Attitude Validity >+17V = Valid
Discrete #1 <+4.4V = Invalid

Reference: None
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Attitude Validity >+17V = Valid
Discrete #1 <+4.4V = Invalid

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: AHRS/IRS/INS/EGI Fault Designation: AHRS BUS
Roll Angle 325 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 10-20
A = J2-23 Pitch Angle 324 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 10-20
B = J2-6 Body Roll Rate 327 13 ±128 deg/sec Basic 0.01562500 10-20
Body Pitch Rate 326 13 ±128 deg/sec Basic 0.01562500 10-20
Inertial Vertical Speed 365 15 ±32,768 FPM Basic 1.0 20-40
Note: This ID may only be used with a Category 2 Barometric Altitude Rate sources that are digital. Analog sources
are not compatible with this ID because of the presence of IVS.

Reference: None
Pitch Attitude (Y) = J1-7 Fault Designation: PITCH FAULT
Reference: None
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Attitude Validity GND = Valid
Discrete #1 <not>GND = Invalid
Honeywell

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: AHRS Fault Designation: AHRS BUS
A = J2-23
Pitch Angle 324 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 10-20
B = J2-6
Body Roll Rate 327 13 ±128 deg/sec Basic 0.01562500 10-20

Altitude 361 20 131,072 Ft Basic 0.125 20-40
Altitude 361 20 131,072 Ft Basic 0.125 20-40
Note: This ID may only be used with a Category 2 Barometric Altitude Rate sources that are digital. Analog sources are
not compatible with this ID because of the presence of IVS.

A = J2-37
B = J2-36
A = J2-41
B = J2-40
Honeywell
5.3.11 CATEGORY 11, HEADING INPUT SELECT

The following table provides identification of the Heading type. The entry in the Heading Input Select corresponds to a
table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the details for Magnetic Heading Input
Select #1 are found in 5.3.11-1.

 Magnetic Heading
 True Heading
TABLE 5.3.11: HEADING INPUT SELECT

Heading Input
ID Select Description Effectivity
(Table 5.3.11-x)
Analog Magnetic Heading (3-Wire Synchro with
0 0 -020
reference and validity discrete)
2 2 High Speed ARINC 429 (Note 2) -020
3 3 High Speed ARINC 429 (Note 2) -020

Digital True Heading (High Speed)
254 254 -020
(ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses) (Note 1 and 2)
Digital Magnetic Heading (High Speed)
255 255 -020
(ARINC 429 via dual IOC buses) (Note 1)
Note 1: ID 254 and 255 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections for categories 2, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12,
13 and 16 that use the same ARINC 429 receiver channels and bus speeds.
Note 2: Category 10 and Category 11 use the same ARINC 429 receiver if a digital source is selected. It is acceptable
for digital sources to be used for both categories if desired. However, note that both categories must use high
speed ARINC 429 ID's or both categories must use low speed ARINC 429 ID's.
TABLE 5.3.11-0: HEADING INPUT SELECT 0

(X) = J1-22
(Y) = J1-23
Input Type: Basic
(Z) = J1-3
Magnetic Heading Fault Designation: MAGNETIC HEADING FAULT
Reference
Validity: Magnetic Heading Validity Discrete (+28V)
(H) = J1-4
Reference: Nominal 26 VAC
(C) = J1-24
CHANNEL DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Magnetic Heading >+17V = Valid
Validity Discrete < +4.4V = Invalid

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: AHRS Fault Designation: AHRS BUS
B = J2-6 Magnetic Heading 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 10-50
Honeywell

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: AHRS/IRS/INS/EGI Fault Designation: AHRS BUS
A = J2-23
Magnetic Heading 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 10-50
B = J2-6
True Heading 314 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50

B = J2-36 True Heading 314 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
B = J2-40 True Heading 314 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50

5.3.12 CATEGORY 12, WINDSHEAR INPUT SELECT

The Windshear warning is not applicable to Helicopters.
The following table provides the definition of Windshear Input Select ID 0, which is used for helicopter installations.
TABLE 5.3.12: WINDSHEAR INPUT SELECT
ID Description Windshear INOP Disable Windshear Disable Effectivity
0 No Windshear TRUE TRUE -020
Honeywell
5.3.13 CATEGORY 13, INPUT / OUTPUT DISCRETE TYPE SELECT

The following table provides identification of the Input/Output Discrete Type. Each entry in the Input/Output Discrete
Type column has a corresponding table that provides detailed information on the configuration. For example, the
details for Input/Output Discrete Type #128 are found in Table 5.3.13-128.
TABLE 5.3.13: INPUT/OUTPUT DISCRETE TYPE SELECT
Input/Output
Description
ID Discrete Type Effectivity
Helicopter Input / Output discrete definitions
(Table 5.3.13-x)
128 128 (Lamp Format 1, TCAS Inhibit) -020
129 129 (Lamp Format 2, TCAS Inhibit) -020
130 130 (Lamp Format 2, Audio On) -024
131 131 S-92 (Lamp Format 2, TCAS Inhibit) (Note 1) -020
132 132 EH-101 (Lamp Format 2, TCAS Inhibit) (Note 1) -020
133 133 S-92 (Lamp Format 2, Audio On) (Note 1) -024
134 134 EH-101 (Lamp Format 2, Audio On) (Note 1) -024
135 135 S-762 (Lamp Format 2, Audio On, no Eng Out) -024
136 136 S-762 (Lamp Format 2, Audio On, Eng Out) -024
137 137 (Lamp Format 2, Audio On, Audio Priority) -026
138 138 (Lamp Format 2, Audio On, Audio Priority, Digital Discretes) -026
EH-101 (Lamp Format 2, Audio On, Audio Priority, Digital Discretes)
139 139 -026
(Note 1)
Note 1: ID 131, 132, 133, 134, 138 and 139 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus
selections for categories 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 16 that use the same ARINC 429 receiver
channels and bus speeds.
2 S-76 factory installations only.
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.13-128: INPUT/OUTPUT DISCRETE TYPE 128

CHANNEL
CONN DESIGNATION PIN
PIN # REFERENCE TYPE PIN FUNCTION Polarity/Configuration
>+17V = Inhibit
J1-38 28V_DISC_02 Input +28V Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
<+4.4V = Not Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
J1-19 GND_DISC_02 Input GND Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
<not> Gnd = Not Inhibit
>+17V = WOW
J1-37 28V_DISC_03 Input +28V WOW Discrete
<+4.4V = Not WOW
Gnd = WOW
J1-18 GND_DISC_03 Input GND WOW Discrete
<not> Gnd = Not WOW
>+17V = Inhibit
J1-36 28V_DISC_04 Input +28V Audio Inhibit Discrete
Gnd = Audio Inhibit Toggle
J1-17 GND_DISC_04 Input Timed Audio Inhibit Discrete (Note 1, 3)
<not> Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Gear Down
J1-35 28V_DISC_05 Input +28V Landing Gear Discrete
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
J1-16 GND_DISC_05 Input GND Landing Gear Discrete
<not> Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
J1-15 GND_DISC_06 Input Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Note 1)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Altitude Mode Select
J1-14 GND_DISC_07 Input Low Altitude Mode Select (Tactical) (Note 1)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
J1-13 GND_DISC_08 Input Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
J1-12 GND_DISC_09 Input Terrain Awareness Inhibit Discrete (Note 2)
Gnd = Self-Test Toggle
J1-34 GND_DISC_10 Input Self-Test Discrete (Note 1)
<not> Gnd = Normal
J1-72 MON_OUT_1 Output GPWS INOP Discrete
TAD INOP Discrete
J1-55 MON_OUT_2 Output
Terrain Not Available
GPWS Warning Discrete
J1-78 DISC_OUT_1 Output Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning Lamp Format= Type 1
Obstacle Awareness Caution or Warning
J1-77 DISC_OUT_2 Output GPWS Alert Discrete (Glideslope Only) Lamp Format= Type 1
J1-76 DISC_OUT_3 Output Glideslope Cancel Discrete
J1-73 DISC_OUT_4 Output Low Altitude Mode Discrete (Tactical)
J1-69 DISC_OUT_5 Output TCAS Inhibit discrete
J1-54 DISC_OUT_6 Output Terrain Display Select #1 Discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning Gnd = Terrain Pop Up
J1-51 DISC_OUT_8 Output
J1-52 DISC_OUT_7 Output Timed Audio Inhibit Gnd = Audio Inhibit
Note 1: Provided by Momentary cockpit switch (non-latching).
Note 2: Provided by Alternate cockpit switch (Latching) with guard if inhibiting.
Note 3: See section 3.3.18.2 for further selectable options and details.
Honeywell

CHANNEL
>+17V = Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
>+17V = WOW
<+4.4V = Not WOW
Gnd = WOW
<not> Gnd = Not WOW
>+17V = Inhibit
J1-17 GND_DISC_04 Input Timed Audio Inhibit Discrete (Note 1, 3, 4)
<not> Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
<not> Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
J1-15 GND_DISC_06 Input Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Note 1, 3)
<not> Gnd = Normal
J1-14 GND_DISC_07 Input Low Altitude Mode Select (Tactical) (Note 1, 3)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
J1-12 GND_DISC_09 Input Terrain Awareness Inhibit Discrete (Note 2, 3)
J1-34 GND_DISC_10 Input Self-Test Discrete (Note 1, 3)
<not> Gnd = Normal
TAD INOP Discrete
J1-78 DISC_OUT_1 Output Terrain Awareness Warning Lamp Format= Type 2
Obstacle Awareness Warning
GPWS Alert Discrete
J1-77 DISC_OUT_2 Output Terrain Awareness Caution Lamp Format= Type 2
Obstacle Awareness Caution
Note 2: Provided by Alternate cockpit switch (Latching) with guard if inhibiting
Note 3: Function is provided as an OR operation of the physical discrete (defined in this category) and the 429 Discrete Word bit if configured by
display type in Category 6. However, the installation should not use both sources at the same time.
Honeywell

CHANNEL
>+17V = Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
>+17V = WOW
<+4.4V = Not WOW
Gnd = WOW
<not> Gnd = Not WOW
>+17V = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
<not> Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
<not> Gnd = Normal
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
TAD INOP Discrete
GPWS Alert Discrete
J1-69 DISC_OUT_5 Output Audio On discrete
Terrain Awareness Caution or Warning
J1-51 DISC_OUT_8 Output Gnd = Terrain Pop Up
Honeywell

CHANNEL
>+17V = Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
>+17V = WOW
<+4.4V = Not WOW
Gnd = WOW
<not> Gnd = Not WOW
>+17V = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
<not> Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
<not> Gnd = Normal
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
<not> Gnd = Normal
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Use DCU Bus 1
J1-67 GND_DISC_14 Input DCU Reversion discrete
<not> Gnd = Use DCU Bus 2
TAD INOP Discrete
GPWS Alert Discrete
Note 3: Function is provided as an OR operation of the physical discrete (defined in this category) and the 429 Discrete Word bit, label 303 (MFD
Command word). However, the installation should not use both sources at the same time.
Note 4: The Terrain Awareness Inhibit Discrete is provided in the MFD Command word.
Input/Output Discrete Type 131 CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
Honeywell

B = J2-36 MFD Command Word (Format 1) 303 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 100
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: DCU #1 Bus Fault Designation: DCU BUS 1
A = J2-39
Aural Warning Set Word 270 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 100
B = J2-38
Aural Warning Reset Word 271 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 100
A = J2-21
B = J2-04
Label 303 MFD Command Word

Bits 11 – 14 Self Test Command Codes
BITS Command
11 12 13 14
0 0 0 0 No Test Command
0 0 1 0 Short Level 1 Test Command
0 1 0 0 Long Level 1 Test Command
0 1 1 0 Level 2 Test Command
0 0 0 1 Self Test Cancel Command
0 0 1 1 Skip Command
Bits 15 – 29 (Format 1)
BIT Command
15 Glideslope Cancel (momentary)
16 Timed Audio Inhibit (momentary)
17 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit (momentary)
18 Low Altitude (momentary)
19 Weight On Wheels
20 Landing Gear Position (0 = Gear down)
21 Backcourse
22 ICS Audio On
23 EH-101 Master/Slave Control (not used by EGPWS)
24 - 29 Not Used
Bits 15 – 29 (Format 2)
BIT Command
15 Glideslope Cancel (momentary)
16 Timed Audio Inhibit (momentary)
17 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit (toggle)
18 Low Altitude (momentary)
19 Weight On Wheels
20 Landing Gear Position (0 = Gear down)
21 Backcourse
22 ICS Audio On
23 EH-101 Master/Slave Control (not used by EGPWS)
24 - 29 Not Used
Label 270 Aural Warning Set Word Bit Assignments

Bits 9 – 10 Page selection
BIT PAGE
1 2 3 4
9 0 0 1 1
10 0 1 0 1
Honeywell
Label 270 Aural Warning Set Word Bit Assignments (continued)

Page 1: Bits 11 – 29 Page 2: Bits 11 – 29
BIT Command BIT Command
11 Low Rotor Set 11 110 Ft. Set (not used by EGPWS)
12 Fire Engine 1 Set 12 120 Ft. Set (not used by EGPWS)
13 Fire Engine 2 Set 13 130 Ft. Set (not used by EGPWS)
14 Engine 1 Failure Set 14 140 Ft. Set (not used by EGPWS)
15 Engine 2 Failure Set 15 150 Ft. Set (not used by EGPWS)
16 Landing Gear Up Set (not used by EGPWS) 16 160 Ft. Set (not used by EGPWS)
17 Fire APU Set 17 Check Power Set
18 Airspeed Set 18 Smoke in Cabin Set
19 Smoke In Baggage Set 19 Spare
20 Minimums Set (not used by EGPWS) 20 Spare
21 Altitude Set (not used by EGPWS) 21 Spare
22 100 Ft. Set (not used by EGPWS) 22 Spare
23 Coupled Hover Altitude Set 23 Spare
24 Swash Plate Temperature Set 24 Spare
25 Level Off Set 25 Spare
26 Decouple Set 26 Spare
27 Hover Altitude Set 27 Spare
28 Gear Box Pressure Set 28 Spare
29 Aural Alert Invalid 29 Reserved
Label 270 Page 3 and 4 are undefined.
Label 271 Aural Warning Set Word Bit Assignments

Bits 9 – 10 Page selection
BIT PAGE
1 2 3 4
9 0 0 1 1
10 0 1 0 1
Page 1: Bits 11 – 29 Page 2: Bits 11 – 29
BIT Command BIT Command
11 Low Rotor Reset 11 110 Ft. Reset (not used by EGPWS)
12 Fire Engine 1 Reset 12 120 Ft. Reset (not used by EGPWS)
13 Fire Engine 2 Reset 13 130 Ft. Reset (not used by EGPWS)
14 Engine 1 Failure Reset 14 140 Ft. Reset (not used by EGPWS)
15 Engine 2 Failure Reset 15 150 Ft. Reset (not used by EGPWS)
16 Landing Gear Up Reset (not used by EGPWS) 16 160 Ft. Reset (not used by EGPWS)
17 Fire APU Reset 17 Check Power Reset
18 Airspeed Reset 18 Smoke in Cabin Reset
19 Smoke In Baggage Reset 19 Spare
20 Minimums Reset (not used by EGPWS) 20 Spare
21 Altitude Reset (not used by EGPWS) 21 Spare
22 100 Ft. Reset (not used by EGPWS) 22 Spare
23 Coupled Hover Altitude Reset 23 Spare
24 Swash Plate Temperature Reset 24 Spare
25 Level Off Reset 25 Spare
26 Decouple Reset 26 Spare
27 Hover Altitude Reset 27 Spare
28 Gear Box Pressure Reset 28 Spare
29 Reserved (IBIT Initiate) 29 Audio Hush
Label 271 Page 3 and 4 are undefined.
Honeywell

CHANNEL
CONN DESIGNATION
PIN # REFERENCE PIN TYPE PIN FUNCTION Polarity/Configuration
>+17V = Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
>+17V = WOW
<+4.4V = Not WOW
Gnd = WOW
<not> Gnd = Not WOW
>+17V = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
<not> Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
<not> Gnd = Normal
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
TAD INOP Discrete
GPWS Alert Discrete

Note 4: See Table 5.3.13-131for MFD Command Word definition.
Honeywell

CHANNEL
CONN DESIGNATION
>+17V = Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
>+17V = WOW
<+4.4V = Not WOW
Gnd = WOW
<not> Gnd = Not WOW
>+17V = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
<not> Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
<not> Gnd = Normal
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
<not> Gnd = Normal
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Use DCU Bus 1
J1-67 GND_DISC_14 Input DCU Reversion discrete
<not> Gnd = Use DCU Bus 2
TAD INOP Discrete
GPWS Alert Discrete
Note 4: The Terrain Awareness Inhibit Discrete is provided in the MFD Command word.
Honeywell

429RX_1 Format: ARINC429 (High Speed) Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-39
B = J2-38
429RX_5 Format: ARINC429 (Low Speed) Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-21
B = J2-04
Note 5: See Table 5.3.13-131for MFD Command Word, Aural Warning Set Word and Aural Warning Reset Word definition.
Honeywell

CHANNEL
CONN DESIGNATION
>+17V = Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
>+17V = WOW
<+4.4V = Not WOW
Gnd = WOW
<not> Gnd = Not WOW
>+17V = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
<not> Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
<not> Gnd = Normal
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
TAD INOP Discrete
GPWS Alert Discrete

Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.13-135: INPUT/OUTPUT DISCRETE TYPE 135 (S-76 FACTORY INSTALLATIONS ONLY)
CHANNEL
CONN DESIGNATION
>+17V = Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
>+17V = WOW
<+4.4V = Not WOW
Gnd = WOW
<not> Gnd = Not WOW
>+17V = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
<not> Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
<not> Gnd = Normal
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Low Rotor
J1-8 28V_DISC_09 Input +28V Low Rotor Discrete
<+4.4V = Normal
>+17V = Fire in Engine #1
J1-48 28V_DISC_11 Input +28V Fire Engine #1 Discrete
<+4.4V = Normal
<+4.4V = Normal
Gnd = Couple On
J2-31 GND_DISC_15 Input GND Decouple Discrete
<not> Gnd = Decoupled
TAD INOP Discrete
GPWS Alert Discrete
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.13-136: INPUT/OUTPUT DISCRETE TYPE 136 (S-76 FACTORY INSTALLATIONS ONLY)
CHANNEL
CONN DESIGNATION
>+17V = Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
>+17V = WOW
<+4.4V = Not WOW
Gnd = WOW
<not> Gnd = Not WOW
>+17V = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
<not> Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
<not> Gnd = Normal
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Low Rotor
J1-8 28V_DISC_09 Input +28V Low Rotor Discrete
<+4.4V = Normal
<+4.4V = Normal
<+4.4V = Normal
Gnd = Couple On
J2-31 GND_DISC_15 Input GND Decouple Discrete
TAD INOP Discrete
GPWS Alert Discrete
Honeywell
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: ENG #1 Bus Fault Designation: ENGINE 1 BUS

B = J2-07 ECU Discrete Word 353 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 200
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: ENG #2 Bus Fault Designation: ENGINE 2 BUS
B = J2-04 ECU Discrete Word 353 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 200
Label 353 ECU Discrete Word Bit 26 Assignment

BIT 26 Definition
1 Engine Failure True
0 Engine Failure False
Honeywell

CHANNEL
>+17V = Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
>+17V = WOW
<+4.4V = Not WOW
Gnd = WOW
<not> Gnd = Not WOW
>+17V = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
<not> Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
<not> Gnd = Normal
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
J1-13 GND_DISC_08 Input Minimums/Check Height Silence Discrete (Note 1)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Couple On
J2-31 GND_DISC_15 Input ICS Audio On Discrete (Note 3)
TAD INOP Discrete
GPWS Alert Discrete
Honeywell

CHANNEL
>+17V = Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
>+17V = WOW
<+4.4V = Not WOW
Gnd = WOW
<not> Gnd = Not WOW
>+17V = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
<not> Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
<not> Gnd = Normal
J1-14 GND_DISC_07 Input Low Altitude Mode Select (Tactical) (Note 1)
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Couple On
TAD INOP Discrete
GPWS Alert Discrete
Note 1: Provided by Momentary cockpit switch (non-latching)

Honeywell

Honeywell

CHANNEL
>+17V = Inhibit
Gnd = Inhibit
>+17V = WOW
<+4.4V = Not WOW
Gnd = WOW
<not> Gnd = Not WOW
>+17V = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
>+17V = Gear Down
<+4.4V = Gear Up
Gnd = Gear Down
<not> Gnd = Gear Up
Gnd = Cancel Toggle
<not> Gnd = Normal
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Low Volume
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Inhibit
<not> Gnd = Normal
Gnd = Couple On
TAD INOP Discrete
GPWS Alert Discrete
Note 1: Provided by Momentary cockpit switch (non-latching)

Honeywell

5.3.14 CATEGORY 14, AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL

The following table provides identification of the Audio Output Level Select. Each entry in the ID column corresponds
to a particular nominal alert output level selection (Max, -6 dB, -12 dB, -18dB and –24dB). The nominal output is 4
W(rms) for the 8-ohm output and 100 mW(rms) for the 600-ohm output. The Audio Output Level can be additionally
reduced by 6dB with the Mode 6 Low Volume discrete (see Category 13). The output power level will be the nominal
maximum output (4W or 100mW) reduced by the volume selection from Table 5.3.14 and the Mode 6 Low Volume
discrete.
TABLE 5.3.14: AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL
ID Volume Select Effectivity
0 Nominal -020
1 -6 dB -020
2 -12 dB -020
3 -18 dB -020
4 -24 dB -020
Honeywell
5.3.15 CATEGORY 15, AUTOROTATION THRESHOLD

The following table provides identification of the Autorotation Threshold. Each entry in the ID column corresponds to
an engine torque threshold for autorotation. Each helicopter type has a unique engine torque percentage during
autorotation based on the aerodynamic qualities of the aircraft. This value is not typically published or well known,
thus it has been included as a configuration item in Table 10.3.15. Since a typical Autorotation Threshold value is
between 5% and 10%, the values have been chosen from 0% to 30% in increments of 0.5%.
TABLE 5.3.15: AUTOROTATION THRESHOLD
Autorotation
ID Threshold Effectivity
% of Torque
0 N/A -020
1 0.5 % -020
2 1.0 % -020
3 1.5 % -020
4 2.0 % -020
5 2.5 % -020
6 3.0 % -020
7 3.5 % -020
8 4.0 % -020
9 4.5 % -020
10 5.0 % -020
11 5.5 % -020
12 6.0 % -020
13 6.5 % -020
14 7.0 % -020
15 7.5 % -020
16 8.0 % -020
17 8.5 % -020
18 9.0 % -020
19 9.5 % -020
20 10.0 % -020
21 10.5 % -020
22 11.0 % -020
23 11.5 % -020
24 12.0 % -020
25 12.5 % -020
26 13.0 % -020
27 13.5 % -020
28 14.0 % -020
29 14.5 % -020
30 15.0 % -020
31 15.5 % -020
Honeywell
Autorotation
ID Threshold Effectivity
% of Torque
32 16.0 % -020
33 16.5 % -020
34 17.0 % -020
35 17.5 % -020
36 18.0 % -020
37 18.5 % -020
38 19.0 % -020
39 19.5 % -020
40 20.0 % -020
41 20.5 % -020
42 21.0 % -020
43 21.5 % -020
44 22.0 % -020
45 22.5 % -020
46 23.0 % -020
47 23.5 % -020
48 24.0 % -020
49 24.5 % -020
50 25.0 % -020
51 25.5 % -020
52 26.0 % -020
53 26.5 % -020
54 27.0 % -020
55 27.5 % -020
56 28.0 % -020
57 28.5 % -020
58 29.0 % -020
59 29.5 % -020
60 30.0 % -020
Honeywell
5.3.16 CATEGORY 16, TORQUE INPUT SELECT

The following table provides identification of Torque source type. Each entry in the ID column corresponds to an
engine torque input configuration. The entry in the Torque Type corresponds to a table that provides detailed
information on the configuration. For example, the details for Torque Type 2 are found in Table 5.3.16-2.
In cases where the signals are on an ARINC 429 bus with other signals, you may:
 In other categories select the same Fault Designation name and Channel connection as this category. In this
case a single physical bus with a single connection satisfies more than one category, or;
connections to the same source (if loading permits). Note: In this case a single bus failure will result in multiple
bus names being faulted in the EGPWS self-test. In this case a single physical bus with multiple connections
satisfies more than one category.
For single engine helicopter applications, the Torque Input needs to be treated as if there were two engines via aircraft
wiring. Wire the single engine data into both HTAWS Torque Input(s), paralleling #1 and #2.
TABLE 5.3.16 TORQUE TYPE SELECT

Torque Input
DESCRIPTION Effectivity
Type
(Table
ID
5.3.16-xx)
0 0 No Torque Input, Used Fixed 20% Torque -020
1 1 Digital, ARINC 429 S-76B/C+ -020
2 2 Analog, DC 0.032 VDC/% (Note 1) S-76C/A++ -020
3 3 Analog, DC 0.0278 VDC/% (Note 1) S-76A/A+ -020
4 4 Synchro Bell 212/412 -020

EC 155B
5 5 Digital, ARINC 429 BNR AS 365N3 -020
ARRIEL 2C engine
MD900
6 6 Digital, RS-422 9600 baud (Note 5) -021
PW206A engine
7 7 Analog, DC 0.0429 VDC/% AS 322 -020
8 8 Analog, DC 0.015 + 0.0079836 VDC/% AS 365N1/N2 -020
9 9 Digital, ARINC 429 BCD AS 365N3 -020
10 10 Digital, ARINC 429 BNR Bell 427, 430 -020
11 11 Analog, DC 0.0219 VDC/% (Note 1) Bell 407 -020
12 12 Analog, DC 0.044 VDC/% Bell 212, 412 -020

13 Spare
14 14 Analog, DC 0.01025 + 0.004275 VDC/% AS 350 -020
15 15 Analog, DC 0.05 VDC/% HH-65 -020
16 16 Analog, DC 0.04 VDC/% -020
Honeywell
Torque Input
DESCRIPTION Effectivity
Type
(Table
ID
5.3.16-xx)
17 17 Digital, ARINC 429 (DC to 429 Torque Converter) -020
18 18 Digital, ARINC 429 (Note 2) S-92, AS-355 -020
19 19 Digital, ARINC 429 (Note 2) EH-101 -020

MD902
PW206E engine
EC 135P1
PW206B V27
EC 135P1
PW206B V28
23 23 Analog, DC 0.0355 VDC/% H-60 Blackhawk -022
Digital, RS-422 9600 baud, Maintenance Port
24 24 -021
(8000 Hex Sync) (Note 4) (Note 5)
25 25 -021
(8FFF Hex Sync) (Note 5)
A-109E
PW206C V27
A-109E
PW206C V28
28 28 -021
(8000 Hex Sync) (Note 4) (Note 5)
29 29 -021
(8FFF Hex Sync) (Note 5)
EC 225/725,
30 30 Digital, ARINC 429 Twin Engine Eurocopter EC 135, EC 145, -026
EC 155/A
31 31 Analog, DC 0.1 VDC/% EC-145 -024
EC 120, EC 130,
32 32 Digital, ARINC 429 Single Engine Eurocopter -026
AS350B2 and B4
33 33 Digital, ARINC 429 AS-355 -026
Note 1: This input requires that the raw signal is externally amplified by 30.23. No known amplifier currently
exists; use ID 17 or ID 0 until a supplier is identified.
Note 2: ID 18 and 19 may only be used in conjunction with other IOC bus selections for categories 6, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12, 13 and 16 that use the same ARINC 429 receiver channels and bus speeds.
Note 3: The aircraft torque system is not compatible with the MK XXII DC Torque inputs. Use ID 0 for No
Torque interface.
Note 4: ID 24 and 28 are not recommended for use as there is a risk that sync word definition (8000 Hex) may
exist in data stream thus allowing the possibility of erroneous sync.
Note 5: ID 6, 20 - 22 and 24 - 29 are only compatible with Category 6, Terrain Display Select Type ID 242
that use RX429-8 for range control. This torque type inputs RS-422 torque data on RX429/422-1.
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.16-0 TORQUE DATA SELECT 0 (GENERIC FIXED TORQUE 20%)

Engine Torque #1 No Connection
Engine Torque #2 No Connection
TABLE 5.3.16-1 TORQUE DATA SELECT 1 (S-76B/C+) NOTE 1

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Eng #1 Fault Designation: ENGINE 1 BUS
RX429-8 Format: ARINC 429 (low speed) Bus Type: Basic
B = J2-07 Torque (Note 2) 243 15 799% Basic 0.1 200
Note 1: Digital Radar Altitude (type 2) cannot be used with this configuration both use ARINC 429 channel 5.
Note 2: Label 243:
BITS Definition (BCD)
15 - 18 Tenths of Percent
19 - 22 Units of Percent
23 - 26 Tens of Percent
27 - 29 Hundreds of Percent
TABLE 5.3.16-2 TORQUE DATA SELECT 2 (S-76C/A++)

Format: DC
(+) = J1-26
Engine Torque #1 Input Type: Basic
(–) = J1-27
Fault Designation: ENGINE TORQUE 1
Format: DC
(+) = J1-66
(–) = J1-47
Scale: Torque (%) = 31.23675%/VDC * Volts
Signal Open Wire Threshold = -50%
Signal reasonable Range = 0 to 120%
TABLE 5.3.16-3 TORQUE DATA SELECT 3 (S-76A/A+)

Format: DC
(+) = J1-26
(–) = J1-27
Format: DC
(+) = J1-66
(–) = J1-47
Signal reasonable Range = 0 to 120%
TABLE 5.3.16-4 TORQUE DATA SELECT 4 (BELL 212/412)

(X) = J2-1 Format: 5 Wire Synchro
Engine Torque #1 (Y) = J2-2 Input Type: Basic
(Z) = J2-18 Fault Designation: ENGINE TORQUE 1
(X) = J2-19 Format: 5 Wire Synchro
Engine Torque #2 (Y) = J2-20 Input Type: Basic
(Z) = J2-3 Fault Designation: ENGINE TORQUE 2
(H) = J2-34
Synchro Reference
(C) = J2-35
Scale: >350° to <20° = 0% Torque
≥20° to 195° = 0.54285714 * Synchro Angle – 10.85 % Torque
>195° to 350° = 95% Torque
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.16-5 TORQUE DATA SELECT 5 (EC-155B AND AS-365N3) NOTE 1

Twin TURBOMECA Arriel 2C turbine engine
RX429-8 Format: ARINC 429 (high speed) Bus Type: Basic
B = J2-07 Torque 053 15 0 to 180% Basic 0. 0078125% 20
B = J2-04 Torque 053 15 0 to 180% Basic 0. 0078125% 20
Note 1: Digital Radar Altitude (type 2) cannot be used with this configuration both use ARINC 429 channel 5.
Note 2: The actual number of significant bits is 16 but 15 bits will support the data range with MSB being bit 29. This is adjusted to make the
input processing work with the actual MSB.
TABLE 5.3.16-6 TORQUE DATA SELECT 6 (MD900) (PW206A ENGINE) NOTE 2

429_422RX-1 Format: RS-422 (9600 baud) Bus Type: Basic
Data Word Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
A = J2-36
Torque 5 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-37
Torque Valid 13 16 N/A Basic N/A 83
RX422-2 Format: RS-422 (9600 baud) Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-10
Torque 5 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-11
Note 1: Sync Word is 8000 (hex), Data Length is 000F (hex), Format 1.
Note 2: This torque type is only compatible with Category 6, Terrain Display Select Types (KCPB) ID 230 & 242 that use RX429-8 for range
control. This torque type inputs RS-422 torque data on RX429/422-1.
TABLE 5.3.16-7 TORQUE DATA SELECT 7 (SUPER PUMA)

Format: DC
(+) = J1-26
(–) = J1-27
Format: DC
(+) = J1-66
(–) = J1-47
Signal reasonable Range = -20% to 140%
TABLE 5.3.16-8 TORQUE DATA SELECT 8 (AS365 DAUPHIN N1, N2)

Twin TURBOMECA Arriel 1C2 turbine engines
Format: DC
Engine Torque #1
(–) = J1-27 Fault Designation: ENGINE TORQUE 1
Validity: none
Format: DC
Engine Torque #2
Validity: none
Scale: Torque (%) = -1.879 + 125.256%/VDC * Volts
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.16-9 TORQUE DATA SELECT 9 (AS365 DAUPHIN N3) NOTE 1

Twin TURBOMECA Arriel 2C turbine engines
Note 1: Digital Radar Altitude (type 2) cannot be used with this configuration.
Note 2: Label 211:
BITS Definition (BCD)
15 - 18 Tenths of Percent
19 - 22 Units of Percent
23 - 26 Tens of Percent
27 - 29 Hundreds of Percent
TABLE 5.3.16-10 TORQUE DATA SELECT 10 (BELL 430 & 427) NOTE 1
B = J2-07 Torque 050 15 0 to +126 Basic 0.1 100
B = J2-04 Torque 050 15 0 to +126 Basic 0.1 100
Label 050, Data bits 14 – 28 are 2’s Complement Binary.
TABLE 5.3.16-11 TORQUE DATA SELECT 11 (BELL 407)

Format: DC
Engine Torque #1
Validity: none
Format: DC
Engine Torque #2
Validity: none
Scale: Torque (%) = + 45.6204%/VDC * Volts
TABLE 5.3.16-12 TORQUE DATA SELECT 12 (BELL 212/412)

Format: DC
Engine Torque #1
Validity: none
Format: DC
Engine Torque #2
Validity: none
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.16-14 TORQUE DATA SELECT 14 (AS-350D ASTAR)

Single TURBOMECA Arriel 1D1 or 2B turbine engine
Format: DC
Engine Torque #1
Validity: none
Format: DC
Engine Torque #2
(v) = J1-47 Fault Designation: ENGINE TORQUE 2
Validity: none
Note : Aircraft is single engine, connect torque signal to both EM22 inputs.
Scale: Torque (%) = - 2.397 + 233.918%/VDC * Volts
TABLE 5.3.16-15 TORQUE DATA SELECT 15 (COAST GUARD HH-65)

Format: DC
Engine Torque #1
Validity: none
Format: DC
Engine Torque #2
Validity: none
TABLE 5.3.16-16 TORQUE DATA SELECT 16 (COMMON DC TORQUE)

Format: DC
(+) = J1-26
(–) = J1-27
Format: DC
(+) = J1-66
(–) = J1-47
TABLE 5.3.16-17 TORQUE DATA SELECT 17 (GENERIC DC TO ARINC 429 TORQUE CONVERTER)
A = J2-24
Torque 1 053 15 0 to 180% Basic 0. 0078125 50
B = J2-07
Torque 2 054 15 0 to 180% Basic 0. 0078125 50
Note 1: The actual number of significant bits is 16 but 15 bits will support the data range. This is adjusted to make the input processing work with
the actual MSB = to bit 29.
Label 053 and 054, Data bits 14 – 28 are 2’s Complement Binary.
TABLE 5.3.16-18 TORQUE DATA SELECT 1 (S-92)

B = J2-36 Torque 336 12 256% Basic 0.0625 16.7
B = J2-40 Torque 336 12 256% Basic 0.0625 16.7
(Continued)
Honeywell
BITS Definition (SDI)

10 9
0 0 Invalid SDI
0 1 Engine #1
1 0 Engine #2
1 1 Invalid SDI
TABLE 5.3.16-19 TORQUE DATA SELECT 1 (EH-101) NOTE 1

B = J2-38 Torque 340 14 256% Basic 0.015625% 80
B = J2-04 Torque 340 14 256% Basic 0.015625% 80
10 9
0 0 Invalid SDI
0 1 Engine #1
1 0 Engine #2
1 1 Engine #3
TABLE 5.3.16-20 TORQUE DATA SELECT 20 (MD902) (PW206E ENGINE) NOTE 2

429_422RX-1 Format: RS-422 – 9600 baud
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-36
Torque 5 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-37
RX422-2 Format: RS-422 – 9600 baud Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-10
Torque 5 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-11
Note 1: Sync Word is 8000 (hex), Data Length is 0013 (hex), Format 1.
Note 2: This torque type is only compatible with Category 6, Terrain Display Select Type ID 242 that use RX429-8 for
range control. This torque type inputs RS-422 torque data on RX429/422-1.
TABLE 5.3.16-21 TORQUE DATA SELECT 21 (EC-135 P1) (PW206B ENGINE SW VERSION 27) NOTE 2
429_422RX-1 Format: RS-422 – 9600 baud
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-36
Torque 5 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-37
= J2-10
Torque 5 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-11
Note 2: This torque type is only compatible with Category 6, Terrain Display Select Type ID 242 that use RX429-8 for
range control. This torque type inputs RS-422 torque data on RX429/422-1.
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.16-22 TORQUE DATA SELECT 22 (EC-135 P1) (PW206B ENGINE SW VERSION 28) NOTE 2
429_422RX-1 Format: RS-422 – 9600 baud Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-36
Torque 5 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-37
A = J2-10
Torque 5 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-11
Note 1: Sync Word is 8FFF (hex), Data Length is 0019 (hex), Format 1.
Note 2: This torque type is only compatible with Category 6, Terrain Display Select Type ID 242 that use RX429-8 for range
TABLE 5.3.16-23 TORQUE DATA SELECT 23 (H-60 BLACKHAWK)

Format: DC
Engine Torque #1
Validity: none
Format: DC
Engine Torque #2
Validity: none
TABLE 5.3.16-24 TORQUE DATA SELECT 24 (PW 206A/B/E MAINTENANCE PORT) (8000H SYNC) NOTE 2
429_422RX-1 Format: RS-422 – 9600 baud
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-36
Torque 7 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-37
A = J2-10
Torque 7 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-11
Note 1: Sync Word is 8000 (hex), Data Length is 0018 (hex) Format 2.
TABLE 5.3.16-25 TORQUE DATA SELECT 25 (PW206A/B/E MAINTENANCE PORT) (8FFFH SYNC) NOTE 2
A = J2-36
Torque 7 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-37
A = J2-10
Torque 7 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-11
Note 1: Sync Word is 8FFF (hex), Data Length is 0018 (hex) Format 2.
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.16-26 TORQUE DATA SELECT 26 (A109E) (PW206C ENGINE SW VERSION 27) NOTE 2
429_422RX-1 Format: RS-422 (9600 baud)
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-36
Torque 5 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-37
A = J2-10
Torque 5 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-11
TABLE 5.3.16-27 TORQUE DATA SELECT 27 (A109E) (PW206C ENGINE SW VERSION 28) NOTE 2
429_422RX-1 Format: RS-422 (9600 baud)
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-36
Torque 5 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-37
A = J2-10
Torque 5 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-11
Note 1: Sync Word is 8FFF (hex), Data Length is 0019 (hex), Format 1.
TABLE 5.3.16-28 TORQUE DATA SELECT 28 (PW 206C MAINTENANCE PORT) (8000H SYNC) NOTE 2
429_422RX-1 Format: RS-422 (9600 baud)
Bus Type: Basic
A = J2-36
Torque 7 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-37
A = J2-10
Torque 7 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-11
Note 1: Sync Word is 8000 (hex), Data Length is 0018 (hex) Format 2.
TABLE 5.3.16-29 TORQUE DATA SELECT 29 (PW206C MAINTENANCE PORT) (8FFFH SYNC) NOTE 2
A = J2-36
Torque 7 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-37
A = J2-10
Torque 7 15 256% Basic 0.0078125 83
B = J2-11
Note 1: Sync Word is 8FFF (hex), Data Length is 0018 (hex) Format 2.
Honeywell
TABLE 5.3.16-30 TORQUE DATA SELECT 30 (TWIN ENGINE EUROCOPTER)

RX429-8 Format: ARINC 429 (high speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = J2-07 Torque 336 12 256% Basic 0.0625 100
10 9
0 0 Engine #1
0 1 Engine #2
1 0 Total Torque (not used by EGPWS)
1 1 Invalid SDI
TABLE 5.3.16-31 TORQUE DATA SELECT 31 (EC-145)

Format: DC
Engine Torque #1
Validity: none
Format: DC
Engine Torque #2
Validity: none
TABLE 5.3.16-32 TORQUE DATA SELECT 32 (SINGLE ENGINE EUROCOPTER)

Bus Type: Basic
B = J2-07 Torque 336 12 256% Basic 0.0625 100
10 9
0 0 Engine #1 only
0 1 Invalid SDI
1 0 Invalid SDI
1 1 Invalid SDI
TABLE 5.3.16-33 TORQUE DATA SELECT 33 (AS-355)

Bus Type: Basic
B = J2-07 Torque 336 12 256% Basic 0.0625 100
10 9
0 0 Invalid SDI
0 1 Engine #1
1 0 Engine #2
1 1 Invalid SDI
Honeywell

The following table provides identification of the Options 2 Select. Each entry in the ID column corresponds to a
particular combination of Auto-rotation callouts, Normal Helicopter TA&D Display Pop Up Range Selection and Low
Altitude Helicopter TA&D Display Pop Up Range Selection. Refer to Section 6.5 for configuration messages that will
be present for each option selected.
This category selects the Auto-rotation callouts via one of the following options:
Auto-rotation Callout Option Select 0: No Auto-rotation callouts selected (the callout menu selected via
Category 4 will remain active in auto-rotation).
Auto-rotation Callout Option Select 1: Selects “200” and “100” for Auto-rotation.
Auto-rotation Callout Option Select 2: Selects “200”, “100”, “80”, “60”, “40”, “20” and “10” for Auto-rotation.
If the display type selected via Category 6 supports Auto Pop-Up and Auto-Ranging then the Helo Normal Pop-Up
Range Select chooses the Terrain Display Range to be forced during a non-Low Altitude Mode Pop-Up. The 2.5 NM
range selection is recommended if the selected display type supports a 2.5 NM range.
If the display type selected via Category 6 supports Auto Pop-Up and Auto-Ranging then the Helo Low Altitude Pop-
Up Range Select chooses the Terrain Display Range to be forced during a Low Altitude Mode Pop-Up. The 2.5NM
range selection is recommended if the selected display type supports a 2.5 NM range.
When Mode 6B Always ON Enable is selected, Mode 6B logic (non-latching) is enabled all the time. This option is
normally selected when the Check Height callout option is selected.
When Normal Terrain Airspeed Select is selected, the Terrain function will use Airspeed in Lieu of Ground speed in
normal operations. Please be aware that if Airspeed is selected for Terrain function it can increase the likelihood of
nuisance alerts when taking off or landing in strong headwinds.
When Low Altitude Airspeed Select is selected, the Terrain function will use Airspeed in Lieu of Ground speed in low
altitude operations.
When Low Altitude No VFOM Select is selected, the VFOM biasing from the Low Altitude Terrain Floor height is
removed allowing low level operation at 200 feet AGL.
TABLE 5.3.17: OPTIONS 2 SELECT

Helo Low
Normal Low Low
Helo Normal Altitude Mode 6B
Auto-rotation Terrain Altitude Altitude
Pop-Up Pop-Up Always
ID Callout Option Airspeed Airspeed No Effectivity
Range Select Range ON
Select Select Select VFOM
(in NM) Select Enable
(Note 1) (Note 1) Select
(in NM)
0 5 2.5 1 False False False False -020
3 5 5 1 False False False False -020
9 2.5 2.5 1 False False False False -026
12 5 2.5 1 True False False False -026
Honeywell
Helo Low
Normal Low Low
(in NM)
15 5 5 1 True False False False -026
21 2.5 2.5 1 True False False False -026
24 5 2.5 1 False True False False -026
27 5 5 1 False True False False -026
33 2.5 2.5 1 False True False False -026
36 5 2.5 1 True True False False -026
39 5 5 1 True True False False -026
45 2.5 2.5 1 True True False False -026
48 5 2.5 1 False False True False -026
51 5 5 1 False False True False -026
57 2.5 2.5 1 False False True False -026
60 5 2.5 1 True False True False -026
Honeywell
Helo Low
Normal Low Low
(in NM)
63 5 5 1 True False True False -026
69 2.5 2.5 1 True False True False -026
72 5 2.5 1 False True True False -026
75 5 5 1 False True True False -026
81 2.5 2.5 1 False True True False -026
84 5 2.5 1 True True True False -026
87 5 5 1 True True True False -026
93 2.5 2.5 1 True True True False -026
96 5 2.5 1 False False False True -026
99 5 5 1 False False False True -026
105 2.5 2.5 1 False False False True -026
108 5 2.5 1 True False False True -026
Honeywell
Helo Low
Normal Low Low
(in NM)
111 5 5 1 True False False True -026
117 2.5 2.5 1 True False False True -026
120 5 2.5 1 False True False True -026
123 5 5 1 False True False True -026
129 2.5 2.5 1 False True False True -026
132 5 2.5 1 True True False True -026
135 5 5 1 True True False True -026
141 2.5 2.5 1 True True False True -026
144 5 2.5 1 False False True True -026
147 5 5 1 False False True True -026
153 2.5 2.5 1 False False True True -026
156 5 2.5 1 True False True True -026
Honeywell
Helo Low
Normal Low Low
(in NM)
159 5 5 1 True False True True -026
165 2.5 2.5 1 True False True True -026
168 5 2.5 1 False True True True -026
171 5 5 1 False True True True -026
177 2.5 2.5 1 False True True True -026
180 5 2.5 1 True True True True -026
183 5 5 1 True True True True -026
189 2.5 2.5 1 True True True True -026
Note 1: Before selecting Airspeed Select Option see section 3.3.17.6 and 3.3.17.7 for further consideration.
Honeywell

The following table provides identification of the Options 3 Select.
When the Timed Audio Inhibit discrete is selected the inhibit time may be selected using Option 3. These configurations
define the value of Audio Inhibit Time. When the table equals Toggle then Audio Inhibit Time shall equal zero. See
Product Specification section 6.9.2 for a list of the basic audio inhibit exceptions.
The Inhibit All Except the configured Minimums Type Callout and the 100 Ft Callout Select and the Inhibit All Except
the configured Minimums Type Callout Select are mutually exclusive options.
The Inhibit Includes Too Low Gear Select option is intended for those aircraft that perform SAR recovery operations
with Gear Up and can be mixed with other audio inhibit options. The Inhibit Altitude Callouts 50 Ft and Below Over
Runway Select when selected will inhibit configured Altitude Callouts from 50 feet and below when over a runway in
the Runway Database in a Helicopter. Note: The Helicopter Runway Database only contains runways with a published
approach procedure.
For aircraft with two valid digital sources of Minimum Decent Altitude (MDA) or Decision Height (DH) the source
with the highest setting is selected for use in the minimum type callouts. When Lower MDA/DH Value Select is TRUE,
the selection logic is reversed so that the source with the lower value is used for the callout altitude.
Inhibit All
except Inhibit All Inhibit
Minimums except Inhibit Altitude
Type Callout Minimums Includes Callouts 50 Ft Lower
Audio Inhibit and 100 Ft Type Callout Too Low and Below MDA/DH
Time Callout Select Select Gear Select Over Runway Value
ID (Minutes) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) Select Select Effectivity
0 5 False False False False False -026
2 7.5 False False False False False -026
8 Toggle False False False False False -026
9 5 True False False False False -026
11 7.5 True False False False False -026
17 Toggle True False False False False -026
18 5 False True False False False -026
20 7.5 False True False False False -026
Honeywell
Inhibit All
26 Toggle False True False False False -026
27 5 False False True False False -026
29 7.5 False False True False False -026
35 Toggle False False True False False -026
36 5 True False True False False -026
38 7.5 True False True False False -026
44 Toggle True False True False False -026
45 5 False True True False False -026
47 7.5 False True True False False -026
53 Toggle False True True False False -026
54 5 False False False True False -026
Honeywell
Inhibit All
56 7.5 False False False True False -026
62 Toggle False False False True False -026
63 5 True False False True False -026
65 7.5 True False False True False -026
71 Toggle True False False True False -026
72 5 False True False True False -026
74 7.5 False True False True False -026
80 Toggle False True False True False -026
81 5 False False True True False -026
83 7.5 False False True True False -026
Honeywell
Inhibit All
89 Toggle False False True True False -026
90 5 True False True True False -026
91 3 TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE FALSE -026
92 7.5 True False True True False -026
98 Toggle True False True True False -026
99 5 False True True True False -026
101 7.5 False True True True False -026
107 Toggle False True True True False -026
108 5 False False False False True -026
110 7.5 False False False False True -026
116 Toggle False False False False True -026
117 5 True False False False True -026
119 7.5 True False False False True -026
Honeywell
Inhibit All
125 Toggle True False False False True -026
126 5 False True False False True -026
128 7.5 False True False False True -026
134 Toggle False True False False True -026
135 5 False False True False True -026
137 7.5 False False True False True -026
143 Toggle False False True False True -026
144 5 True False True False True -026
146 7.5 True False True False True -026
152 Toggle True False True False True -026
153 5 False True True False True -026
155 7.5 False True True False True -026
Honeywell
Inhibit All
161 Toggle False True True False True -026
162 5 False False False True True -026
164 7.5 False False False True True -026
170 Toggle False False False True True -026
171 5 True False False True True -026
173 7.5 True False False True True -026
179 Toggle True False False True True -026
180 5 False True False True True -026
182 7.5 False True False True True -026
188 Toggle False True False True True -026
189 5 False False True True True -026
Honeywell
Inhibit All
191 7.5 False False True True True -026
197 Toggle False False True True True -026
198 5 True False True True True -026
200 7.5 True False True True True -026
206 Toggle True False True True True -026
207 5 False True True True True -026
209 7.5 False True True True True -026
215 Toggle False True True True True -026
Note 1: Can only be used with Category 5 ID 128, 129, 251, 252, 253, 254 and 255, and Category 4 ID 17 thru 68
Honeywell

The following table provides identification of the Options 4 Select.
“Low Altitude Mode” is selected with the use of the Low Altitude Mode Select (Tactical) discrete. This discrete is
sourced from an analog switch or digital ARINC 429 bits. Prior to the -030 release when “Low Altitude Mode” was
activated GPWS classic modes and the forward looking terrain alert function were modified to allow flight in congested
areas, low altitude routes or while performing special operations.
In release -030 and on, this option category allows tailoring of the MK XXII system response to the Low Altitude Mode
Select (Tactical) discrete.
When Low Altitude Mode Select is true the HTAWS provides a “Reduced Protection Mode” allowing operations below
the defined alert envelopes without issuing alerts. Low Altitude Mode Select affects the following modes regardless of
the configuration option selected below (see table for further changes in operation):
 GPWS Mode 2 inhibited.
 GPWS Mode 3 inactive above 100 feet AGL.
 Mode 6 provides the message “Altitude Altitude” or “Check Height” for each transitioning below the selected
decision height1.
 Forward Looking Terrain Alerting Threat Detection is biased to allow closer proximity to terrain.
1
For S-92 “Altitude Altitude” callout is always active.
System Response to Low Altitude Mode Select (active)

Low Suggested Operations Mode 1 Mode 4 Mode 4 FLTA Peaks
Altitude Pullup & Too Low Too Low Behavior Water
Option Sinkrate Gear Terrain Priority
02 Low level operations over land Inhibited Enabled Inhibited Low Alt -
1 SAR over water Inhibited Inhibited Inhibited SAR Enabled
2 Offshore transport Enabled Enabled Enabled Offshore Enabled
2
Low Alt Option ‘0’ configures the system to pre release -030 Low Altitude operation. If the category ID is not
provided by the configuration module the default is ID ‘0’, option select ‘0’ Low level operations over land when
Low Altitude Mode (Tactical) is selected.
Mode 1 ‘PULLUP’ and ‘SINKRATE’: When inhibited, Mode 1 alerts (aural and visual) are disabled.
Mode 4 ‘TOO LOW GEAR’: When inhibited, allows low level flight with gear up and no Mode 4 gear alerts.
Applicable to rotorcraft with retractable gear. “Too Low Gear” alert is not provided for fixed gear aircraft.
Mode 4 ‘TOO LOW TERRAIN’: When inhibited, allows low level flight, at high speed, with gear up and no Mode 4
“Too Low Terrain” alerts.
FLTA (Forward Looking Terrain Alerting), Behavior:
Low Alt: When Low Altitude Mode Select (Tactical) discrete active, the Threat Detection envelopes are tailored to
accommodate lower than normal flight with reduced protection.
SAR: When Low Altitude Mode Select (Tactical) discrete active, the Threat Detection envelopes are tailored to
accommodate Search and Rescue operations.
Offshore: When Low Altitude Mode Select (Tactical) discrete active, the Threat Detection envelopes are tailored to
accommodate Offshore transport operations over water.
Peaks Water Priority: The HTAWS provides a “peaks” display mode. The Peaks Mode adds additional density patterns
and level thresholds based on absolute terrain elevations relative to the range and distribution of terrain in the display
area. HTAWS paints sea level bodies of water (0 feet MSL) blue (cyan), provided the displays is capable of presenting
the color. When a rotorcraft is low over the water, blue is replaced by yellow as the edge of the alert envelope reaches
(look down) the surface of the water. This has been a distraction to pilots. When Peaks Water Priority is enabled the
blue presentation will be provided over the water even at low altitudes.
Mode 2 Terrain Inhibit
Honeywell
Many HTAWS installations provide a Terrain Inhibit switch that allows the pilot to disable (or inhibit) Terrain
Awareness Alerts. When this switch is active the Forward Looking Terrain Alerting function is inhibited however, the
radio altimeter based, classic GPWS Mode 2 alerts are not. This can lead to pilot dissatisfaction. The following is a
scenario to illustrate the potential for confusion: Pilot is flying VFR and is intentionally close to terrain; Forward
Looking Terrain Alert activates providing “Caution! Terrain” aural and alert visual; pilot inhibits terrain by selecting the
Terrain Inhibit switch; Forward Looking Terrain Alert ceases but due to close proximity to terrain the GPWS Mode 2
alert activates providing the “Terrain Terrain” aural and alert visual. In this scenario the pilot has made the decision and
commanded the system to inhibit terrain alerts but the system continues to provide them albeit from a different mode. In
the -030 release the Mode 2 Terrain Inhibit option allows the Terrain Inhibit switch to affect the Mode 2 function.
Mode 2 Terrain Inhibit = False; Terrain Inhibit does not affect Mode 2 (pre -030 release behavior).
Mode 2 Terrain Inhibit = True; Terrain Inhibit will also inhibit the Mode 2 alert function.
If the category ID is not provided by the configuration module the default is ID “0”, option select “False”.
Low Mode 2
ID Altitude Terrain Effectivity
Option Inhibit
0 0 False -030
1 1 False -030
2 2 False -030
3 0 True -030
4 1 True -030
5 2 True -030
Honeywell
6.0 OUTPUT DATA DEFINITION
6.1. ARINC 429 OUTPUT DATA

The MK XXII EGPWC provides one or two ARINC 429 low or high-speed output channels per section 5.3.6. The
output consist of internal parameters that can be used for display selection or test purposes, and discrete outputs that can
be used for test and recording. During LRU Self-Test the SSM of each output label is set to the Functional Test status
code. The output types can be summarized as follows.
1) Internal data: Some internal data is output for test purposes only such as Radio Altitude, Computed Airspeed,
Geometric Altitude, etc.
2) Alert status: Each type of Voice and Lamp activity is mapped to a specific label/BIT. This can be used to provide
inputs to display systems and flight recorders.
3) Internal Mode status: Various internal EGPWC mode logic is transmitted for test purposes.
4) Terrain Display messages for TAD cockpit integration.
The ARINC 429 bus transmits both discrete and BNR labels. In the event of catastrophic computer failure, or 429
transmitter failure, outputs will not be transmitted. During Self-Test, the SSM will be set to functional test on all
outputs (bits 31/30 = 1/0). During all other conditions of computer or input failures, the 429 outputs will continue to be
transmitted as actual valid data. For valid status the standard discrete SSM format is used (00) except for data indicated
as being in 2’s complement format where the standard BNR SSM format is used (11). The SDI bits (9/10) will always
be set to “00”.
Note: Label 067 includes an indication of parameter inaccuracy that is not tied to the above discussion of SSM settings.
The following table identifies those outputs that are transmitted. Note that the outputs are segregated by functional
groups. Refer to the subsections following the table for specific format information for each output. The subsections
are in the same order as the table.
Honeywell
TABLE 6.1-1: ARINC 429 DITS OUTPUTS

OPERATIONAL OUTPUTS
LABEL NAME DESCRIPTION NOTES
DISCRETE OUTPUT WORDS
270 EGPWS ALERT DISCRETE #1 EGPWS ALERT INDICATION 1
271 EGPWC LOGIC DISCRETES INTERNAL LOGIC BOOLEANS 1
272 MODE 6 CALLOUTS DISCRETE #1 MODE 6 CALLOUT INDICATION #1 1
273 MODE 6 CALLOUTS DISCRETE #2 MODE 6 CALLOUT INDICATION #2 1
274 EGPWS ALERT DISCRETE #2 LAMP OUTPUT WORD 1
300 EGPWC ALERT DISCRETE #3 INOP INDICATIONS OF THE MK XXII EGPWC FUNCTIONS 1
INTERNAL DATA OUTPUTS The internal data output labels are lowest priority.
135 GEOMETRIC ALTITUDE VFOM COMPUTED GEOMETRIC ALTITUDE VFOM 5
164 TERRAIN CLEARANCE RADIO ALTITUDE FILTERED BY MK XXII EGPWC 1
261 GEOMETRIC ALTITUDE COMPUTED GEOMETRIC ALTITUDE 5
067 COMPUTED TERRAIN CLEARANCE TERRAIN CLEARANCE COMPUTED BY EGPWS 5,6
310 LATITUDE PRESENT POSITION EGPWS SELECTED LATITUDE 5
311 LONGITUDE PRESENT POSITION EGPWS SELECTED LONGITUDE 5
TERRAIN DISPLAY OUTPUTS

050 DISPLAYED RANGE TERRAIN DISPLAY #1 AND #2 RANGE 2,4
051 TERRAIN DISPLAY STATUS WORD TERRAIN DISPLAY STATUS INFORMATION 2,4
052 MESSAGE WORD #1 COLOR OF DISPLAY MESSAGE 2,4
053 MESSAGE WORD #2 FIRST TWO CHARACTERS OF DISPLAY MESSAGE 2,4
054 MESSAGE WORD #3 SECOND TWO CHARACTERS OF DISPLAY MESSAGE 2,4
055 MESSAGE WORD #4 LAST TWO CHARACTERS OF DISPLAY MESSAGE 2,4
EQUIPMENT ID
377 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PROVIDES ARINC 429 DEFINED EQUIPMENT ID NO. (023) 3
FAULT SUMMARY WORDS

350 FAULT DIAGNOSTIC WORD #1 PROVIDES FAULT STATUS 5
PEAKS ELEVATION BINARY

011 PEAKS UPPER ELEVATION UPPER ELEVATION VALUE AND COLOR 6,8,9,10
012 PEAKS LOWER ELEVATION LOWER ELEVATION VALUE AND COLOR 6,8,9,10
NOTES: 1) Update rate 100 ms  10%

2) Update rate 200 ms  10%
4) Transmitted only if Terrain Awareness function enabled
6) NCD and Failure Warning Indications Provided
7)
8)
9) Transmitted only if Peaks enabled
10) Update rate 500 ms  10% for each SDI
6.1.1 DISCRETE OUTPUT WORDS

The discrete output words transmit the status of all MK XXII EGPWC discrete and audio outputs. Label 274 is
typically used to drive EFIS and/or EICAS displays. The other discrete labels are typically only used for flight
recording and test purposes.
Honeywell
6.1.1.1 EGPWS ALERT DISCRETE #1 (270)

Data: Discrete
Label: 270 Octal
Significant Bits: (see table below)
Sign Bit: N/A
Transmit Interval: 100 msec  10%
Bit No. ASSIGNED WARNING MESSAGE (1 = voice on)
11 SINKRATE (PAUSE) SINKRATE
12 PULL UP
13 TERRAIN OR TERRAIN-TERRAIN
14 DONT SINK (PAUSE) DONT SINK
15 TOO LOW GEAR
16 TOO LOW FLAPS (Not supported)
17 TOO LOW TERRAIN
18 GLIDESLOPE
19 MINIMUMS MINIMUMS
20 TERRAIN PULLUP (Not supported)
21 CAUTION TERRAIN
22 WARNING TERRAIN or WARNING OBSTACLE
Note: This bit is used for the alternate terrain and obstacle warning voice message the basic terrain warning
message is mapped to bits 13 and 12 and obstacle warning voice mapped to bits 29 and 12.
* 23 Not supported by MK XXII
* 25 ENGINE FAIL (Not supported)
27 CAUTION TERRAIN or TERRAIN AHEAD Note: This is the alternate Terrain Caution voice.
28 CAUTION OBSTACLE or OBSTACLE AHEAD
29 OBSTACLE OBSTACLE
NOTE (*): Bits will be set to zero when Not Supported
6.1.1.2 EGPWC LOGIC DISCRETES (271)

Data: Discrete
Label: 271 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
BIT No. DEFINITION
13 TERRAIN CLEARANCE FLOOR ALERT
14 ENVELOPE MOD IN PROGRESS
15 ENVELOPE MOD SNAPSHOT LATCH SET
18 TAKE-OFF MODE
19 MODE 1 SINKRATE
20 MODE 1 PULL UP
21 MODE 2 TERRAIN
22 MODE 2 PULL UP
23 MODE 3 VISUAL
24 MODE 4 VISUAL
25 MODE 5 VISUAL
27 TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION
28 TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING
Honeywell
6.1.1.3 MODE 6 CALLOUTS DISCRETE #1 (272)

Data: Discrete
Label: 272 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
BIT NO ADVISORY MESSAGE (1 = voice on)
11 MINIMUMS
* 12 (Not supported)
13 CHECK HEIGHT (pause) CHECK HEIGHT
16 TEN
17 TWENTY
18 THIRTY
19 FORTY
20 FIFTY
21 SIXTY
22 EIGHTY
23 ONE HUNDRED
24 TWO HUNDRED
25 THREE HUNDRED
6.1.1.4 MODE 6 CALLOUTS DISCRETE #2 (273)

Data: Discrete
Label: 273 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
BIT NO DEFINITION (1 = voice on)
11 FOUR HUNDRED
12 FIVE HUNDRED (NORMAL, SMART OR ABOVE FIELD)
13 ONE THOUSAND
18 BANK ANGLE (pause) BANK ANGLE
23 FIVE HUNDRED ABOVE (ABOVE FIELD)
24 TAIL TOO LOW
25 BE ALERT TERRAIN INOP
26 ALTITUDE ALTITUDE or ALTITUDE or CHECK HEIGHT
29 ONE HUNDRED TEN, ONE HUNDRED TWENTY, ONE HUNDRED THIRTY, ONE HUNDRED FORTY,
ONE HUNDRED FIFTY or ONE HUNDRED SIXTY.
Honeywell
6.1.1.5 EGPWS ALERT DISCRETE #2 (274)

Data: Discrete
Label: 274 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
Bit No. ASSOCIATED DEFINITION (1 = ON)
DISCRETE PIN
11 J1-76 (TYPICALLY GLIDESLOPE CANCEL)
12 J1-77 GPWS ALERT
13 J1-78 GPWS WARNING
14 ---- GPWS INOP
* 15 ---- (Not supported)
16 J1-69 AUDIO ON
19 ---- CALLOUTS INOP
20 ---- TIMED AUDIO INHIBIT
* 21 ---- ENGINE FAIL INOP (Not supported)
22 ---- TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING or OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING
23 ---- TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION or OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION
24 ---- TERRAIN AWARENESS INOP
25 FRONT PANEL LED EXTERNAL FAULT
26 FRONT PANEL LED COMPUTER FAIL
27 ---- TERRAIN AWARENESS NOT AVAILABLE
28 J1-54 TERRAIN DISPLAY DISCRETE #1
29 J1-49 TERRAIN DISPLAY DISCRETE #2
6.1.1.6 EGPWC ALERT DISCRETE #3 (300)

Data: Discrete
Label: 300 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
BIT No. DEFINITION
11 MODES 1-4 INOP
12 MODE 5 INOP
13 MODE 6 INOP
14 BANK ANGLE INOP
16 TERRAIN CLEARANCE FLOOR INOP or RUNWAY FIELD CLEARANCE FLOOR INOP
17 TERRAIN AWARENESS INOP
18 ENVELOPE MODULATION INOP
19 TOO LOW TERRAIN VISUAL ALERT
20 TOO LOW GEAR VISUAL ALERT
21 TCAS INHIBIT
22 SAR SELECT**
23 OFFSHORE SELECT**
24 TERRAIN AWARENESS & TCF INHIBIT
25 TAIL STRIKE INOP
26 TACTICAL SELECT
28 OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION
29 OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING

NOTE (**): BIT 22 and BIT 23 defined in the -030 release are utilized by the Epic MCDU for indicating the status of the internal
latches.
Honeywell
6.1.2 INTERNAL DATA OUTPUTS

Internal data outputs are only used for test purposes.
6.1.2.1 GEOMETRIC ALTITUDE VFOM (135)

LABEL (Octal) 135 Units: Feet Max. Range: 32,768 Ft Approx. LSB: 0.125 Foot
Data Bits: 11 to 28 = 18 + = N/A Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (msec): 1000  10% Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.1.2.2 TERRAIN CLEARANCE (164)

LABEL (Octal) 164 Units: Feet Max. Range:  8,192 Feet Approx. LSB: 1.0 Foot
Data Bits: 16 to 28 = 13 + = Above Ground Level (AGL) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 15
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100  10% Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
6.1.2.3 GEOMETRIC ALTITUDE (261)

LABEL (Octal) 261 Units: Feet Max. Range:  131,072 Ft Approx. LSB: 0.125 Foot
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20 + = Above Sea Level (ASL) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (msec): 1000  10% Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary SDI Bits: N/A
6.1.2.4 COMPUTED TERRAIN CLEARANCE (067)

LABEL (Octal) 067 Units: Feet Max. Range: 131,072 Ft Approx. LSB: 1.0 Foot
Data Bits: 12 to 28 = 17 + = Above Ground Level (AGL) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (msec): 1000  10% Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary SDI Bits: N/A
Bit Definitions
11 Set to 1 when Computed Terrain Clearance low accuracy is indicated
12 -28 Computed Terrain Clearance
6.1.2.5 LATITUDE – SELECTED EGPWS (310)

LABEL (Octal) 310 Units: Degrees Max. Range:  180 Degrees LSB: 0.00017166137695
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20 + = North Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000  10% Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary SDI Bits: used for data
6.1.2.6 LONGITUDE – SELECTED EGPWS (311)

LABEL (Octal) 311 Units: Degrees Max. Range:  180 Degrees LSB: 0.00017166137695
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20 + = East Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000  10% Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary SDI Bits: used for data
Honeywell
6.1.3 TERRAIN DISPLAY OUTPUTS

The following ARINC 429 outputs support the Terrain Display function.
6.1.3.1 DISPLAYED RANGE (050)

Data: Discrete Label (Octal): 050 Transmit Interval: 200 msec  10%
BIT NO DEFINITION
11 – 14 TERRAIN DISPLAY RANGE #1 (0.5 to 2000 NM format)
15 – 18 TERRAIN DISPLAY RANGE #2 (0.5 to 2000 NM format)
19 - 29 UNDEFINED
NOTE: Bits contain left and right side Terrain Display Ranges (0.5 to 2000 NM, format as follows)
DISPLAY RANGE BIT ASSIGNMENTS

(Bits 14-11), & (Bits 18-15) DEFINITION (Bits 14-11), & (Bits 18-15) DEFINITION
0000 0.5 NM 1000 150 NM
0001 1.0 NM 1001 200 NM
0010 2.5 NM 1010 300 NM
0011 5.0 NM 1011 500 NM
0100 10 NM 1100 1000 NM
0101 25 NM 1101 2000 NM
0110 50 NM 1110 600 NM
0111 100 NM 1111 1200 NM
6.1.3.2 TERRAIN DISPLAY STATUS WORD (051)

BIT NO DEFINITION
11 POP UP BOOLEAN #1
12 POP UP BOOLEAN #2
13 TERRAIN DISPLAY VALID (cleared when TERRAIN AWARENESS NOT AVAILABLE or TERRAIN AWARENESS INOP are true)
14 SPARE
15 SPARE
16 Not Supported
17 TERRAIN AWARENESS & TCF INHIBIT
18 SPARE
19 SPARE
20 SPARE
21 SPARE
22 SPARE
23 SPARE
24 SPARE
25 SPARE
26 TERRAIN DISPLAY CAUTION
27 TERRAIN DISPLAY WARNING
28 Not Supported
29 SPARE
Honeywell
6.1.3.3 MESSAGE WORD #1 (052)

This label contains the color to be displayed on the 6-character terrain display window.
BIT NO DEFINITION BIT Coding COLOR Code (Hex)

9 - 10 SDI (00)
11 Spare
12 Spare
13 Spare
14 Spare
15 Spare
16 Spare
17 Spare
18 Spare
19 Spare
20 Spare
21 Spare
22 Spare
23 Character Color LSB (7 bit Hex) BITS 0000001 = Red
24 Character Color 0000010 = Amber
25 Character Color 0000011 = Yellow
26 Character Color (not currently used) 0000100 = Green
27 Character Color (not currently used) 0000101 = Cyan
28 Character Color (not currently used) 0000110 = Magenta
0000111= White
29 Character Color (not currently used) MSB (7 bit Hex)
6.1.3.4 MESSAGE WORD #2 (053)

This label contains the first 2 characters to be displayed on the 6-character terrain display window.
BIT NO DEFINITION BIT Coding TEXT Code (Hex) TEXT Code (Hex)
9,10 SDI (00)
11 Spare 20 = (space) 30 = 0
12 Spare 21 = ! 31 = 1
13 Spare 22 = “ 32 = 2
14 Spare 23 = # 33 = 3
15 Spare 24 = % 34 = 4
16 Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6 LSB (7 bit Hex) 25 = $ 35 = 5
17 Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6 26 = & 36 = 6
18 Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6 27 = ‘ 37 = 7
19 Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6 28 = ( 38 = 8
20 Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6 29 = ) 39 = 9
21 Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6 2A = * 3A = :
22 Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6 MSB (7 bit Hex) 2B = + 3B = ;
23 Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6 LSB (7 bit Hex) 2C = , 3C = <
24 Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6 2D = - 3D = =
25 Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6 2E = . 3E = >
26 Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6 2F = / 3F = ?
27 Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6 Continued at
28 Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6 LABEL 054 Below
29 Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6 MSB (7 bit Hex)
Honeywell
6.1.3.5 MESSAGE WORD #3 (054)

This label contains the second 2 characters to be displayed on the 6-character terrain display window.
BIT NO DEFINITION BIT Coding TEXT Code (Hex) TEXT Code (Hex)
9,10 SDI (00)
11 Spare 40 = ° (Deg Sign) 50 = P
12 Spare 41 = A 51 = Q
13 Spare 42 = B 52 = R
14 Spare 43 = C 53 = S
15 Spare 44 = D 54 = T
16 Character Code - Left Most of Set 3 of 6 LSB (7 bit Hex) 45 = E 55 = U
17 Character Code - Left Most of Set 3 of 6 46 = F 56 = V
18 Character Code - Left Most of Set 3 of 6 47 = G 57 = W
19 Character Code - Left Most of Set 3 of 6 48 = H 58 = X
20 Character Code - Left Most of Set 3 of 6 49 = I 59 = Y
21 Character Code - Left Most of Set 3 of 6 4A = J 5A = Z
22 Character Code - Left Most of Set 3 of 6 MSB (7 bit Hex) 4B = K 5B = [
23 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6 LSB (7 bit Hex) 4C = L 5C = \
24 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6 4D = M- 5D = ]
25 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6 4E = N 5E = ^
26 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6 4F = O 5F = _ (underscore)
27 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6 Continued at
28 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6 LABEL 055 Below
6.1.3.6 MESSAGE WORD #4 (055)

This label contains the last 2 characters to be displayed on the 6-character terrain display window.
BIT NO DEFINITION BIT Coding

9,10 SDI (00)
11 Spare
12 Spare
13 Spare
14 Spare
15 Spare
16 Character Code - Left Most of Set 3 of 6 LSB (7 bit Hex)
17 Character Code - Left Most of Set 3 of 6
22 Character Code - Left Most of Set 3 of 6 MSB (7 bit Hex)
23 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6 LSB (7 bit Hex)
24 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6
Honeywell
6.1.4 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION

This label provides the ARINC equipment identification for maintenance reporting.
6.1.4.1 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION WORD

BIT NO DEFINITION
11- 22 ID Code Equipment ID code = 023 Hex for EGPWC
23 - 29 Spare (set to zero)
6.1.5 FAULT SUMMARY WORDS (FOR PROLINE 4/21)

Provides fault diagnosis information.
6.1.5.1 FAULT DIAGNOSTIC WORD #1 (350)

BIT NO DEFINITION (1= Failed)

11 ARINC 429 INPUT #1 FAILED
19 SPARE
20 SPARE
21 SPARE
22 SPARE
23 SPARE
24 SPARE
25 SPARE
26 SPARE
27 SPARE
28 SPARE
29 SPARE
Honeywell


11 SPARE
12 SPARE
13 SPARE
14 SPARE
15 SPARE
16 SPARE
17 SPARE
18 SPARE
19 SUPPORT TASK FAILED
20 NVM FAULT
21 WATCHDOG TIMER FAULT
22 A/D FAIL FAULT
23 VOICE FAIL
24 DITS OUTPUT FAIL
25 TERRAIN DATABASE FAULT
26 FLASH FILE SYSTEM WRITE FAULT
27 DITS INPUT FAIL
28 VOICE DATABASE FAULT
29 SYSTEM OR MODE TASK FAULT


11 ENVELOPE MODULATION DATABASE FAULT
12 EXCESSIVE WATCHDOG TIMEOUTS FAILURE
13 AIRCRAFT DATABASE FAULT ‘OR’ CRC FAULT
14 IMAGE DISPLAY FAULT
15 INTERNAL GPS FAULT
16 CONFIGURATION MODULE FAILED
17 GLIDESLOPE CANCEL DISCRETE FAILED
18 AUDIO INHIBIT DISCRETE INPUT FAILED
19 SELF TEST DISCRETE INPUT FAILED
20 SPARE
21 GEAR INPUT FAILED
22 WEIGHT ON WHEELS FAILED
23 LOW ALTITUDE FAILED
24 TIMED AUDIO INHIBIT FAILED
25 SPARE
26 SPARE
27 SPARE
28 SPARE
29 SPARE
Honeywell
6.1.6 PEAK BINARY LABELS

The following ARINC 429 outputs are used to provide Peak Elevations and color information for integrated displays
where the EFIS outputs stroke written Peaks Elevation information on the display. This label set consists of 2 labels
containing upper and lower elevation, color, and display blanking data. Each label is transmitted with two different SDI
values for the captain’s and first officer’s display values.
6.1.6.1 PEAKS UPPER ELEVATION (011)
BIT NO DEFINITION
9 SDI 0 Not Used 1 1 Captain 0 F/O 1 Not Used
10 SDI 0 0 1 1
11 COLOR BIT 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
12 COLOR BIT 2 0 Black 0 Green 1 Yellow 1 Red 0 Magenta 0 Blue 1 Cyan 1 White
13 COLOR BIT 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
14 BLANK PEAKS ELEVATION DISPLAY 0 Normal Display 1 Blank Display
15 DASH PEAKS ELEVATION DISPLAY 0 Normal Display 1 Display Dashes
16 SPARE
17 SPARE
18 SPARE
19 SPARE
20 100 Ft
21 200 Ft
22 400 Ft NOTE: Elevation bits are
23 800 Ft additive; e.g., bits 20 & 21 = 1
24 1600 Ft indicates 300 Ft. Upper Peaks Elevation
25 3200 Ft
26 6400 Ft
27 12800 Ft
28 25600 Ft
29 SIGN 0 = 0 (Plus) 1 = - 51200 Ft
30 SSM 0 Failure 1 No Computed 0 Functional Test 1 Normal
31 SSM 0 Warning 0 Data 1 1 Operation
32 PARITY (Odd)
6.1.6.2 PEAKS LOWER ELEVATION (012)

BIT NO DEFINITION
9 SDI 0 Not Used 1 Captain 0 F/O 1 Not Used
10 SDI 0 0 1 1
11 COLOR BIT 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
12 COLOR BIT 2 0 Black 0 Green 1 Yellow 1 Red 0 Magenta 0 Blue 1 Cyan 1 White
13 COLOR BIT 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
14 BLANK PEAKS ELEVATION DISPLAY 0 Normal Display 1 Blank Display
15 DASH PEAKS ELEVATION DISPLAY 0 Normal Display 1 Display Dashes
16 SPARE
17 SPARE
18 SPARE
19 SPARE
20 100 Ft
21 200 Ft
22 400 Ft NOTE: Elevation bits are
23 800 Ft additive; e.g., bits 20 & 21 = 1
24 1600 Ft indicates 300 Ft. Lower Peaks Elevation
25 3200 Ft
26 6400 Ft
27 12800 Ft
28 25600 Ft
29 SIGN 0 = 0 (Plus) 1 = - 51200 Ft
30 SSM 0 Failure 1 No Computed 0 Functional Test 1 Normal
31 SSM 0 Warning 0 Data 1 1 Operation
32 PARITY (Odd)
Honeywell
6.2 ARINC 708A OUTPUT

Two channels of ARINC 708A or KCPB (453) data is provided to drive terrain displays for installations that use the
Terrain Awareness display function. Refer to document 060-4303-000, EGPWS Interface Methodology for further
KCPB information. See Category 6 for more details on individual displays.
6.3 AUDIO OUTPUT

Mode computation outputs generally result in an audio voice alert unless inputs are invalid or one of the audio
suppression discretes is active. The actual output message, or intended message during audio suppression, is sent to the
alert lamp logic for proper output activation.
The audio outputs consist of an 8 ohm amplifier and a transformer isolated 600 ohm output. Additional automatic
volume control lowers both outputs a fixed 6 dB below the nominal level on command. Refer to section 4.2.13 and
Category 14 for information on volume levels.
Selectable sets of voice alert messages can be defined. Each set is selected by the Voice Menu option in Category 5.
6.4 DISCRETE OUTPUTS

Outputs from the various alert mode computations are first processed to determine which lamp outputs to produce. All
of the lamp outputs are driven by solid state switches to ground. These outputs can also be used as discrete drivers for
other devices. All monitor lamp outputs are normally a steady state switch to ground. Various formats of discrete
outputs can be provided as defined in Category 13.
6.4.1 GROUND PROXIMITY ALERTS DISCRETE (LAMP) OUTPUTS

Two Lamp formats are defined as a function of the selected I/O Discrete Type of section 5.3.13. For Lamp Format type
1, only Mode 5 “Glideslope” message will activate the alert lamp output (amber). All other messages will activate the
warning lamp output (red). Note that Mode 6 does not activate any lamp outputs, only voices.
With Lamp Format 2, only the messages containing the phrase “Pull Up” will activate the warning lamp output (red).
All other messages will activate the alert lamp output (amber).
The Glideslope Cancel Input Discrete controls the output of the Mode 5 “Glideslope” message. If the Glideslope
Cancel Input Discrete is activated then the caution lamp (amber) and the voice annunciation will be inhibited for the
Mode 5 “Glideslope” message.
6.4.2 AUDIO ON DISCRETE

The Audio On discrete goes true whenever any voice message is being enunciated. It will stay true until the voice is
completed. This output can be used to inhibit other audio systems (e.g., TCAS) during EGPWS audio or used to drive
the audio key line input provided on some aircraft audio systems.
6.4.3 MONITOR DISCRETES (GPWS, TERRAIN INOP & TERRAIN NOT

AVAILABLE)
The EGPWC produces two discrete monitor outputs. These discretes reflect the GPWS INOP and Terrain INOP /
Terrain Not Available functions. These discretes activate with loss of EGPWC power. The status of these two discretes
are also contained on an ARINC 429 output word.
Note: Some display systems provide one message area for both warning and associated INOP annunciation. There are
conditions where GPW INOP and a GPWS warning can exist at the same time (e.g., Sinkrate warning can occur even if
a Ground Airspeed input fault exists.) For these installations a configuration item INOP & Warning Annunciation in
Same Window is provided which causes the INOP annunciation to extinguish whenever a valid warning annunciation is
required. Various formats of monitor outputs can be provided as defined in Category 13.
Honeywell
6.4.4 TERRAIN DISPLAY SWITCHING DISCRETES (WXR/EGPWS DISPLAY SELECT)

The EGPWC produces two discrete outputs for controlling the terrain display(s). They can be used either to control
picture bus switching relay(s) or connected directly to the symbol generator(s).
6.4.5 GLIDESLOPE CANCEL DISCRETE

The Glideslope Cancel discrete is active whenever Glideslope Cancel has been selected and is typically used to drive a
lamp in the Glideslope Cancel switch.
6.4.6 TERRAIN / OBSTACLE AWARENESS ALERT DISCRETES

Terrain Awareness provides discrete alert outputs for Terrain / Obstacle Cautions and Warnings. These outputs can
drive cockpit lamps or act as discrete inputs to other aircraft systems.
6.4.6.1 TERRAIN / OBSTACLE CAUTION

Terrain and Obstacle Cautions can be configured to activate any of the discrete outputs. Depending on configuration,
the Caution discretes will typically activate either the GPWS Warn Lamp, the GPSW Alert Lamp, or will drive their
own output lamps.
6.4.6.2 TERRAIN / OBSTACLE WARNING
Terrain and Obstacle Warnings can be configured to activate any of the discrete outputs. Depending on configuration,
the Warning discretes will typically activate either the GPWS Warn Lamp or will drive their own output lamps.
6.4.6.3 TERRAIN POP UP (HELICOPTER)

Terrain and Obstacle Caution and Warning are combined (or’ed), on one discrete to make a Terrain Pop Up indication
for an integrated display system. For helicopters this Pop Up discrete is forced false regardless of caution or warning
conditions as long as Timed Audio Inhibit Discrete is active (see Category 13). The Pop Up discrete can be used by a
display system to differentiate between a manual selection or one due to a Terrain/Obstacle Caution or Warning event.
6.4.7 LOW ALTITUDE MODE DISCRETE (TACTICAL)

The Low Altitude Mode Discrete is active whenever the Low Altitude Mode has been selected in helicopters only. Low
Altitude Mode is known as ‘Tactical Mode’ in the EM5/7 and is used by military aircraft types.
6.4.8 TCAS INHIBIT DISCRETE

For some installations, a dedicated discrete output is provided to inhibit TCAS resolution advisories. This output is
activated whenever the EGPWS is in a Warning or Alert state. It is not activated during Altitude Awareness callouts.
6.4.9 TIMED AUDIO INHIBIT DISCRETE

The Timed Audio Inhibit discrete is active whenever the Timed Audio latch is active (selected) in helicopters only.
Honeywell
6.5 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION STATUS

The EGPWC indicates the current hardware, software, databases, Category states and input discretes detected by the
system. Each configuration item has a configuration message associated with it. This message is the message that will
be read out during Present Status on the RS-232 interface or voice output during Self Test Level 3 to inform the user of
the current configuration.
TABLE 6.5-1: CONFIGURATION OPTIONS AND MESSAGES
Selected Option/Condition Configuration Message
Category 1 (WOW Reversal Select) FLAP WOW REVERSAL SELECTED
Category 1 (Bank Angle Enable) BANK ANGLE SELECTED
Category 4 (Smart Callout Selected) SMART CALLOUT SELECTED
Category 6 (TA&D Disable) TERRAIN AWARENESS DISABLED
TERRAIN CLEARANCE FLOOR DISABLED
Category 6 (TA&D Alternate Pop Up) ALTERNATE POP UP SELECTED
Category 7 (Obstacle Awareness Enabled) OBSTACLE AWARENESS ENABLED
Category 7 (Peaks Mode Enabled) PEAKS MODE ENABLED
Category 7 (WGS84 Reference Selected) GPS ALTITUDE REFERENCE WGS 84 SELECTED
Category 7 (MSL Reference Selected) GPS ALTITUDE REFERENCE MSL SELECTED
Glideslope Inhibit input discrete activated GLIDESLOPE INHIBITED
Mode 6 Volume Control Discrete Selected MODE 6 LOW VOLUME SELECTED
(CVT Item M6LwVolDsc)
GND Audio Suppress(Inhibit)/All Modes Inhibit Discrete EXTERNAL EGPWS INHIBITED
Selected OR +28 V Audio Suppress(Inhibit)/All Modes Note: Will only occur for present status as this condition
Inhibit Discrete Selected inhibits self tests
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit input discrete activated TERRAIN AWARENESS AND TCF DISABLED
GPWS Inhibit input discrete activated GPWS INHIBITED
Note: Will only occur for present status as this condition
inhibits self tests.
Category 17 non-Helo Type (only ID #0 selectable) None
Category 17 Helo type and Autorotation Option X AUTOROTATION CALLOUT OPTION X
(Where X = Callout Option selected via Category 17) SELECTED5
Category 17 Helo type and Normal Pop Up Range 5 NORMAL POP UP RANGE 5 SELECTED5
Category 17 Helo type and Normal Pop Up Range 10 NORMAL POP UP RANGE 10 SELECTED5
Category 17 Helo type and Low Altitude Pop Up Range 2.5 LOW ALTITUDE POP UP RANGE 2.5 SELECTED5
Category 17 Helo type and Low Altitude Pop Up Range 5 LOW ALTITUDE POP UP RANGE 5 SELECTED5
Category 17 Helo type and Low Altitude Pop Up Range 10 LOW ALTITUDE POP UP RANGE 10 SELECTED5
Category 17 Mode 6B Always ON Enable MODE 6B ALWAYS ON SELECTED5,6
Category 17 Normal Terrain Airspeed Select NORMAL TERRAIN WITH AIRSPEED SELECTED5,6
Category 17 Low Altitude Airspeed Select LOW ALTITUDE WITH AIRSPEED SELECTED5,6
Category 17 SAR Select SAR LOW ALTITUDE SELECTED5,8
Category 18 Helo type and Audio Inhibit Time X Minutes AUDIO INHIBIT TIME X 6,7
(Where X = Audio Inhibit Time selected via Category 18
Category 18 Helo type and Inhibit All except Minimums INHIBIT ALL EXCEPT MINIMUMS TYPE
Type Callout and 100 Ft Callout Select CALLOUT AND 100 CALLOUT SELECTED 6,7
Category 18 Helo type and Inhibit All except Minimums INHIBIT ALL EXCEPT MINIMUMS TYPE
Type Callout Select CALLOUT SELECTED 6,7
Category 18 Helo type and Inhibit Includes Too Low Gear INHIBIT TOO LOW GEAR SELECTED 6,7
Select
Category 18 Helo type and Inhibit Altitude Callouts 50 Ft INHIBIT RUNWAY CALLOUTS 50 AND BELOW
and Below Over Runway Select SELECTED 6,7
Category 18 Helo type and Lower MDA/DH Value Select ALTERNATE DECISION HEIGHT SELECTED 6,7
Category 19 Helo type and Low Altitude Option X LOW ALTITUDE OPTION X SELECTED9
(Where X = Low Altitude Option selected via Category 19)
Category 19 Helo type and Mode 2 Terrain Inhibit MODE 2 TERRAIN INHIBIT SELECTED9
Honeywell
5
When category 17 is invalid, these messages will not be given.
6
Added in –026
7
When category 18 is invalid, these messages will not be given
8
Option added in -026 and renamed in -030
9
Added in -030
6.5.1 SYSTEM STATUS MESSAGES

System Status Messages provide additional information beyond Internal and External Current Faults in order to help
isolate the reason for certain EGPWC INOP situations. These messages will be read out during Present Status on the
RS-232 interface or voice output during Self-Test Level 2. The table below defines the System Status Messages.
TABLE 6.5.1-1: EGPWC SYSTEM STATUS MESSAGES
System Level Event Internal Indications System Status Message
Bank Angle INOP BAINOP TRUE Bank Angle INOP
Tail Strike INOP TSINOP TRUE Tail Too Low INOP
Mode 1 INOP M1INOP TRUE Mode 1 INOP
Mode 5 INOP M5GPWINOP TRUE Mode 5 INOP
TAD Deselected1 Latitude Invalid Terrain Awareness – No Valid Latitude
Longitude Invalid Terrain Awareness - No Valid Longitude
True Heading Invalid Terrain Awareness - No Valid True Heading
Corrected Altitude Invalid Terrain Awareness - No Valid Corrected Altitude
Barometric Altitude Rate Invalid Terrain Awareness - No Valid Altitude Rate
Roll Invalid Terrain Awareness - No Valid Roll
Wx Mode 1 Invalid Terrain Awareness - Display Mode 1 Invalid
Wx Mode 2 Invalid Terrain Awareness - Display Mode 2 Invalid
Range 1 Invalid Terrain Awareness - Range 1 Invalid
Range 2 Invalid Terrain Awareness - Range 2 Invalid
Runway Distance invalid Terrain Awareness - No Valid Runway
Obstacle Database Invalid Terrain Awareness: No Valid Obstacle
2 TAINOP TRUE Terrain Awareness INOP
Terrain Awareness INOP
2 TAD Position Error AND TAINOP FALSE Terrain Awareness – Position Error
Outside Regional Database TRUE Terrain Awareness – Outside Regional Terrain Database
1 The following preconditions apply: a) The signal must not be faulted since if faulted, signal fault message will exist,
b) TAD/TCF Inhibit Discrete is NOT selected, c) TAD Disable program pin is NOT selected, d) The signal condition
must NOT be masked via the configuration database and both On-Ground and In-Air masks must be taken into account,
e) The associated input signal must exist for the current aircraft configuration.
2 TAD INOP Preconditions: a) TAD/TCF Inhibit Discrete NOT selected, and b) TAD Disable configuration NOT
selected.
Honeywell
7.0 CONNECTOR INTERFACE
7.1 PINOUT FOR FRONT CONNECTORS SORTED BY PIN NUMBER

TABLE 7.1: PIN ASSIGNMENT FOR FRONT CONNECTORS SORTED BY PIN NUMBER
Connector Channel Signal Usage Summary*
Pin Designation
Reference
J1-01 SYN_1X Roll Attitude Synchro (X leg)
J1-02 SYN_1Z Roll Attitude Synchro (Z leg)
J1-03 SYN_2Z Magnetic Heading Synchro (Z leg)
J1-04 26REF_1H 26VAC Reference #1 (H)
J1-05 SYN_3X Pitch Synchro (X leg)
J1-06 SYN_3Z Pitch Synchro (Z leg)
J1-07 SYN_3Y Pitch Synchro (Y leg)
J1-08 28V_DISC_09 Autopilot Engaged Discrete (+28VDC)
J1-09 28V_DISC_08 Barometric Altitude Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
J1-10 GS_VAL_L Glideslope Deviation Low Level Validity (-) or Localizer Deviation - Low Level (+ left)
J1-11 28V_DISC_06 Glideslope Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
J1-12 GND_DISC_09 Terrain Awareness and TCF Inhibit Discrete (Ground)
J1-13 GND_DISC_08 Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete (Ground)
J1-14 GND_DISC_07 Flap Override Discrete (Ground)
J1-15 GND_DISC_06 Glideslope Cancel Discrete (Ground)
J1-16 GND_DISC_05 Landing Gear Discrete (Ground)
J1-17 GND_DISC_04 Audio Inhibit Discrete (Ground) or Timed Audio Inhibit Discrete
J1-18 GND_DISC_03 Landing Flaps Discrete (Ground) or Weight On Wheels (Ground) Discrete
J1-19 GND_DISC_02 Glideslope Inhibit Discrete (Ground)
J1-20 GND_DISC_01 ILS Tuned Discrete (Ground)
J1-21 SYN_1Y Roll Attitude Synchro (Y leg)
J1-22 SYN_2X Magnetic Heading Synchro (X leg)
J1-23 SYN_2Y Magnetic Heading Synchro (Y leg)
J1-24 26REF_1L 26VAC Reference #1 (L)
J1-25 OAT_REF Air Temperature Reference (+5VDC)
J1-26 TORQUE_1H Engine Torque #1 (+)
J1-27 TORQUE_1L Engine Torque #1 (-)
J1-28 28V_DISC_10 Magnetic Heading Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
J1-29 28V_DISC_07 Radio Altitude Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
J1-30 GS_VAL_H Glideslope Deviation Low Level Validity (+) or Localizer Deviation - Low Level (+ right)
J1-31 GND_DISC_13 Display Selected Discrete #2 (Ground)
J1-32 GND_DISC_12 Display Selected Discrete #1 (Ground)
J1-33 GND_DISC_11 DH Discrete (Ground)
J1-34 GND_DISC_10 Self Test Discrete (Ground)
J1-35 28V_DISC_05 Landing Gear Discrete (+28VDC)
J1-36 28V_DISC_04 Audio Inhibit Discrete (+28VDC)
J1-37 28V_DISC_03 Landing Flaps Discrete (+28VDC) or Weight On Wheels (+28V) Discrete
J1-38 28V_DISC_02 Glideslope Inhibit Discrete (+28VDC)
J1-39 28V_DISC_01 ILS 1 Tuned Discrete (+28VDC)
J1-40 PWR_H Power Input: 28 VDC (+)
J1-41 PWR_L Power Input: 28 VDC (return)
J1-42 GND Chassis Ground
J1-43 ALT_L Barometric Altitude (-)
J1-44 OAT_L Air Temperature (-)
J1-45 RALT_L Radio Altitude: ARINC 552 or ALT 55 (-)
Honeywell

Pin Designation
Reference
J1-46 GSDEV_L Glideslope Deviation - Low Level (+ down)
J1-47 TORQUE_2L Engine Torque #2 (-)
J1-48 28V_DISC_11 Localizer Validity Discrete (+28VDC)
J1-49 DISC_OUT_9 Terrain Select Relay Output #2
J1-50 MON_OUT_3 Spare Lamp Output (monitor)
J1-51 DISC_OUT_8 Spare Lamp Output
J1-52 DISC_OUT_7 Timed Audio Inhibit
J1-53 GND Temperature Probe GND
J1-54 DISC_OUT_6 Terrain Select Relay Output #1
J1-55 MON_OUT_2 TAD / TCF INOP Output (monitor)
J1-56 453TX_2A Terrain Display Output Data #2 (A leg)
J1-57 453TX_2B Terrain Display Output Data #2 (B leg)
J1-58 453TX_1A Terrain Display Output Data #1 (A leg)
J1-59 453TX_1B Terrain Display Output Data #1 (B leg)
J1-60 PWR_H Power Input: 28 VDC (+)
J1-61 PWR_L Power Input: 28 VDC (return)
J1-62 ALT_H Barometric Altitude (+)
J1-63 OAT_H Air Temperature (+)
J1-64 RALT_H Radio Altitude: ARINC 552 or ALT 55 (+)
J1-65 GSDEV_H Glideslope Deviation - Low Level (+ up)
J1-66 TORQUE_2H Engine Torque #2 (+)
J1-67 GND_DISC_14 GPWS Inhibit (GND) Discrete
J1-68 28V_DISC_12 +28VDC Attitude Validity Discrete
J1-69 DISC_OUT_5 Audio On (GND) Output or TCAS Inhibit Discrete (GND) Output
J1-70 AUD_HL_H High Level Audio Output - 8 (+)
J1-71 AUD_HL_L High Level Audio Output - 8 (-)
J1-72 MON_OUT_1 GPWS INOP Output (monitor)
J1-73 DISC_OUT_4 Spare Lamp Output
J1-74 AUD_LL_L Low Level Audio Output – 600 (-)
J1-75 AUD_LL_H Low Level Audio Output - 600 (+)
J1-76 DISC_OUT_3 Glideslope Cancel Output
J1-77 DISC_OUT_2 Glideslope Alert Output
J1-78 DISC_OUT_1 GPWS Warning Output
J2-01 SYN_4X Configurable Synchro #1 (X leg)

J2-02 SYN_4Y Configurable Synchro #1 (Y leg)
J2-03 SYN_5Z Configurable Synchro #2 (Z leg)
J2-04 429RX_5B Radio Altitude ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
J2-05 429RX_6B ILS ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
J2-06 429RX_7B Magnetic Heading/Roll ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
J2-07 429RX_8B Spare ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
J2-08 429RX_4B GPS ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
J2-09 429TX_2B EGPWS ARINC 429 Output #2 (B leg)
J2-10 422_232RX_2B Alt Display Range #2 or ADC RS-232 / 422 Input (B leg)
J2-11 422_232RX_2A Alt Display Range #2 or ADC RS-232 / 422 Input (A leg)
J2-12 GPS_RXB GPS RS-232 / 422 Input (B leg)
J2-13 GPS_429_OUT_B Spare ARINC 429 output (B leg)
J2-14 GND ADC RS-232 Common
J2-15 28V_DISC_13 Spare Discrete Input
J2-16 GND Configuration Module Power Return (Ground)
J2-17 SC_PWR Configuration Module Power (+5VDC)
J2-18 SYN_4Z Configurable Synchro #1 (Z leg)
J2-19 SYN_5X Configurable Synchro #2 (X leg)
J2-20 SYN_5Y Configurable Synchro #2 (Y leg)
J2-21 429RX_5A Radio Altitude ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
Honeywell

Pin Designation
Reference
J2-22 429RX_6A ILS ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
J2-23 429RX_7A Magnetic Heading/Roll ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
J2-24 429RX_8A Spare ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
J2-25 429RX_4A GPS ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
J2-26 429TX_2A EGPWS ARINC 429 Output #2 (A leg)
J2-27 422_232TX_2A ADC RS-232 / 422 Output (A leg)
J2-28 GND GPS / ADC RS-232 / 422 Common
J2-29 GPS_RXA GPS RS-232 / 422 Input (A leg)
J2-30 GPS_429_OUT_A Spare ARINC 429 output (A leg)
J2-31 GND_DISC_15 Spare Discrete Input
J2-32 SPICLK Configuration Module Serial Clock
J2-33 SPIMISO Configuration Module Serial Input
J2-34 26REF_2H 26VAC Reference #2 (H)
J2-35 26REF_2L 26VAC Reference #2 (L)
429_422RX_1B Display Range #1
J2-36 ARINC 429 (B leg)
RS-422 Input (B leg)
429_422RX_1A Display Range #1
J2-37 ARINC 429 (A leg)
RS-422 Input (A leg)
J2-38 429RX_2B Air Data ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
J2-39 429RX_2A Air Data ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
J2-40 429RX_3B Display Range #2 ARINC 429 Input (B leg)
J2-41 429RX_3A Display Range #2 ARINC 429 Input (A leg)
J2-42 429TX_1B EGPWS ARINC 429 Output #1 (B leg)
J2-43 429TX_1A EGPWS ARINC 429 Output #1 (A leg)
J2-44 422_232TX_2B ADC RS-232 / 422 Output (B leg)
J2-45 GPS_TXA GPS RS-232 / 422 Output (A leg)
J2-46 GPS_TXB GPS RS-232 / 422 Output (B leg)
J2-47
J2-48
J2-49 SPISEL_CM# Configuration Module Serial Select
J2-50 SPIMOSI Configuration Module Serial Output
J3-01 GND SmartCable Power Return (Ground)

J3-02 CARD_PRES# PCMCIA Card Present
J3-03 RS232RXD_MON EGPWS Monitor Port (RS232 Receive)
J3-04 RS232TXD_MON EGPWS Monitor Port (RS232 Transmit)
J3-05 Reserved
J3-06 SC_PWR SmartCable Power (+5VDC)
J3-07 SPICLK SmartCable Serial Clock
J3-08 SPIMISO SmartCable Serial Input
J3-09 SPIMOSI SmartCable Serial Output
J3-10 SPISEL_SC# SmartCable Serial Select
J3-11 GSE_PRES# GSE Present
J3-12 GND Ground
J3-13 GND Ground
J3-14 GND Ground
J3-15 Reserved
GPS ANT COAX GPS COAX connection
Honeywell
Figure 7.1-1: Front Panel Connector Orientation - J1, J2, J3, GPS ANT
Honeywell
Figure 7.1-2, Connector Pin References - J1, J2, J3
Honeywell
8.0 DEFINITIONS
The following acronyms are provided for use with this document:
Acronym Interpretation
AAAS Alternate Audio Alert Select
ADC Air Data Computer
ADS Air Data System
AGL Above Ground Level
AHRS Attitude Heading Reference System
AIC Analog Input Controller
AIMS Airplane Information Management System
AOA Angle of Attack
ASA AlliedSignal Aerospace
ASL Above Sea Level
ATP Acceptance Test Procedure
BCD Binary Coded Decimal
BIST Built in Self Test
BIT Built In Test
BITE Built In Test Equipment
BNR Binary
BOSS Batch Oriented Simulation System
C/O Callouts
CAA Civil Aviation Authority
CAIMS Central Aircraft Information/Maintenance System
CFDS Centralized Fault Display System
CFIT Controlled Flight Into Terrain
CFM Cubic Feet per Minute
CISRD CFDS Interface System Requirements Document
CMC Central Maintenance Computer
COTS Commercial Off the Shelf
CP Control Panel
CRS Course
CW Clockwise
DAA Digital/Analog Adapter
DADC Digital Air Data Computer
DAU Data Acquisition Unit
DC Digital Command
DDM Difference in Depth of Modulation
DEVN Deviation
DH Decision Height
DITS Digital Information Transfer System
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
DO Discrete Output
DSP Digital Signal Processor
DSU Display Switching Unit
DSWC Digital Stall Warning Computer
EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
EFCP EFIS Control Panel
EFIS Electronic Flight Instrument System
EGPWC Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning Computer
EGPWD Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning Display
EGPWS Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
EICAS Engine Indication and Crew Alert System
EMI Electromagnetic Interference
ENB Enabled
EPROM Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
F/T Functional Test
Honeywell
F/W Fail/Warning
F/W Fail/Warning
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FCC Flight Control Computer
FDR Flight Data Recorder
FIAS Flight Inspection Aircraft System
FMC Flight Management Computer
FMS Flight Management System
FPM Feet per Minute
FSEU Flaps/Slats Electronic Unit
FWC Fault Warning Computer
G/S Glideslope
GMT Greenwich Mean Time
GPS Global Position System
GPW Ground Proximity Warning
GPWS Ground Proximity Warning System
GT Greater Than
H/W Hardware
HDG Heading
HDOP Horizontal Dilution of Position
HSID Hardware/Software Interface Document
I/O Input/Output
IAC Integrated Avionics Computer
ICD Interface Control Document
ILS Instrument Landing System
INOP Inoperative
IOC Input/Output Concentrator
IRS Inertial Reference System
ISO International Standards Organization
IVS Inertial Vertical Speed
KT Knots
KTS Knots
LED Light Emitting Diode
LRRA Low Range Radio Altimeter
LRU Line Replaceable Unit
LSB Least Significant Bit
LT Less Than
MCP Mode Control Panel
MDA Minimum Barometric Altitude
MFD Multi-Functional Display
MKII Mark Two Warning Computer
MKV Mark Five Warning Computer
MKVI Mark Six Warning Computer
MKVII Mark Seven Warning Computer
MKVIII Mark Eight Warning Computer
MKXXII Mark Twenty Two Warning Computer
MLS Microwave Landing System
MMU Memory Management Unit
MSB Most Significant Bit
N/A Not Applicable
NCD No Computed Data
ND Navigation Display
NVM Non Volatile Memory
OMS Onboard Maintenance System
P/N Part Number
PAR Parity
PC Personal Computer
Honeywell
PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card Industry Association
PFD Primary Flight Display
PMAT Portable Maintenance Access Terminal
PP Program Pin
PVM Processor/Voice/Memory
PWS Predictive Windshear System
QFE Corrected Baro Alt relative to field elevation
QNH Corrected Baro Alt relative to sea level
RA Radio Altitude
RAM Random Access Memory
RDOP Radar Display Output Processing
ROM Read Only Memory
RTCA Requirements and Technical Concepts for Aviation
RTS Ready to Transmit Signal
RWY Runway
S/T Self Test
S/W Software
SDI Source/Destination Identifier
SDRD Software Design Requirements Document
SIG Significant
SPC Stall Protection Computer
SRD System Requirements Document
SSM Sign Status Matrix
ST Self Test
SWC Stall Warning Computer
TA&D Terrain Awareness & Display
TACAN Tactical Air Navigation
TAD Terrain Awareness Display
TBD To Be Determined
TCAS Traffic Collision Avoidance System
TCF Terrain Clearance Floor
TERPS United States’ Standards for Terminal Instrument Procedures
TK Track
TLB Translation Lookaside Buffer
TSO Technical Standing Order
TTL Tuned To Localizer
UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter
USM Unsigned Magnitude
UTC Universal Time Correlation
UUT Unit Under Test
VDC Volts, DC
VDOP Vertical Dilution of Precision
VHF Very High Frequency
VLSI Very Large Scale Integrated Circuit
VOR VHF Omni-directional Range
W/S Windshear
WC Warning Computer
WX Weather

(All Aircraft Models) Mk-Xxii Egpws 060-4314-250 Installation Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

(All Aircraft Models) Mk-Xxii Egpws 060-4314-250 Installation Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Airlines & Avionics Products

Honeywell International, Inc.

DRAWN Larry Matter 12/01/2003

REVISION STATUS OF SHEETS INDEX

SH REV DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVED

12/05/2004 Larry Matter

UPDATE PER ECO 0067930 Larry Matter

UPDATE PER ECO 0095872 Larry Matter

ALL E UPDATE PER ECO 0146887 2/29/2012 Larry Matter

SECTION I – GENERAL INFORMATION.................................................................................................................. 16

1.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................................... 16

1.12.3 Insertion/Removal Tool - P1, P2, P3 .............................................................................................................. 27

SECTION II - INSTALLATION .................................................................................................................................... 36

2.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................................... 36

2.3.5 Configuration Module Installation .................................................................................................................. 38

SECTION III – SYSTEM PLANNING .......................................................................................................................... 54

3.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................................... 54

3.3.4.1 Instructions............................................................................................................................................................... 68

3.3.13 Category 13 – Input / Output Discrete Type Select ....................................................................................... 103

3.3.18.2 Audio Inhibit Time................................................................................................................................................. 116

4.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 121

SECTION V – CERTIFICATION ................................................................................................................................ 132

5.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 132

APPENDIX A - CUSTOMER WORKSHEET ............................................................................................................ 135

APPENDIX B - SAMPLE WIRING DIAGRAMS ...................................................................................................... 144

APPENDIX C – WINVIEWS OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS ................................................................................ 144

APPENDIX D – VENDOR DRAWINGS ..................................................................................................................... 148

D 1.0 VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION.................................................................................................................. 148

APPENDIX E - INTERFACE DESCRIPTION DOCUMENT .................................................................................. 159

1.0 PART NUMBER ............................................................................................................................................... 159

4.2.9 Configuration Module Interface .................................................................................................................... 166

6.1.1.1 EGPWS Alert Discrete #1 (270) ............................................................................................................................ 303

6.4.9 Timed Audio Inhibit Discrete......................................................................................................................... 314

SECTION I – GENERAL INFORMATION

MK XXII 965-1595-020 965-1595-024 965-1595-030

1.3 How To Use This Document

Section 2 provides mechanical installation and location information.

Section 4 provides Configuration Module programming instructions.

Section 5 provides certification requirements.

Appendix A Customer Worksheet.

Appendix B Sample Wiring Diagrams.

Appendix C provides WinViews operation instructions.

Appendix D Vendor Information.

Appendix E Interface Description Document

1.4 Reference Documents

Following is a list of Honeywell reference documents:

965-1595-601 Product Specification for the MK XXII Enhanced Ground Proximity

965-1595-201 Outline, MK XXII EGPWC

060-4314-002 Failures Modes, Effects, and Safety Analysis

060-4314-009 Generic RWFM Supplement For EGPWS (-020 thru -024)

Generic RWFM Supplement For EGPWS (-026)

060-4314-011 Line Maintenance Manual

060-4314-200 MK XXII Helicopter-Enhanced GPWS Pilot’s Guide

060-4314-252 General Flight Test Procedure

1.5 Description of Equipment

♦ Basic Helicopter Ground Proximity Warning Modes 1-5

♦ Mode 6 Altitude, Bank Angle, and Tail Strike Callouts

♦ Terrain and Obstacle Awareness alert and display for helicopters

♦ Terrain map with runways

♦ Internal GPS card

♦ Front loading updateable database (requires Smart Cable)

Fig 1.0 MK XXII EGPWC

1.5.1 MK XXII EGPWS Computer